UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

 

FORM 10-K10-K/A

(Amendment No. 1)

(Mark One)

x ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(D)15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the fiscal year ended December 31, 20172020

OR

¨TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(D)15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF1934

For the transition period from __________[ ] to __________

[ ]

Commission File Number:file number 001-38025

MATLIN & PARTNERS ACQUISITION CORPORATIONU.S. WELL SERVICES, INC.

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

 

Delaware

81-1847117

(State or other jurisdiction of

(I.R.S. Employer incorporation or

organization)

(I.R.S. Employer

Identification Number)No.)

 

585 Weed Street

New Canaan, CT1360 Post Oak Boulevard, Suite 1800, Houston, TX

06840

77056

(Address of principal executive offices)

(Zip Code)

Registrant’s telephone number, including area code:(203) 864-3144

code (832) 562-3730

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

Title of Each Class:each class

Trading Symbol(s)

Name of Each Exchangeeach exchange on Which Registered:which registered

Common Stock,

CLASS A COMMON SHARES $0.0001, par value $0.0001 per share

WARRANTS

USWS

USWSW

The

NASDAQ StockCapital Market LLC

Warrants to purchase one-half of one share of Common StockThe

NASDAQ StockCapital Market LLC

Units, each consisting of one share of Common Stock and one WarrantThe NASDAQ Stock Market LLC

Securities registered pursuant to Sectionsection 12(g) of the Act:None

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act. Yes ¨Nox

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Exchange Act. Yes ¨Nox

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days. YesxNo¨

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§ 232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files). Yesx No¨

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K.   x

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, , a smaller reporting company, or an emerging growth company. See definitionthe definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer,” “smaller reporting company”company,” and “emerging"emerging growth company”company" in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.

 

Large accelerated filer¨

Accelerated filer¨

Non-accelerated filerx

Smaller reporting company¨

Emerging growth company

Emerging growth companyx

If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 13(a) of the Exchange Act. ¨

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has filed a report on and attestation to its management’s assessment of the effectiveness of its internal control over financial reporting under Section 404(b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act (15 U.S.C. 7262(b)) by the registered public accounting firm that prepared or issued its audit report

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act). Yes No¨

AsThe aggregate market value of the voting and non-voting common stock held by non-affiliates of the registrant computed as of June 30, 2017, the2020 (the last business day of the registrant’s most recentlyrecent completed second fiscal quarter,quarter) based on the aggregate market valueclosing price of the Class A common stock outstanding, other than shares held by persons who may be deemed affiliates of the registrant, computed by reference to the closing sales price for the common stock on June 30, 2017, as reported on the Nasdaq Capital Market was $313.6 million.

$21,639,925.

As of March 28,2, 2021, the registrant had 83,600,445 shares of Class A Common Stock and 2,296,525 shares of Class B Common Stock outstanding.

DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE

Certain information required to be disclosed in Part III of this report is incorporated by reference from the registrant’s definitive proxy statement or an amendment to this report, which will be filed with the SEC not later than 120 days after the end of the fiscal year covered by this report.


EXPLANATORY NOTE

This Amendment No. 1 to the Annual Report on Form 10-K/A (this “Amendment”) amends the Annual Report on Form 10-K of U.S. Well Services, Inc. (the “Company,” “we,” “us” or “our”) for the year ended December 31, 2020, as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) on March 11, 2021 (the “Original Form 10-K”). This Amendment restates the Company’s previously issued consolidated financial statements as of and for the years ended December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018, there were 32,500,000 sharesand for the interim periods within the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019 (collectively, the “Affected Periods”). The correction to the financial statements made in connection with the restatement involves only non-cash adjustments.

On April 12, 2021, the Staff of the SEC (the “SEC Staff”) issued a public statement entitled “Staff Statement on Accounting and Reporting Considerations for Warrants issued by Special Purpose Acquisition Companies (“SPACs”)” (the “SEC Staff Statement”). In the SEC Staff Statement, the SEC Staff expressed its view that certain terms and conditions common to SPAC warrants may require the warrants to be classified as liabilities of the entity measured at fair value, with changes in fair value each reporting period in earnings, as opposed to being treated as equity. Following the issuance of the SEC Staff Statement, on May 11, 2021, the Audit Committee of our Board of Directors, after considering the recommendation of and consultation with management and Company’s independent registered public accounting firm, concluded that the Company’s previously issued audited consolidated financial statements included in the Company’s previously filed Annual Reports on Form 10-K and Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q for the Affected Periods should be restated to reflect the impact of the SEC Staff Statement and accordingly, should no longer be relied upon. Similarly, any previously furnished or filed reports, related earnings releases, investor presentations and similar communications of the Company describing the Company’s financial results for the Affected Periods should no longer be relied upon.

The Company issued public warrants and private placement warrants (collectively, the “public and private placement warrants”) in connection with its initial public offering in November 2018. Additionally, the Company issued warrants to certain institutional investors in connection with its private placement of Series A Preferred Stock on May 24, 2019 (the “Series A warrants,” and together with the public and private placement warrants, the “warrants”). The Company accounted for the warrants as equity based on its initial evaluation of the accounting treatment for the warrants and believed its positions to be appropriate at those times. As a result of the SEC Staff Statement, the Company has determined that the warrants should be classified as liabilities measured at fair value upon issuance, with subsequent changes in fair value reported in the Company’s consolidated statements of operations each reporting period pursuant to Accounting Standards Codification Topic 815, Derivatives and Hedging.

The change in accounting for the warrants did not have any impact on the Company’s previously reported revenues, operating income, or non-GAAP financial measures, Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA margin, for any of the Affected Periods.

The Company is amending and restating, in this Amendment, its financial statements for the following periods:

audited consolidated financial statements as of and for the years ended December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018;

unaudited interim financial information as of and for the three months ended March 31, 2020 and 2019;

unaudited interim financial information as of and for the three and six months ended June 30, 2020 and 2019; and

unaudited interim financial information as of and for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2020 and 2019, in each case to reflect the change in accounting treatment (collectively, the “Restatement”).

This Amendment presents the Original Form 10-K, amended and restated with modifications as necessary to reflect the Restatement. The following items have been amended to reflect the Restatement:

Part I, Item 1A. Risk Factors.

Part II, Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.

Part II, Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data.

Part II, Item 9A. Controls and Procedures.

Part IV, Item 15. Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules.

In addition, in accordance with Rule 12b-15 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, the Company is also including with this Amendment currently dated certifications of the Company’s Class A common stock, par value $0.0001 per share,Chief Executive Officer and Principal Financial Officer (attached as Exhibits 31.1, 31.2, 32.1, and 32.2).

Refer to Note 2 to the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements included in Part II, Item 8 of this Amendment for additional information on the Restatement and the related financial statement effects.

Refer to Part II, Item 9A. “Controls and Procedures” of this Amendment for a discussion of management’s consideration of our disclosure controls and procedures, internal control over financial reporting, and the identified material weakness in our internal control over financial reporting related to the accounting for a significant and unusual transaction related to the warrants.


The Company has not amended its previously filed Annual Reports on Form 10-K for the years ended December 31, 2019 or 2018 or its previously filed Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q for the interim periods within the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019. The financial information that has been previously filed or otherwise reported in such previously filed reports is superseded by the information in this Amendment, and the financial statements and related financial information contained in such previously filed reports should no longer be relied upon.

In order to preserve the nature and character of the registrant (“Class A common stock”) and 8,125,000 sharesdisclosures set forth in the Original Form 10-K, this Amendment speaks as of the Company’s Class F common stock, par value $0.0001 (the “Class F common stock”) issueddate of the filing of the Original Form 10-K and outstanding.the disclosures contained in this Amendment have not been updated to reflect events occurring subsequent to that date, other than those associated with the Restatement as described above. Among other things, forward-looking statements made in the Original Form 10-K have not been revised to reflect events that occurred or facts that became known to the Company after the filing of the Original Form 10-K, and such forward looking statements should be read in their historical context.

 

 

MATLIN & PARTNERS ACQUISITION CORPORATION


 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

PART I

PAGE

6

PART IItem 1. Business

1

6

Item 1.1A. Risk Factors

Business

1

15

Item 1A.

Risk Factors24
Item 1B.Unresolved Staff Comments

50

36

Item 2. Properties

Properties

50

36

Item 3.

Legal Proceedings

50

36

Item 4.

Mine Safety Disclosures

50

36

PART II

37

PART II

51
Item 5.Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities

51

37

Item 6.

Selected Financial Data

52

37

Item 7.

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

53

38

Item 7A.

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk

58

47

Item 8.

Financial Statements and Supplementary Data

58

48

Item 9.

Changes in and Disagreements withWith Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure

58

87

Item 9A.

Controls and Procedures

58

87

Item 9B.

Other Information

59

88

PART III

89

PART III

59
Item 10.Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance

59

89

Item 11.

Executive Compensation

64

89

Item 12.

Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters

65

89

Item 13.

Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence

67

89

Item 14.

Principal AccountingAccountant Fees and Services

69

89

PART IV

90

PART IV

69
Item 15.Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules

69

90

Item 16. Form 10–K Summary

Form 10-K Summary

93

71SIGNATURES

94

 

Unless otherwise stated in this annual report


Cautionary Note Regarding Forward Looking Statements

This Annual Report on Form 10-K references to:

“we,” “us,” “company” or “our company” are to Matlin & Partners Acquisition Corporation, a Delaware corporation;

“public shares” are to shares of our Class A common stock sold(“Annual Report”) contains “forward-looking statements” as part of the unitsdefined in our initial public offering (whether they are purchased in our initial public offering or thereafter in the open market);

“warrants” are to our warrants sold as part of the units in our initial public offering (whether they are purchased in our initial public offering or thereafter in the open market) and the private placement warrants;

“public stockholders” are to the holders of our public shares, including our sponsor, directors and officers to the extent our sponsor, officers or directors purchase public shares, provided that our sponsor’s status as a “public stockholder” shall only exist with respect to such public shares;

“initial stockholders” are to holders of our founder shares prior to our initial public offering (or their permitted transferees);

“management” or our “management team” are to our officers and directors;

“sponsor” are to Matlin & Partners Acquisition Sponsor LLC, a Delaware limited liability company and an affiliate of David J. Matlin, our Chairman and Chief Executive Officer;

“MatlinPatterson” are to MatlinPatterson Global Advisers LLC, an affiliate of David J. Matlin, our Chairman and Chief Executive Officer;

“founder shares” are to shares of our Class F common stock initially purchased by our sponsor in a private placement prior to our initial public offering and the shares of our Class A common stock issued upon the automatic conversion thereof at the time of our initial business combination;

“common stock” are to our Class A common stock and our Class F common stock; and

“private placement warrants” are to the warrants issued to our sponsor and Cantor Fitzgerald in a private placement simultaneously with the closing of our initial public offering.

CAUTIONARY NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

This report, including, without limitation, statements under the heading “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” includes forward-looking statements within the meaning of Section 27A of the United States Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), and Section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”). Forward-looking statements usually relate to future events, conditions and anticipated revenues, earnings, cash flows or the Exchange Act. Theseother aspects of our operations or operating results. All statements, other than statements of historical information, should be deemed to be forward-looking statements. Forward-looking statements can beare often identified by the use of forward-looking terminology, including the words such as “believes,” “estimates,” “anticipates,” “expects,” “intends,” “estimates,” “projects,” “anticipates,” “will,” “plans,” “may,” “will,“should,“potential,“would,“projects,” “predicts,” “continue,“foresee,” or “should,” or, in each case, theirthe negative or other variations or comparable terminology. There can be no assurancethereof. The absence of these words, however, does not mean that actual results will not materially differ from expectations. Suchthese statements include, but are not limited to, any statements relating to our ability to consummate any acquisition or other business combination and any other statements that are not statements of current or historical facts.forward-looking. These statements are based on management’s current expectations, but actual results may differ materially due to various factors, including, but not limited to:

our ability to complete our initial business combination;
our success in retaining or recruiting, or changes required in, our officers, key employees or directors following our initial business combination;
our officers and directors allocating their time to other businesses and potentially having conflicts of interest with our business or in approving our initial business combination, as a result of which they would then receive expense reimbursements;
our potential ability to obtain additional financing to complete our initial business combination;
our pool of prospective target businesses;
failure to maintain the listing on, or the delisting of our securities from, Nasdaq or an inability to have our securities listed on Nasdaq or another national securities exchange following our initial business combination;
the ability of our officers and directors to generate a number of potential investment opportunities;
our public securities’ potential liquidity and trading;
the lack of a market for our securities;
the use of proceeds not held in the trust account or available to us from interest income on the trust account balance; or
our financial performance.

The forward-looking statements contained in this report are based on our current expectations, beliefs and beliefsassumptions concerning future developments and business conditions and their potential effectseffect on us. FutureWhile management believes that these forward-looking statements are reasonable as and when made, there can be no assurance that future developments affecting us may notwill be those that we have anticipated. Theseanticipate.

All our forward-looking statements involve a number of risks and uncertainties (some of which are significant or beyond our control) and other assumptions that maycould cause actual results to differ materially from our historical experience and our present expectations or performanceprojections. Known material factors that could cause actual results to bediffer materially different from those expressed or implied by thesecontemplated in the forward-looking statements. These risksstatements include those set forth in “Item 1A. Risk Factors” and uncertainties include, but areelsewhere in this Annual Report. We caution you not limited to those factors described underplace undue reliance on any forward-looking statements, which speak only as of the heading “Risk Factors.” Should one or more of these risks or uncertainties materialize, or should any of our assumptions prove incorrect, actual results may vary in material respects from those projected in these forward-looking statements.date hereof. We undertake no obligation to publicly update or revise any of our forward-looking statements after the date they are made, whether as a resultbecause of new information, future events, or otherwise, except as may beto the extent required under applicable securities laws. These risks and others described under “Risk Factors” may not be exhaustive.by law.

 

By their nature, forward-looking statements involve risks and uncertainties because they relate to events and depend on circumstances that may or may not occur in the future. We caution you that forward-looking statements are not guarantees of future performance and that our actual results of operations, financial condition and liquidity, and developments in the industry in which we operate may differ materially from those made in or suggested by the forward-looking statements contained in this report. In addition, even if our results or operations, financial condition and liquidity, and developments in the industry in which we operate are consistent with the forward-looking statements contained in this report, those results or developments may not be indicative of results or developments in subsequent periods.



 

PART I

 

Item 1. Business.

 

BUSINESS Overview

 

We are one of the pioneer companies in developing the electric hydraulic fracturing industry. We are based in Houston, Texas and provide our services to oil and natural gas exploration and production (“E&P”) companies in the United States. We are one of the first companies to develop and commercially deploy electric-powered hydraulic fracturing technology (“Clean Fleet®”), which we believe is an industry-changing technology. Our Clean Fleet® technology has a blank check company incorporateddemonstrated track record for successful commercial operation, with over 18,750 electric frac stages completed since the first Clean Fleet® was deployed in March 2016July 2014. Our Clean Fleet® technology is supported by a robust intellectual property portfolio, consisting of 38 granted patents and an additional 189 pending patents. We believe that the following characteristics of the Clean Fleet® technology provide the Company with a distinct competitive advantage:

Industry Leading Environmental Profile

Reduced Fuel Costs

Enhanced Wellsite and Community Safety Profile

Lower Cost of Ownership

Superior Operational Efficiency Profile

Currently, we provide our services in the Appalachian Basin, the Eagle Ford, and the Permian Basin. We have demonstrated the capability to expeditiously deploy our fleets to new oil and gas basins when requested by customers. Our customers include Apache Corporation, Marathon Oil, Range Resources, Shell, BP, and other leading E&P companies.

Company Formation

On February 21, 2012, U.S. Well Services, LLC (“USWS LLC”) was formed as a Delaware corporationlimited liability company and subsequently grew organically from one diesel powered hydraulic fracturing fleet (“Conventional Fleets”) in April 2012 to 14 available fleets representing 684,545 hydraulic horsepower (“HHP”); five of which utilize our patented electric-powered hydraulic fracturing technology (the “Clean Fleet®”).

As part of a corporate restructuring in February 2017, all of the outstanding equity interest of USWS LLC was acquired by a newly formed entity, USWS Holdings, LLC (“USWS Holdings”), a Delaware limited liability company that was formed for the purposes of effecting the corporate restructuring and that had no operations of its own. USWS Holdings was acquired by U.S. Well Services, Inc. (f/k/a Matlin & Partners Acquisition Corporation, or “MPAC”) on November 9, 2018, as discussed further under Business Combination herein.

Business Combination

On March 10, 2016, MPAC was incorporated in Delaware as a special purpose acquisition company for the purpose of effecting a merger, capital stock exchange, asset acquisition, stock purchase, reorganization, or other similar business combination with one or more businesses, which we refer to throughout this report as our initial business combination. We are currently in the process of identifying potential business combination targets.

Our management team is led by David J. Matlin, our Chairman and Chief Executive Officer. Mr. Matlin is also co-founder, Chief Executive and Chief Investment Officer of MatlinPatterson Global Advisers LLC, or MatlinPatterson, which he co-founded in 2002. Mr. Matlin is also the Chief Executive Officer (since January 2015) and a managing principal (since December 2012) of MatlinPatterson Asset Management L.P. whose operating joint venture affiliates manage non-distressed credit strategies.

Prior to forming MatlinPatterson, Mr. Matlin was a Managing Director at Credit Suisse and head of its Global Distressed Securities Group since its inception in 1994. Mr. Matlin was also a Managing Director and a founding partner of Merrion Group, L.P. Mr. Matlin currently serves on the board of directors of Flagstar Bank FSB, a federally chartered savings bank, Flagstar Bancorp, Inc., a savings and loan holding company He also serves on the board of directors of Orthosensor Inc. and Pristine Surgical LLC, both medical device manufacturers.

Under Mr. Matlin’s leadership and management, MatlinPatterson’s three distressed-for-control private equity funds, with nearly $9 billion in aggregate capital commitments, have invested more than $7.6 billion in 43 portfolio companies controlled by MatlinPatterson. ‘‘Control’’ means the ability to exercise control or substantial influence through significant board representation, substantial equity ownership, shareholder agreements and similar agreements and structures. At Credit Suisse, from 1994 to 2001, the Global Distressed Securities Group under Mr. Matlin’s supervision and management pursued both distressed-for-control and non-control distressed and special situation investing, and invested more than $4.4 billion in 261 portfolio companies, of which 37 were in distressed-for-control investments. During this period at Credit Suisse and MatlinPatterson, Mr. Matlin and individuals under his supervision have served on the board of directors of more than 51 companies, eight of which have been public, and all of which were directly related to investments made by Credit Suisse and MatlinPatterson, and have provided advice and assistance in a broad array of initiatives.

Our management team also includes Peter Schoels and Greg Ethridge.

Peter Schoels, one of our directors, also serves as Managing Partner of MatlinPatterson. Mr. Schoels is also a managing principal of MatlinPatterson Asset Management L.P. and its operating joint venture affiliates. Prior to joining MatlinPatterson, he was a Vice President of the Credit Suisse Global Distressed Securities Group, investing in North America, Latin America, and Europe. Prior to joining Credit Suisse, Mr. Schoels was a Director of Finance and Strategy of Itim Group Plc. Previously, Mr. Schoels was Manager of Mergers and Acquisitions for Ispat International NV, now ArcelorMittal, which specialized in buying distressed steel assets globally. Mr. Schoels serves on the board of directors of Flagstar Bank FSB, Flagstar Bancorp, Inc.. and Crescent Communities, LLC, a multi-asset class real estate developer.

Greg Ethridge, our President, also serves as Senior Partner of MatlinPatterson. Prior to joining MatlinPatterson, Mr. Ethridge was a principal in the Recapitalization and Restructuring group at Broadpoint Capital, Inc. where he moved his team from Imperial Capital. Mr. Ethridge was a founding member of the corporate finance advisory practice for Imperial Capital LLC in New York. Prior to Imperial Capital, Mr. Ethridge was a principal investor at Parallel Investment Partners LP (formerly part of Saunders, Karp and Megrue) executing recapitalizations, buyouts and growth equity investments for middle market companies. Previously, Mr. Ethridge was an associate in the Recapitalization and Restructuring Group at Jefferies and Company, Inc. where he executed corporate restructurings and leveraged finance transactions, and before that he was a crisis manager at Conway, Del Genio, Gries & Co. in New York. Mr. Ethridge serves as a director of Crescent Communities, LLC and Advantix Systems Ltd.

1

We believe that we will derive significant benefit from our management team which we believe has distinctive experience in identifying and acquiring businesses that are underperforming or distressed and/or are operating in industries undergoing dislocation. We intend to focus our efforts on seeking and completing an initial business combination with a company that has an enterprise value of between $1 billion and $1.8 billion, although a target entity with a smaller or larger enterprise value may be considered. While we may pursue an acquisition opportunity in any sector, the global decline in commodity prices since 2014 as well as the quickly changing regulatory environment have led to severe dislocation in the commodity and specialty chemicals, exploration and production, metals and mining, materials, power generation, transportation and infrastructure, refining, financial institutions, specialty lending, healthcare and insurance sectors. Our initial focus will be to pursue underperforming companies in these sectors as potential candidates for a business combination.

Significant Activities Since Inception

businesses. On March 15, 2017, weMPAC consummated ourits initial public offering (the “IPO”), following which its shares began trading on the Nasdaq Capital Market (“Nasdaq”).

On November 9, 2018, MPAC acquired USWS Holdings (the “Transaction”) pursuant to a Merger and Contribution Agreement, dated as of 32,500,000 units,includingJuly 13, 2018 (as amended, the partial exercise“Merger and Contribution Agreement”). The Transaction was accounted for as a reverse recapitalization. Under this method of accounting, USWS Holdings is treated as the acquirer and MPAC is treated as the acquired party.

In connection with the closing of the underwriter’s over-allotment optionTransaction, MPAC changed its name to U.S. Well Services, Inc. (“USWS Inc.”) and its trading symbols on Nasdaq from “MPAC,” and “MPACW,” to “USWS” and “USWSW”.

Pursuant to the Merger and Contribution Agreement, on November 9, 2018, USWS Inc. issued Class A common stock to certain members of 2,500,000 units. USWS Holdings in exchange for their interests in USWS Holdings and Class B common stock to certain


members of USWS Holdings who retained their interests in USWS Holdings.  

Following the completion of the Transaction, the Company was organized as an “Up-C” structure, meaning that substantially all the Company’s assets and operations are held and conducted by USWS LLC. The Company’s only assets are equity interests representing 97% ownership of USWS Holdings as of December 31, 2020. The Transaction did not include a tax receivable agreement.

Organizational Structure

The following diagram illustrates the ownership structure of the Company as of December 31, 2020:

Each share of Class B common stock has no economic rights in USWS Inc. but entitles its holder to one vote on all matters to be voted on by shareholders generally. Holders of Class A common stock and Class B common stock vote together as a single class on all matters presented to our shareholders for their vote or approval, except as otherwise required by applicable law. We do not intend to list the Class B common stock on any exchange.

Under the Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Agreement of USWS Holdings, each share of Class B common stock of USWS Inc., together with one unit consistedof USWS Holdings and subject to certain limitations, is exchangeable (the "Exchange Right") for one share of Class A common stock of USWS Inc. or, at the Company's election, the cash equivalent to the market value of one share of Class A common stock of USWS Inc. The exchange is subject to conversion rate adjustments for stock splits, stock dividends, reclassifications, and one warrantother similar transactions. In addition, upon a change in control of USWS Inc., USWS Inc. has the right to purchase one sharerequire each holder of USWS Holdings units (other than USWS Inc.) to exercise its Exchange Right with respect to some or all of such holder's USWS Holdings units. An exchange of Class A Common Stock. Each whole warrant entitles the holder to purchase one-halfB common stock of one share of Class A Common Stock at an exercise price of $5.75 per half share. The units were sold in our initial public offering at an offering price of $10.00 per unit, generating gross proceeds of $325.0 million (before underwriting discounts and commissions and offering expenses). SimultaneouslyUSWS Inc., together with the consummationcorresponding one unit of our initial public offering, we completed a private placement of 15,500,000 warrants at a price of $0.50 per warrant, issued to our sponsor and representative of the underwriters for our initial public offering, generating total proceeds of $7.75 million.USWS Holdings, will result in both being cancelled.

 

A total of $325 million of the net proceeds from our initial public offering (including the partial over-allotment) and the private placement with the sponsor and the representative were deposited in a trust account established for the benefit of the Company’s public stockholders.   Operations

 

Our units began trading on March 10, 2017 onoperations are organized into a single business segment, which consists of hydraulic fracturing services, and we have one reportable geographical business segment, the NASDAQ Capital Market under the symbol MPACU. Commencing on April 28, 2017, the securities comprising the units began separate trading. The units, common stock, and warrants are trading on the NASDAQ Capital Market under the symbols “MPACU,” “MPAC” and “MPACW,” respectively. United States.


Services

 

Business StrategyWe provide hydraulic fracturing services to E&P companies. Hydraulic fracturing services are performed to enhance the production of oil and natural gas from formations with low permeability and restricted flow of hydrocarbons. Our customers benefit from our expertise in fracturing of horizontal and vertical oil and natural gas-producing wells in shale and other unconventional geological formations.

The process of hydraulic fracturing involves pumping a pressurized stream of fracturing fluid — typically a mixture of water, chemicals, and proppant — into a well casing or tubing to cause the underground mineral formation to fracture or crack. Fractures release trapped hydrocarbon particles and provide a conductive channel for the oil or natural gas to flow freely to the wellbore for collection. The propping agent, or proppant, becomes lodged in the cracks created by the hydraulic fracturing process, “propping” them open to facilitate the flow of hydrocarbons from the reservoir to the well.

 

Our strategy is to identify and acquire a business that is misvalued or underperforming in an industry impacted by market dislocation or regulatory uncertainty and whose market value and operating results we believe can be positively affected by our management team. The MatlinPatterson affiliated membersfleets consist of our management team have an aggregate of over 60 years of experience setting and implementing strategies to grow revenues and improve profitability, including: engaging in capital marketsmobile hydraulic fracturing units and other restructuring activities, evaluating, changing or enhancing management when appropriate, pursuing acquisitionauxiliary heavy equipment to perform fracturing services. We have two designs for our hydraulic fracturing units: (1) Our legacy conventional fleets, which are powered by diesel fuel and divestiture opportunities,utilize traditional internal combustion engines, transmissions, and craftingradiators and (2) our next-generation Clean Fleet®technology, which replaces the traditional engines, transmissions, and radiators with electric motors powered by electricity created by turbine generators. Both designs utilize high-pressure hydraulic fracturing pumps mounted on trailers. We refer to the group of pump trailers and other initiatives, whether through board control or influence or substantial equity ownership of portfolio companies over which MatlinPatterson or Credit Suisse’s Global Distressed Securities Group (while under Mr. Matlin’s management) exercised control.equipment necessary to perform a typical fracturing job as a “fleet,” and the personnel assigned to each fleet as a “crew.”

 

While underperformance can result from many factors we expectOur Clean Fleet® equipment also allows us to initially focus on targets that underperforming aspursue business opportunities outside of the upstream oil and gas sector. We offer power generation services, leasing turbine generators and ancillary power generation equipment under short or long-term arrangements, along with skilled personnel, to provide peaking power and other power generation needs to customers in a resultvariety of market conditions driven by commodity supply/demand imbalances or periodsindustries and markets. Although this has not been a material source of regulatory uncertainty surrounding future business activities. Specifically,revenue for us historically, we believe that targets in or with exposure to the commodity and specialty chemicals, exploration and production, metals and mining, materials, power generation transportationservices represent an attractive avenue for future growth.

Clean Fleet® Technology

Our Clean Fleet® combines natural gas turbine generators with electric motors and infrastructure, refining, financial institutions, specialty lending, healthcareexisting industry equipment to provide fracturing services with numerous advantages over conventional fleets. Our Clean Fleet® technology is a proven technology that has been in commercial operations since July 2014, making us a leading provider of electric-powered hydraulic fracturing services. Our Clean Fleet® technology is supported by a robust intellectual property portfolio. We have been granted, or have received notice of allowance, for 38 patents and insurance sectors provide a large opportunity set followinghave an additional 189 patents pending.

We believe Clean Fleet® technology provides the global commodity downturn that began in 2014 and the uncertain regulatory environment. Our management believes that increasing leverage, a lack of access to capital markets and regulatory uncertainty have caused many private companies in these sectors to be misvalued and underappreciated. Based on our management team’s experience at MatlinPatterson, we believe that these trends create excellent opportunities for an organization with our strategy and our management’s core competencies. However, we may pursue a business combinationCompany with a company that is misvalued due to other factors such as lackdistinct competitive advantage over our competitors because of strategic direction, an overly burdensome or unsustainable capital structure, an inability to fund capital needs, litigation and corporate fraud.the following characteristics:

 

2

Industry Leading Environmental Profile – Clean Fleet® technology offers superior emissions performance as compared to traditional diesel-powered hydraulic fracturing equipment.

In order to execute our business strategy, we intend to:

Utilize the management team’s extensive sourcing network to identify underperforming companies and assets:     Our management team has an extensive sourcing network to identify a promising target business that is underperforming, likely due to dislocated market conditions, which have been overlooked or rejected by other investors.

Assemble a team of industry and financial experts:     For each potential transaction, we intend to assemble a team of industry and financial experts to supplement our management’s efforts to identify and resolve key issues facing a company. We intend to a construct an operating and financial reorganization plan which optimizes the potential to grow shareholder value. With extensive experience investing in troubled businesses, we expect that our management will be able to demonstrate to the target business and its stakeholders that we have the resources and expertise to lead the combined company through complex and often turbulent market conditions and provide the strategic and operational direction necessary to stabilize and grow the business in order to maximize cash flows and improve the overall strategic prospects for the business.

Conduct rigorous research and analysis:     Performing disciplined, bottom-up fundamental research and analysis is core to our strategy, and we intend to conduct extensive due diligence to evaluate the impact that a transaction may have on a target business.

Acquire the target company at an attractive price relative to our view of intrinsic value:     Combining rigorous bottom-up analysis as well as input from industry and financial experts, the management team intends to develop its view of the intrinsic value of a potential business combination. In doing so, the management team will evaluate future cash flow potential, relative industry valuation metrics and precedent transactions to inform its view of intrinsic value, with the intention of creating a business combination at an attractive price relative to its view of intrinsic value.

Implement operational and financial structuring opportunities:     Our management team has the ability to structure and execute a business combination that will provide the combined business with a capital structure that will support the growth in shareholder value and give it the flexibility to grow organically and/or through strategic acquisitions or divestitures. We intend to also develop and implement strategies and initiatives to improve the business’s operational and financial performance and create a platform for growth.

Seek strategic acquisitions and divestitures to further grow shareholder value:     The management team intends to analyze the strategic direction of the company and evaluate non-core asset sales to create financial and/or operational flexibility for the company to engage in organic or inorganic growth. Specifically, the management team intends to evaluate opportunities for industry consolidation in the company’s core lines of business as well as opportunities to vertically or horizontally integrate with other industry participants.

Following our initial business combination, we intend to evaluate opportunities to enhance shareholder value, including developing and implementing corporate strategies and initiatives to provide financial and operational runway such that the company can improve profitability and long-term value. In doing so, the management team anticipates evaluating corporate governance, assessing and possibly replacing management, opportunistically accessing capital markets and other opportunities to enhance liquidity, identifying acquisition and divestiture opportunities, and properly aligning management and board incentives with growing shareholder value.

 

3

Reduced Fuel Costs – Clean Fleet® technology uses electric motors to drive its frac pumps instead of internal combustion engines and transmissions used on traditional, diesel-powered fracturing equipment. Clean Fleet®’s electric motors are powered by mobile turbine generators that can use natural gas produced and conditioned in the field (“Field Gas”), compressed natural gas (“CNG”), liquefied natural gas (“LNG”) or diesel as a fuel source. Our customers typically provide Field Gas or CNG to fuel Clean Fleet®’s turbine generators, which offers a significant cost savings relative to purchasing diesel fuel to power traditional fracturing equipment in the current market environment.

Enhanced Wellsite and Community Safety Profile – Clean Fleet® offers superior safety benefits relative to traditional diesel-powered fracturing fleets for both workers at the wellsite and inhabitants of nearby communities.

Lower Cost of Ownership – We believe Clean Fleet® offers the best cost of ownership of any commercially available hydraulic fracturing technology. Also, Clean Fleet® uses long-lived components such as electric motors, switchgears, and turbine generators that we estimate will be capable of operating for more than 15 years, while traditional diesel-


 

powered fracturing fleets can be expected to operate for less than five years before requiring major component replacements.

Superior Operational Efficiency Profile – Clean Fleet® technology allows us to garner operational efficiencies that are difficult to achieve with traditional diesel-powered fracturing technology. By eliminating moving parts associated with internal combustion engines and transmissions, as well as eliminating the need for preventative maintenance activities such as oil filter changes, we are able to reduce maintenance-related downtime. Additionally, the ability of our Clean Fleet® technology to automatically capture and transmit vast amounts of operational, logistical, and environmental data provide us with insights that offer opportunities for continuous improvements in our operational efficiencies.

 

Competitive Strengths

 

We are leveragingbelieve that the following sources of competitive strength in seekingstrengths will position us to achieveprovide high-quality service to our business strategy:customers and create value for our stockholders:

 

Experienced Management Team with Expertise in a Broad Array of Sectors and Geographies —Since his days as an investment manager within Credit Suisse beginning in 1994, and continuing thereafter at MatlinPatterson in 2002, David J. Matlin, our Chief Executive Officer, has built a unique track record by investing more than $14 billion in underperforming or distressed businesses across

Proprietary Clean Fleet® technology. We are a market leader in electric fracturing technology, with five all-electric hydraulic fracturing fleets. Our fleets utilizing Clean Fleet® technology provide substantial cost savings by replacing diesel fuel with natural gas and offer considerable operational, safety and environmental advantages. Clean Fleet® technology offers superior operational efficiency resulting from reduced non-productive time due to repairs, maintenance and failures associated with diesel-powered engines and transmissions. Additionally, Clean Fleet® technology can substantially reduce emissions of air pollutants and noise from the wellsite. With an increasing focus on ESG and increasing returns by our customers, we believe that adoption of this technology in the near term will materially increase and allow us to continue to significantly expand our market share over the next several years.

Strong, employee-centered culture. Our employees are critical to our success and are a key source of our competitive advantage. We continuously invest in training and development for our employees, and as a result, we can provide consistent, high-quality service and safe working conditions for both employees and customers.

Track record for safety. Safety is a critical element of our operations. We focus on providing customers with the highest quality of service by employing a trained and motivated workforce that is rigorously focused on safety. We continuously review safety data and work to develop and implement policies and procedures that ensure the safety and wellbeing of our employees, customers, and the communities in which we operate. Our field operators are empowered to stop work and question the safety of a situation or task performed. We use specialized technology to improve safety for our truck drivers and employ measures to mitigate the risk of respirable silica dust exposure on the wellsite. We believe our record of safe operations makes us an attractive partner for both our customers and our employees. Additionally, we have taken proactive measures to safeguard the physical health of our employees in response to the COVID-19 pandemic. Employees capable of working from home were mandated to do so until conditions improve making it safe for their return on a voluntary basis, and all individuals entering a Company facility or work location are required to undergo a screening process.  

Strong customer relationships supported by contracts and dedications. We have cultivated strong relationships with a diverse group of customers because of the quality of our service, safety performance and ability to work with customers to establish mutually beneficial service agreements. Our contracts and dedications provide customers with certainty of service pricing, allowing them to efficiently budget and plan the development of their wells. Additionally, our contracts and dedications allow us to maintain higher utilization of our fleet and generate revenue and cash flow through industry cycles. We believe our relationships and the structure of our contracts and dedications position us to continue to build long-term partnerships with customers and support stable financial performance.

Modern, high-quality equipment and rigorous maintenance program. Our hydraulic fracturing fleets consist of modern, well-maintained equipment. We invest in high-quality equipment from leading original equipment manufacturers. Moreover, we take proactive measures to maintain the quality of our equipment, using specialized equipment to monitor frac pump integrity and our proprietary FRAC MD® data analytics platform to support preventative maintenance efforts. We believe the quality of our equipment is critical to our ability to provide high quality service to our customers.


Ability to leverage uncorrelated, growing markets. We own a significant portfolio of high-quality power generation assets consisting of mobile turbine generators and related equipment. These assets offer us the opportunity to serve customers in areas such as disaster recovery, power and utility services and other markets that are not correlated to the oil and gas industry.

Proven, cycle-tested management team. Our management team has a proven track record for building and operating oilfield service companies. As a result of our strategy, we have grown the business organically. Our operating and commercial teams have significant industry experience and longstanding relationships with our clients. We believe our management team’s experience and relationships position us to generate business and create value for stockholders. Additionally, our management team’s rapid response to the COVID-19 pandemic enabled us to maintain adequate liquidity and develop operational procedures allowing for business continuity during a turbulent market environment.

Customer Concentration

Our customers include a broad arrayrange of sectors including materials, chemicals, metals, mining, energy, financials, healthcare, real estateleading E&P companies. For the year ended December 31, 2020, Apache Corporation, Shell, Marathon, Range, and insurance, among others. The MatlinPatterson affiliated membersEQT each comprised greater than 10% of our management team, including David J. Matlin, Peter Schoels and Greg Ethridge, have an aggregate of over 60years of experience in investing and financing, both in the private equity business as well as public market securities. We believe our management team’s diverse sector experience represents a significant competitive strength in achieving our acquisition strategy.

consolidated revenues.

 

Access to Investment Opportunities —Our management team has extensive long-term relationships with company owners, executives, stakeholders, industry experts, consultants, professionals

Suppliers

We purchase a wide variety of raw materials, parts and financial intermediaries. This network has providedcomponents that are manufactured and supplied for our management team with proprietary deal flow, especially in instances of significant capital structure complexity, business underperformance, or market dislocation.operations. We believe these relationships will provide us with attractive acquisition opportunities. We also intend tocurrently rely on a limited number of suppliers from which we procure major equipment components used to maintain, build, or upgrade our management team’s reputation and history of identifying and securing acquisition opportunities in the materials, chemicals, metals, energy, financials, healthcare, real estate and insurance sectors operating in market conditions driven by commodity supply/demand imbalances or periods of regulatory uncertainty.custom Clean Fleet® hydraulic fracturing equipment. In addition, some of these components have few suppliers and long lead times to acquire. Historically, we anticipate that target business candidates will be broughthave generally been able to obtain the equipment, parts and supplies necessary to support our attention from various other sources, including investment market participants and large enterprises seeking to divest non-core assets or divisions.

Despite the acquisition experience of our management team, none of our officers or directors has had direct experience with special purpose acquisition companies. Any past experience of MatlinPatterson or our management team is notoperations on a guarantee either: (i)timely basis. While we believe that we will be able to locate a suitable candidate for our initial business combination; or (ii)make satisfactory alternative arrangements in the event of any results with respect to any initial business combinationinterruption in the supply of these materials and/or equipment by one of our suppliers, we may consummate. You should not rely onalways be able to do so. In addition, certain materials for which we do not currently have long-term supply agreements could experience shortages and significant price increases in the historical recordfuture. As a result, we may be unable to mitigate any future supply shortages and our results of MatlinPatterson’s or our management team’s performance as indicative of our future performance.operations, prospects and financial condition could be adversely affected.

 

Acquisition CriteriaCompetition

 

The markets in which we operate are very competitive. We have identifiedprovide services in various geographic regions across the following general criteria and guidelines that we believe are consistent with our acquisition philosophyUnited States, and our management’s experiencecompetitors include many large and are important in evaluating prospective target businesses. We use these criteria and guidelines in evaluating acquisition opportunities, but we may decide to enter into our initial business combination with a target business that does not meet these criteria and guidelines. We intend to seek to acquire companies that we believe:

Are underperforming as a result of market conditions driven by commodity supply/demand imbalances or periods of regulatory uncertainty surrounding future business activities. Specifically, we believe that targets in or with exposure to the commodity and specialty chemicals, exploration and production, metals and mining, materials, power generation, transportation and infrastructure, refining, financial institutions, specialty lending, healthcare and insurance sectors provide a large opportunity set following the global commodity downturn that began in 2014 and the uncertain regulatory environment. Our management believes that increasing leverage, a lack of access to capital markets and regulatory uncertainty have caused many private companies in these sectors to be misvalued and underappreciated.

Exhibit intrinsic value that is being underappreciated or misvalued as a result of financial, operational or industry conditions that would be considered abnormal or transitory based on our industry specific due diligence and experience. For a potential target business, this process will include, among other things, a detailed review and analysissmall oilfield service providers, including some of the company’s capital structure, quality of earnings, potential for operationallargest integrated service companies. Our hydraulic fracturing services compete with large, integrated companies such as Halliburton Company and balance sheet improvements, corporate governance, customers, material contracts, and industry background and trends.

4

Are in need of additional strategic and managerial guidance to enhance or shift the company’s position within its industry, accelerate growth within that industry or refocus management on the core value proposition of the target company. We believe that we are well-positioned to evaluate and improve a company’s growth prospects and help it realize the opportunities to create shareholder value following the consummation of a business combination.

Will offer attractive risk-adjusted equity returns for our shareholders. We seek to acquire a target on terms and in a manner that leverages our experience in distressed investing. Financial returns will be evaluated based on free cash flow generation, an ability to achieve cost savings, an ability to stabilize operations, creating a platform for organic and/or inorganic growth, and an ability to achieve earnings growth. Each of these factors will be weighed against any identifiable downside risks that are often inherent in underperforming or distressed companies.

These criteria are not intended to be exhaustive. Any evaluation relating to the merits of a particular initial business combination may be based, to the extent relevant, on these general guidelinesSchlumberger Limited as well as other considerations,companies including Evolution Well Services, Calfrac Well Services Ltd., FTS International Inc., Liberty Oilfield Services Inc., NexTier Oilfield Solutions Inc., Patterson-UTI Energy Inc., ProPetro Services Inc., and RPC Inc. In addition, our industry is highly fragmented, and we compete regionally with a significant number of smaller service providers. Although several of our larger competitors have announced their intention to develop or adopt new electric hydraulic fracturing technologies, we believe that only U.S. Well Services, Inc. and one privately owned competitor are currently offering all-electric hydraulic fracturing services.

We believe that the principal competitive factors in the markets we serve are technical expertise, equipment capacity, workforce competency, efficiency, safety record, reputation, experience, and criteria thatprice. Additionally, projects are often awarded on a bid basis, which tends to create a highly competitive environment.

Cyclical Nature of Industry

We operate in a cyclical industry. The key factor driving demand for our management teamservices is the level of well completions by E&P companies, which in turn depends largely on the current and anticipated economics of new well completions. Global supply and demand for oil and the domestic supply and demand for natural gas are critical in assessing industry outlook. Demand for oil and natural gas is cyclical and subject to large, rapid fluctuations. E&P companies tend to increase capital expenditures in response to increases in oil and natural gas prices, which generally results in greater revenues and profits for oilfield service companies like us. Increased E&P capital expenditures ultimately lead to greater production, which historically has resulted in increased supplies and reduced prices which in turn tend to reduce demand for oilfield services. For these reasons, the results of our operations may deem relevant. In the eventfluctuate from quarter to quarter and from year to year, and these fluctuations may distort comparisons


of results across periods.

Insurance

Although we maintain insurance coverage of types and amounts that we find an opportunity that is more compellingbelieve to us thanbe customary in the opportunities described above,industry, we would pursue such opportunity. However, we have not established any particular parameters as to when we might turn our attention to opportunities that are not underperformingfully insured against all risks, either because insurance is not available or distressed and/or not operating in an industry undergoing a periodbecause of dislocation. In the event that we decidehigh premium costs relative to enter into our initial business combination with a target business that does not meet the above criteria and guidelines, we will disclose that the target business does not meet the above criteria in our stockholder communications related to our initial business combination, which would beperceived risk. Further, insurance rates have in the formpast been subject to wide fluctuation and changes in coverage could result in less coverage, increases in cost or higher deductibles and retentions. Liabilities for which we are not insured, or which exceed the policy limits of tender offer documents or proxy solicitation materials that we would file with the SEC.their applicable insurance, could have a material adverse effect on our business and financial condition.

 

Value Creation PhilosophyEnvironmental and Occupational Health and Safety Regulations

 

Our acquisition strategyoperations are subject to stringent laws and regulations governing the discharge of materials into the environment or otherwise relating to environmental protection, and occupational health and safety. Numerous federal, state, and local governmental agencies issue regulations that often require difficult and costly compliance measures that could carry substantial administrative, civil and criminal penalties and may result in permit revocations or modifications, operational disruptions, or injunctive obligations for noncompliance. These laws and regulations may, for example, restrict the types, quantities and concentrations of various substances that can be released into the environment, limit or prohibit construction or drilling activities on certain lands lying within wilderness, wetlands, ecologically or seismically-sensitive areas and other protected areas, or require action to prevent or remediate pollution from current or former operations. Moreover, it is not uncommon for neighboring landowners and other third parties to identify, acquirefile claims for personal injury and after our initial business combination, to build a companyproperty damage allegedly caused by the release of hazardous substances, hydrocarbons, or other waste products into the environment. Changes in an industry that is experiencing distress due to a temporarily dislocated market that is adversely affecting its financial or operating results, its ability to access the capital markets efficiently or at all or in other ways. Our management team will continually analyze the global financial markets for signs of financial distress in industry sectors, geographic regionsenvironmental, health and individual companies,safety laws and they have an extensive network of professional contactsregulations occur frequently, and any changes in the distressed sectorlaws or regulations or the interpretation thereof that provides themresult in more stringent and costly requirements could materially adversely affect our operations and financial position. We have not experienced any material adverse effect from compliance with informationthese requirements. This trend, however, may not continue in the future.

Below is an overview of some of the more significant environmental, health and significant proprietary deal flow. These contacts are familiar with our management team’s investment criteria and reorganization capabilities, and include bankruptcy lawyers, restructuring accountants, reorganization investment bankers and management turn-around consultants. Also, because our management team has historically employed two primary approaches to gaining control of companies; that is, (i) accumulating deeply discounted securities and other obligations of distressed companies as an initial step towards acquiring a controlling or influential ownership interest, generally through the conversion of debt to equity, and (ii) directly acquiring significant ownership stakes in businesses or injecting capital into businesses as a means of acquiring control, they also have relationships with many securities broker-dealers on a worldwide basis. We believe these extensive and long-standing relationships will provide us with broad access to potential businessessafety requirements with which we must comply. Our customers’ operations are subject to similar laws and regulations. Any material adverse effect of these laws and regulations on our customers’ operations and financial position may wish to combine.also have an indirect material adverse effect on our operations and financial position.

 

Deal OriginationWaste Handling. We handle, transport, store and dispose of wastes that are subject to the Resource Conservation and Recovery Act (“RCRA”) and comparable state laws and regulations, which impose requirements regarding the generation, transportation, treatment, storage, disposal and cleanup of hazardous and nonhazardous wastes. With federal approval, the individual states administer some or all the provisions of RCRA, sometimes in conjunction with our own, more stringent requirements. Although certain petroleum production wastes are exempt from regulation as hazardous wastes under RCRA, such wastes may constitute “solid wastes” that are subject to the less stringent requirements of nonhazardous waste provisions.

 

Drawing on their experience at MatlinPatterson, our management team is tapping four major sources of deal flow: (i) directly identifying potentially attractive undervalued situations through primary research into industriesAdministrative, civil, and companies; (ii) receiving information from our management team’s global contacts about potentially attractive situations; (iii) contact from securities broker-dealers’ research, sales, trading or investment banking department offering or identifying businesses experiencing dislocation; or (iv) inbound opportunities from a company or existing stakeholders seeking a combination. We may pay referral fees or other compensation to the sources mentioned in (ii) and (iii) above.

5

Evaluating Situations and Circumstances

We analyze the characteristics of each particular potential combination to better understand (i) the source of the company’s underperformance; (ii) the stakeholders that would welcome a business combination and (iii) the factors that will affect the company’s ability to successfully turnaround its financial and operating performance.

Source of Underperformance.   We identify the source of a company’s financial distress, whether it be abnormal moves and/or volatility in commodity prices, substantial financial leverage, loss of a large customer, unforeseen litigation, ineffective management, disruptive technological innovation or new regulatory requirements, among others, to guide the company through the process by which the underperformancecriminal penalties can be remedied. As an example, a company that is misvalued dueimposed for failure to substantial leverage may have a healthy underlying business, but needs to ‘‘de-lever’’ through the infusion of new equity capital to retire outstanding debt. By comparison, a company that loses a significant customer will have substantially reduced cash flow which may create issues for its underlying business that need to be addressed through management changes and improved operations. These comparisons are often blurred for these types companies as they often display elements of each. Determining the magnitude of these specific issues provides information that can be used to evaluate the most likely course of action the company will take, thereby allowing us to take advantage of the investment opportunity.

Stakeholders.   We also identify stakeholder constituencies, as well as their legal, financial and strategic positions and objectives, to anticipate potential issues that may impact a potential business combination. Stakeholders may range from priority creditors, secured creditors, senior creditors, junior creditors, subordinated creditors, trade creditors, preferred shareholders, shareholders, intercompany creditors, customers, suppliers, litigants, management, employees, unions and regulatory authorities. Recognizing the relationships between these constituencies will be critical to determining the process, timeline, and effectiveness of a business combination. Different stakeholders can play an important role, and predicting the behavior of individual stakeholders can provide important insights into any process. This also provides the management team an opportunity to partnercomply with certain stakeholders to effect change on the organization to improve the prospects of the company.

External Factors.   We take into account external factors that may affect the prospects of an underperforming or distressed company, including the jurisdiction in which the company is domiciled, the current and expected regulatory environment, political influences and the state of the financial markets. Materials companies, for example, may lack access to traditional capital markets due to abrupt swings in a particular commodity that industry participants either produce or use as an input to its manufacturing process. The lack of traditional means for raising capital provides an opportunity for value-oriented investors, such as us to be the provider of capital on beneficial terms.

Direct Involvement Post-Merger

After the initial business combination, our management team intends to apply a rigorous approach to enhancing shareholder value, including evaluating the experience and expertise of incumbent management and making changes when appropriate, examining opportunities for revenue enhancement, cost savings, operating efficiencies and strategic acquisitions and divestitures, and accessing the financial markets to optimize the company’s capital structure. Our management team intends to pursue post-merger initiatives through participation on the board of directors, through direct involvement with company operations and/or calling upon a stable of former managers and advisors when necessary.

•       Corporate Governance and Oversight.     Actively participating as board members can include many activities ranging from monthly or quarterly board meetings, chairing standing (compensation, audit or investment committees) or special committees, to replacing or supplementing company management teams when necessary, adding outside directors with industry expertise, providing guidance on strategic and operational issues including revenue enhancement opportunities, cost savings, operating efficiencies as well as reviewing and testing annual budgets, reviewing acquisitions and divestitures, and assisting in the accessing of capital markets to further optimize financing costs and fund expansion. As active members on the board of directors of the company, our management team members intend to evaluate the suitability of the incumbent organization leaders. While not a pre-requisite, in their MatlinPatterson capacities, our management team members have replaced a significant percentage of its portfolio companies’ incumbent management teams in its private equity funds.waste handling requirements. Moreover, the management teamEnvironmental Protection Agency (“EPA”) or state or local governments may adopt more stringent requirements for the handling of nonhazardous wastes or re-categorize some nonhazardous wastes as hazardous for future regulation. Indeed, legislation has on occasion, inserted themselves into interim or full-time management roles when necessary.

6

•      Direct Operational Involvement.     The management team members, though ongoing board service, intend to actively engage with company management to effect change in an organization. These activities may include: (i) establishing an agenda for management and instilling a sense of accountability and urgency; (ii) aligning the interest of management with growing shareholder value; (iii) providing strategic planning and management consulting assistance; (iv) establishing measurable key performance metrics and accretive internal processes; and (v) right-sizing costs. These skill sets, will be integral to shareholder value creation.

•      Access to Portfolio Company Managers and Advisors.     Over their combined over 60 year history of investing in and controlling businesses, our management team members have developed strong professional relationships with former portfolio company managers and advisors through its private equity vehicles. When appropriate, we intend to bring in outside directors, managers or consultants to assist in corporate governance and operational turnaround activities. The use of supplemental advisors should provide additional resources to management to address time intensive issues that may be delaying an organization from realizing its full potential shareholder returns.

Our Acquisition and Investment Process

As illustrated in the diagram below, in evaluating a prospective target business, we have conducted and will continue to conduct a thorough due diligence review which will encompass, among other things, meetings with incumbent management and employees, document reviews, inspection of facilities, as well as a review of financial, operational, legal and other information which will be made available to us. We also utilize our operational and capital planning experience.

 

7

We are not prohibited from pursuing an initial business combination with a company that is affiliated with our sponsor, officers or directors. In the event we seek to complete our initial business combination with a company that is affiliated with our sponsor, officers or directors, we, or a committee of independent and disinterested directors, will obtain an opinion from an independent investment banking firm that is a member of FINRA, or from an independent accounting firm, that our initial business combination is fair to our company from a financial point of view. MatlinPatterson and its affiliates have four portfolio companies in or exposed to the chemical, financial institutions and energy sectors, which are among the sectors we intend to initially target. We do not currently intend to pursue any of such portfolio companies.

If members of our management team acquire public shares or warrants, they may have a conflict of interest in determining whether a particular target business is an appropriate business with which to effectuate our initial business combination. Further, each of our officers and directors may have a conflict of interest with respect to evaluating a particular business combination if the retention or resignation of any such officers and directors was included by a target business as a condition to any agreement with respect to our initial business combination. Certain of the members of our management team are employed by MatlinPatterson. MatlinPatterson isbeen proposed from time to time made aware of potential business opportunities, one or more of whichin Congress to re-categorize certain oil and natural gas exploration, development, and production wastes as hazardous wastes. Several environmental organizations have also petitioned the EPA to modify existing regulations to re-categorize certain oil and natural gas exploration, development, and production wastes as hazardous. Any such changes in these laws and regulations could have a material adverse effect on our capital expenditures and operating expenses. Although we may desire to pursue, for a business combination.

Each of our officers and directors presently has, and any of them in the future may have, additional fiduciary or contractual obligations to another entity pursuant to which such officer or director is or will be required to present a business combination opportunity to such entity. Accordingly, if any of our officers or directors becomes aware of a business combination opportunity which is suitable for an entity to which he or she has then-current fiduciary or contractual obligations, he or she will honor these obligations to present such business combination opportunity to such entity, and only present it to us if such entity rejects the opportunity. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, members of our management team who are affiliated with MatlinPatterson have fiduciary and contractual obligations with respect to MatlinPatterson’s private equity partnerships and the portfolio companies on whose boards they serve, including presenting business combination opportunities to them. While MatlinPatterson’s existing private equity partnerships are beyond their investment periods, members of our management team who are affiliated with MatlinPatterson would have business opportunity conflicts with respect to new private equity funds or other investment vehicles that MatlinPatterson or its affiliates may sponsor in the future. We do not believe however, that the fiduciary dutiescurrent costs of managing our wastes, as presently classified, to be significant, any legislative or contractual obligationsregulatory reclassification of oil and natural gas exploration and production wastes could increase our officers or directors will materially affect our abilitycosts to complete our initial business combination. Our amendedmanage and restated certificatedispose of incorporation provides that we renounce our interest in any corporate opportunity offered to any director or officer unless such opportunity is expressly offered to such person solely in his or her capacity as a director or officer of our company and such opportunity is one we are legally and contractually permitted to undertake and would otherwise be reasonable for us to pursue.wastes.

 

Our directorsRemediation of Hazardous Substances. The Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and officers have agreed notLiability Act (“CERCLA” or “Superfund”) and analogous state laws generally impose liability without regard to participate in the formation of,fault or become an officer or director of, any other special purpose acquisition company with a class of securities registered under the Exchange Act until we have entered into a definitive agreement regarding our initial business combination or we have failed to complete our initial business combination within 24 months after the closing of our initial public offering.

Initial Business Combination

The NASDAQ rules require that our initial business combination must be with one or more target businesses that together have a fair market value equal to at least 80%legality of the balance inoriginal conduct, on classes of persons who are considered to be responsible for the trust account (less any deferred underwriting commissions and taxes payable on interest earned)release of a hazardous substance into the environment or, under some state CERCLA-analogous laws, the release of solid waste. These persons include the current owner or operator of a contaminated facility, a former owner or operator of the facility at the time of our signing a definitive agreement in connection with our initial business combination. If our boardcontamination, those persons that disposed or arranged for the disposal of directorsthe substance at the facility, and transporters who selected the disposal site.


Liability for the costs of removing or remediating previously disposed wastes or contamination, damages to natural resources, and the costs of conducting certain health studies, amongst other things, is strict and joint and several. In addition, it is not ableuncommon for neighboring landowners and other third parties to independently determinefile claims for personal injury and property damage allegedly caused by the fair market valuehazardous substances released into the environment. During our operations, we use materials that, if released, would be subject to CERCLA and comparable state laws. Therefore, governmental agencies or third parties may seek to hold us responsible under CERCLA and comparable state statutes for all or part of the target business or businesses, we will obtain an opinion from an independent investment banking firm that is a member of FINRA or from an independent accounting firm, with respectcosts to the satisfaction ofclean up sites at which such criteria. Our stockholders will not be provided with a copy of such opinion nor will they be able to rely on such opinion. We do not intend to purchase multiple businesses in unrelated industries in conjunction with our initial business combination, although there is no assurance that will be the case.substances have been released.

 

8

NORM. During our operations, some of our equipment may be exposed to naturally occurring radioactive materials (“NORM”) associated with oil and gas deposits and accordingly may result in the generation of wastes and other materials containing NORM. NORM exhibiting levels of naturally occurring radiation in excess of established state standards are subject to special handling and disposal requirements, and any storage vessels, piping and work area affected by NORM may be subject to remediation or restoration requirements.

 

We anticipate structuring our initial business combination so thatWater Discharges. The Clean Water Act, Safe Drinking Water Act, Oil Pollution Act and analogous state laws and regulations impose restrictions and strict controls regarding the post-transaction companyunauthorized discharge of pollutants, including produced waters and other gas and oil wastes, into regulated waters. The discharge of pollutants into regulated waters is prohibited, except in which our public stockholders own shares will ownaccordance with the terms of a permit issued by the EPA, the U.S. Army Corps of Engineers (the “Corps”), or acquire 100%the applicable state. The Clean Water Act has been interpreted by these agencies to apply broadly. The EPA and the Corps released a rule to revise the definition of “waters of the outstanding equity interestsUnited States,” or assetsWOTUS, for all Clean Water Act programs, which went into effect in August 2015. Litigation and political maneuverings surrounding the revised WOTUS definition have been ongoing since that time. On October 22, 2019, the EPA and the Corps issued a final rule to repeal the 2015 Clean Water Rule and re-codify the regulatory text that existed prior to 2015 (the “Step One Rule”). The Step One Rule became effective on December 23, 2019. On January 23, 2020, the EPA and the Corps announced the final Navigable Waters Protection Rule (the “NWPR”), which revised and narrowed the WOTUS definition. The NWPR replaced the Step One Rule and became effective on June 22, 2020. The Biden administration will conduct a review of the target business or businesses. We may, however, structure our initial business combination such thatNWPR, and we expect political maneuverings and litigation regarding the post-transaction company owns or acquires less than 100% of such interests or assetsWOTUS definition to continue, creating uncertainty as to what constitutes a protected “water of the target business in orderUnited States.” In addition, spill prevention, control and countermeasure plan requirements require appropriate containment berms and similar structures to meet certain objectiveshelp prevent the contamination of regulated waters.

Air Emissions. The Clean Air Act (“CAA”) and comparable state laws and regulations regulate emissions of various air pollutants through the target management team or stockholders or forissuance of permits and the imposition of other reasons, but we will only complete such business combination if the post-transaction company owns or acquires 50% or moreemissions control requirements. The EPA has developed, and continues to develop, stringent regulations governing emissions of the outstanding voting securities of the target or otherwise acquires a controlling interest in the target sufficient for it not toair pollutants from specified sources. New facilities may be required to registerobtain permits before work can begin, and existing facilities may be required to obtain additional permits and incur capital costs to remain in compliance. These and other laws and regulations may increase the costs of compliance for some facilities where we operate, and significant administrative, civil, and criminal penalties can be imposed for failure to comply with air regulations. Obtaining or renewing permits also has the potential to delay the development of oil and natural gas projects.

Climate Change. The EPA has determined that greenhouse gases (“GHGs”) present an endangerment to public health and the environment because such gases contribute to warming of the Earth’s atmosphere and other climatic changes. Based on these findings, the EPA has adopted and implemented, and continues to adopt and implement, regulations that restrict emissions of GHGs under existing provisions of the CAA. The EPA also requires the annual reporting of GHG emissions from certain large sources of GHG emissions in the United States, including certain oil and gas production facilities. The U.S. Congress has from time to time considered adopting legislation to reduce emissions of GHGs and almost one-half of the states have already taken legal measures to reduce emissions of GHGs primarily through the development of GHG emission inventories and/or regional GHG cap and trade programs and through the establishment of emissions reduction targets. In December 2015, the United States joined the international community at the 21st Conference of the Parties of the United Nations Framework Convention on Climate Change in Paris, France. The resulting Paris Agreement calls for the parties to undertake “ambitious efforts” to limit the average global temperature, and to conserve and enhance sinks and reservoirs of GHGs. The Paris Agreement entered into force in November 2016. The United States exited the Paris Agreement in November 2020, but rejoined it effective on February 19, 2021. Additional federal and/or state regulations targeting climate change could significantly affect our operations or compliance costs.

Moreover, climate change may cause more extreme weather conditions and increased volatility in seasonal temperatures. Extreme weather conditions can interfere with our operations and increase our costs, and damage resulting from extreme


weather may not be fully insured.

Endangered and Threatened Species. Environmental laws such as an investment companythe Endangered Species Act (“ESA”) and analogous state laws may impact exploration, development, and production activities in areas where we operate. The ESA provides broad protection for species of fish, wildlife and plants that are listed as threatened or endangered. Similar protections are offered to migratory birds under the Investment CompanyMigratory Bird Treaty Act and various state analogs. The U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service may identify previously unidentified endangered or threatened species or may designate critical habitat and suitable habitat areas that it believes are necessary for survival of 1940, as amended,a threatened or endangered species, or a state may impose new rules limiting oil and gas operations to protect wildlife or habitat, which could cause us or our customers to incur additional costs or become subject to operating restrictions or operating bans in the Investment Company Act. Even ifaffected areas.

Regulation of Hydraulic Fracturing and Related Activities. Hydraulic fracturing is an important and common practice that is used to stimulate production of hydrocarbons, particularly natural gas, from tight formations, including shales. The process, which involves the post-transaction company owns or acquires 50% or moreinjection of water, sand, and chemicals under pressure into formations to fracture the surrounding rock and stimulate production, is typically regulated by state oil and natural gas commissions. However, federal agencies have asserted regulatory authority over certain aspects of the voting securitiesprocess. For example, on January 20, 2021, the Biden administration issued an order implementing a 60-day suspension on new oil and gas leases and drilling permits for federal lands and water. On January 27, 2021, the Biden administration issued an executive order that indefinitely pauses new oil and gas leases on federal lands while the administration undertakes a comprehensive review on climate change impacts. Additionally, beginning in August 2012, the EPA issued a series of rules under the CAA that establish new emission control requirements for certain oil and natural gas production and natural gas processing operations and associated equipment. Various political maneuverings resulted in September 2020 amendments to New Source Performance Standards issued in 2016. These amendments rescinded certain methane control requirements and removed the transmission and storage segment from the oil and natural gas source category and were promptly challenged in court, resulting in a temporary stay issued by the D.C. Circuit. The amendments are currently under review by the Biden Administration, which could further revise or rescind them. The U.S. Department of Interior’s Bureau of Land Management (“BLM”) finalized similar rules in November 2016 that limit methane emissions from new and existing oil and natural gas operations on federal lands through limitations on the venting and flaring of gas, as well as enhanced leak detection and repair requirements. The BLM adopted final rules in January 2017. Operators generally had one year from the January 2017 effective date to come into compliance with the rule’s requirements. In December 2017, the BLM temporarily suspended or delayed certain of these requirements set forth in its Venting and Flaring Rule until January 2019, and in September 2018, the BLM published a final rule which scaled back the waste-prevention requirements of the target, our stockholders prior2016 rule. Both the 2016 rule and the September 2018 revision of that rule were vacated in 2020 court decisions.  Litigation and administrative review of these rules remain ongoing. Moreover, in March 2015, the BLM issued a final rule that imposes requirements on hydraulic fracturing activities on federal and Indian lands, including new requirements relating to our initial business combination may collectively ownpublic disclosure, wellbore integrity and handling of flowback water. However, the BLM rescinded this rule in December 2017. In January 2018, California and a minority interestcoalition of environmental groups filed suit in the post-transaction company, depending on valuations ascribedNorthern District of California to challenge the targetBLM’s rescission of the 2015 rule. In March 2020, the California district court upheld the BLM’s rescission of the hydraulic fracturing rule, and usthe plaintiff groups appealed. This litigation and administrative review of federal hydraulic fracturing regulations is ongoing.  Many states also have hydraulic fracturing regulations in place that may be duplicative of the business combination transaction. For example, we could pursue a transactionrescinded federal regulations, and the BLM requires operators to comply with the law of the state where the federal or Indian land is located.

Further, legislation to amend the Safe Drinking Water Act to repeal the exemption for hydraulic fracturing (except when diesel fuels are used) from the definition of “underground injection” and require federal permitting and regulatory control of hydraulic fracturing have been proposed in recent sessions of Congress. Several states and local jurisdictions in which we issue a substantial number of new shares in exchange for allor our customers operate also have adopted or are considering adopting regulations that could require disclosure of the outstanding capital stockchemical constituents of a target. In this case, we would acquire a 100% controlling interestthe fluids used in the target. However,fracturing process, restrict, or prohibit hydraulic fracturing in certain circumstances, impose more stringent operating standards and/or require the disclosure of the composition of hydraulic fracturing fluids.

Federal and state governments have also begun investigating whether the disposal of produced water into underground injection wells has caused increased seismic activity in certain areas. For example, in December 2016, the EPA released its final report regarding the potential impacts of hydraulic fracturing on drinking water resources, concluding that “water cycle” activities associated with hydraulic fracturing may impact drinking water resources under certain circumstances such as water withdrawals for fracturing in times or areas of low water availability, surface spills during the management of fracturing fluids, chemicals or produced water, injection of fracturing fluids into wells with inadequate mechanical integrity, injection of fracturing fluids directly into groundwater resources, discharge of inadequately treated fracturing wastewater to surface waters, and disposal or storage of fracturing wastewater in unlined pits. The results of these studies could lead the federal government


and has led some state governments to develop and implement additional regulations, including stricter regulatory requirements relating to the location and operation of underground injection wells or requirements regarding the permitting of produced water disposal wells or otherwise.

Increased regulation of hydraulic fracturing and related activities (whether as a result of the issuance of a substantial number of new shares,EPA study results or resulting from other factors) could restrict our stockholders immediately priorability to operate in certain areas or subject us and our initial business combinationcustomers to additional permitting and financial assurance requirements, more stringent construction specifications, increased monitoring, reporting and recordkeeping obligations, and plugging and abandonment requirements. New requirements could own less than a majority ofresult in increased operational costs for us and our outstanding shares subsequent tocustomers and reduce the demand for our initial business combination. If less than 100%services.

OSHA Matters. The Occupational Safety and Health Act (“OSHA”) and comparable state statutes regulate the protection of the equity interestshealth and safety of workers. In addition, the OSHA hazard communication standard requires that information be maintained about hazardous materials used or assets of a target business or businesses are owned or acquired byproduced in operations and that this information be provided to employees, state and local government authorities, and the post-transaction company, the portion of such business or businesses that is owned or acquired is what will be valued for purposes of the 80% of net assets test. If our initial business combination involves more than one target business, the 80% of net assets test will be based on the aggregate value of all of the target businesses.public.

We are not prohibited from pursuing an initial business combination with a company that is affiliated with our sponsor, officers or directors. In the event we seek to complete our initial business combination with a company that is affiliated with our sponsor, officers or directors, we, or a committee of independent and disinterested directors, will obtain an opinion from an independent investment banking firm that is a member of FINRA, or from an independent accounting firm, that our initial business combination is fair to our company from a financial point of view.Employees

 

As more fully discussed in ‘‘Management — Conflicts of Interest,’’ if any of our officers or directors becomes aware of a business combination opportunity that falls within the line of business of any entity to which he has pre-existing fiduciary or contractual obligations, he may be required to present such business combination opportunity to such entity prior to presenting such business combination opportunity to us. Our officersDecember 31, 2020, we had 638 full-time employees and directors currently have fiduciary duties or contractual obligations to various entities that may present a conflict of interest. As a result of these duties and obligations, situations may arise in which business opportunities may be given to one or more of these other entities prior to being presented to us.

Status as a Public Company

We believe our structure will make us an attractive business combination partner to target businesses. As an existing public company, we offer a target business an alternative to the traditional initial public offering through a merger or other business combination. In this situation, the owners of the target business would exchange their shares of stock in the target business for shares of our stock or for a combination of shares of our stock and cash, allowing us to tailor the consideration to the specific needs of the sellers. Although there are various costs and obligations associated with being a public company, we believe target businesses will find this method a more certain and cost effective method to becoming a public company than the typical initial public offering. In a typical initial public offering, there are additional expenses incurred in marketing, road show and public reporting efforts that may not be present to the same extent in connection with a business combination with us.

Furthermore, once a proposed business combination is completed, the target business will have effectively become public, whereas an initial public offering is always subject to the underwriter’s ability to complete the offering, as well as general market conditions, which could prevent the offering from occurring. Once public, we believe the target business would then have greater access to capital and an additional means of providing management incentives consistent with stockholders’ interests. It can offer further benefits by augmenting a company’s profile among potential new customers and vendors and aid in attracting talented employees.

9

We are an ‘‘emerging growth company,’’ as defined in the JOBS Act. We will remain an emerging growth company until the earlier of: (i) the last day of the fiscal year (a) following the fifth anniversary of the completion of our initial public offering, (b) in which we have total annual gross revenue of at least $1.07 billion, or (c) in which we are deemed to be a large accelerated filer, which means the market value of our common stock that is held by non-affiliates exceeds $700 million as of the prior June 30th; and (ii) the date on which we have issued more than $1.0 billion in non-convertible debt securities during the prior three-year period.

Financial Position

With funds available for a business combination, as of the balance sheet date, in the amount of approximately $316,200,000 assuming no redemptions and after payment of $10,250,000 of deferred underwriting fees but before fees and expenses associated with our initial business combination, we offer a target business a variety of options such as creating a liquidity event for its owners, providing capital for the potential growth and expansion of its operations or strengthening its balance sheet by reducing its debt or leverage ratio. Because we are able to complete our initial business combination using our cash, debt or equity securities, or a combination of the foregoing, we have the flexibility to use the most efficient combination that will allow us to tailor the consideration to be paid to the target business to fit its needs and desires. However, we have not taken any steps to secure third party financing and there can be no assurance it will be available to us.

Effecting our Initial Business Combination

part-time employees. We are not presently engaged in, and we will not engage in, any operations for an indefinite period of time. We intend to effectuate our initial business combination using cash from the proceeds of our initial public offering and the private placement of the private placement warrants, our capital stock, debt or a combination of these as the consideration to be paid in our initial business combination. We may seek to complete our initial business combination with a company or business that may be financially unstable or in its early stages of development or growth, which would subject us to the numerous risks inherent in such companies and businesses.

If our initial business combination is paid for using equity or debt securities or not all of the funds released from the trust account are used for payment of the consideration in connection with our initial business combination or used for redemptions of purchases of our Class A common stock, we may apply the balance of the cash released to us from the trust account for general corporate purposes, including for maintenance or expansion of operations of the post-transaction company, the payment of principal or interest due on indebtedness incurred in completing our initial business combination, to fund the purchase of other companies or for working capital.

Certain of the members of our management team are employed by MatlinPatterson. MatlinPatterson is from time to time made aware of potential business opportunities, one or more of which we may desire to pursue, for a business combination.

We may seek to raise additional funds through a private offering of debt or equity securities in connection with the completion of our initial business combination, and we may effectuate our initial business combination using the proceeds of such offering rather than using the amounts held in the trust account.

In the case of an initial business combination funded with assets other than the trust account assets, our tender offer documents or proxy materials disclosing the business combination would disclose the terms of the financing and, only if required by law, we would seek stockholder approval of such financing. There are no prohibitions on our ability to raise funds privately or through loans in connection with our initial business combination. At this time, we are not a party to any arrangementcollective bargaining agreements and have not experienced any strikes or understandingwork stoppages. We believe our relationships with our employees are excellent. From time to time, we will utilize the services of independent contractors to perform various field and/or other services.

Intellectual Property

We have been granted or have received notice of allowance for 38 patents, which begin to expire in late 2033, and have an additional 189 patents pending. Our patents protect our Clean Fleet® technology from being duplicated by competitors. These patents help provide unique competitive advantages in operating areas where noise and emissions are key concerns. We also use proprietary FRAC MD® technology to support our preventative maintenance program and prolong equipment useful life. This technology utilizes specialized equipment to capture and analyze vibrations to identify component stress so maintenance can be performed prior to catastrophic failures. Our fleets continuously transmit data captured in the field to our IoT platform. This data is analyzed by our team of data scientists in order improve our operations by garnering insights that inform real-time decision making in the field and drive our machine learning capabilities to increase efficiency and extend equipment useful life.

Availability of Information

Our website address is www.uswellservices.com. Information contained on our website is not part of this Annual Report on Form 10-K. Our annual reports on Form 10-K, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q, current reports on Form 8-K, and any third partyother materials filed with, or furnished to, the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) by us are available on our website (under “Investor Relations”) free of charge, as soon as reasonably practicable after such reports are filed with, or furnished to, the SEC. Alternatively, you may access these reports at the SEC’s website at www.sec.gov.



Item 1A. Risk Factors.

The following risk factors apply to our business and operations and the industry in which we operate. These risk factors are not exhaustive, and investors are encouraged to perform their own investigation with respect to raising any additional funds throughour business, financial condition, and prospects. You should carefully consider the sale of securities or otherwise.

Selection of a target business and structuring of our initial business combination

The NASDAQ rules require that our initial business combination must be with one or more target businesses that together have a fair market value equalfollowing risk factors in addition to at least 80% of the balanceother information included in this Annual Report, including matters addressed in the trust account (less any deferred underwriting commissionssection entitled “Cautionary Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements.” We may face additional risks and taxes payable on interest earned) at the time ofuncertainties that are not presently known to us, or that we currently deem immaterial, which may also impair our signing a definitive agreement in connection with our initial business, combination.financial condition, or prospects. The fair market value of the target or targets willfollowing discussion should be determined by our board of directors based upon one or more standards generally accepted by the financial community, such as discounted cash flow valuation or value of comparable businesses. If our board is not able to independently determine the fair market value of the target business or businesses, we will obtain an opinion from an independent investment banking firm that is a member of FINRA or from an independent accounting firm, with respect to the satisfaction of such criteria. Our stockholders will not be provided with a copy of such opinion nor will they be able to rely on such opinion. We do not intend to purchase multiple businesses in unrelated industriesread in conjunction with our initialconsolidated financial statements and notes to the consolidated financial statements included in this Annual Report.

Risk Factors Summary

The following is a summary of the risk factors that apply to our business combination, although thereand operations. The list below is no assurance that will benot exhaustive, and investors should read this “Risk Factors” section in full. Some of the case. Subjectrisks we face include:

Risks related to this requirement, our management will have virtually unrestricted flexibility in identifyingbusiness and selecting one or more prospective target businesses, although we will not be permitted to effectuate our initial business combination with another blank check company or a similar company with nominal operations.industry

 

10

Our dependence on the level of capital spending and exploration and production activity by the onshore oil and natural gas industry in the United States, which is beyond our control.

 

The volatility of oil and natural gas prices may adversely affect the demand for our services and negatively impact our results of operations.

Our level of current and future indebtedness could adversely affect our financial condition.

Our debt financing agreements subject us to financial and other restrictive covenants, which may limit our operational or financial flexibility and subject us to potential defaults under our credit facilities.

Changes in the method of determining LIBOR, or the replacement of LIBOR with an alternative reference rate, may adversely affect our ability to refinance our indebtedness.

We may not be entitled to forgiveness of our recently received PPP Loan, and our application for the PPP Loan could in the future be determined to have been impermissible or could result in damage to our reputation.

Our operations are subject to unforeseen interruptions and hazards inherent in the oil and natural gas industry, for which we may not be adequately insured.

Our long-term contracts are subject to certain risks, including counterparty payment risks, inability to renew or replace at favorable economic terms, and changing market conditions that result in higher costs without offsetting revenue escalations.

We are dependent on a few customers in a single industry. The loss of one or more significant customers could adversely affect our financial condition, prospects, and results of operations.

We rely on a limited number of suppliers for major equipment to build new and upgrade existing electric fleets to our custom Clean Fleet® design, which exposes us to risks including price and timing of delivery.

Our assets require significant amounts of capital for maintenance, upgrades and refurbishment and may require significant capital expenditures for new equipment.

We are subject to federal, state, and local laws and regulations, under which we may become liable for penalties, damages or costs of remediation or other corrective measures.

Climate change legislation, regulations restricting emissions of greenhouse gases or other action taken by public or private entities related to climate change could result in increased operating costs and reduced demand for the crude oil and natural gas produced by our customers.

If we are unable to fully protect our intellectual property rights, we may suffer a loss in our competitive advantage or market share, or we may be adversely affected by disputes regarding intellectual property rights of third parties.

Changes in transportation regulations may increase our costs and negatively impact our results of operations.

We rely on a limited number of third parties for sand, proppant and chemicals, and delays in deliveries of such materials, increases in the cost of such materials or our contractual obligations to pay for materials that we ultimately do not require could harm our business, results of operations and financial condition.

Restrictions on the ability to obtain water for exploration and production activities and the disposal of flowback and produced water may impact the operations of oil and gas companies and have a corresponding adverse effect on our business.

Our ability to expand our operations relies in part on our ability to market our Clean Fleet® technology, and advancements in well service technologies, including those involving hydraulic fracturing, could have a material


adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

We may record losses or impairment charges related to idled assets or assets we sell.

Our ability to use our net operating loss carryforwards (NOLs) to offset future income may be limited.

 

Risks related to our securities

Our only significant assets are the ownership of a majority interest in USWS Holdings, and such ownership may not be sufficient to generate the funds necessary to meet our financial obligations.

The trading price of our stock price may continue to be volatile.

If our common stock is delisted, the market price and liquidity of our common stock and our ability to raise additional capital would be adversely impacted.

The requirements of being a public company increases costs and distracts management, and we may be unable to comply with these requirements in a timely or cost-effective manner.

We are an “emerging growth company” and we cannot be certain if the reduced disclosure requirements applicable to emerging growth companies will result in significant savings.

An active, liquid, and orderly trading market for our securities may not be maintained, which could adversely affect the liquidity and price of our securities.

Future sales or the availability for sale of substantial amounts of our Class A common stock, or the perception that these sales may occur, could adversely affect the trading price of our Class A common stock and could impair our ability to raise capital through future sales of equity securities.

Certain of our principal stockholders have significant influence over us.

In certain circumstances, we may amend the terms of our Public Warrants and Private Placement Warrants in a manner that may be adverse to holders without approval by all of the warrant holders.

We may redeem unexpired Public Warrants prior to their exercise at a time that is disadvantageous to warrant holders, thereby making their Public Warrants worthless.

The exercise of our outstanding warrants or conversions of our outstanding preferred stock could increase the number of shares eligible for future resale in the public market and result in dilution to our stockholders.

Our charter and bylaws contain provisions that could discourage acquisition bids or merger proposals, which may adversely affect the market price of the Class A common stock.

Our charter contains forum selection provisions that may limit our stockholders’ ability to obtain a favorable judicial forum for disputes with us or our directors, officers, or employees.

Risks related to general and other factors

We are subject to risks related to pandemics or epidemics, including the ongoing COVID-19 global pandemic.

Competition may adversely affect our ability to market our services.

We may be subject to interruptions or failures in our information technology systems.

We are subject to cyber security risks. A cyber incident could occur and result in information theft, data corruption, operational disruption and/or financial loss.

We are exposed to risks related to our ability to employ and retain key employees, technical personnel and other skilled or qualified workers.

Anti-indemnity provisions enacted by many states may restrict or prohibit a party’s indemnification of us.

A terrorist attack or armed conflict could harm our business.

We are exposed to the credit risk of our customers, and any material nonpayment or nonperformance by our customers could adversely affect our financial results.

Delays or restrictions in obtaining permits by us for our operations or by our customers for their operations could impair our business.

Unanticipated changes in effective tax rates or adverse outcomes resulting from examination of our income or other tax returns could adversely affect our financial condition and results of operations.

We have identified a material weakness in our internal control over financial reporting related to the accounting for a significant and unusual transaction related our warrants. This material weakness could continue to adversely affect our ability to report our results of operations and financial condition accurately and in a timely manner.


Risks Related to Our Business and Industry

Our business depends on the level of capital spending and exploration and production activity by the onshore oil and natural gas industry in the United States, and the level of such activity is affected by industry conditions that are beyond our control.

Our business is directly affected by the willingness of our customers to make expenditures to explore for, develop and produce oil and natural gas from onshore resources in the United States. The willingness of our customers to undertake these activities depends largely upon prevailing industry conditions that are influenced by numerous factors over which we have no control, including:

prices, and expectations about future prices, for oil and natural gas;

domestic and foreign supply of, and demand for, oil and natural gas and related products;

the level of global and domestic oil and natural gas inventories;

the supply of and demand for hydraulic fracturing and other oilfield services and equipment in the United States;

the cost of exploring for, developing, producing and delivering oil and natural gas;

available pipeline, storage and other transportation capacity;

lead times associated with acquiring equipment and products and availability of qualified personnel;

the discovery rates of new oil and natural gas reserves;

federal, state and local regulation of hydraulic fracturing and other oilfield service activities, as well as exploration and production activities, including public pressure on governmental bodies and regulatory agencies to regulate our industry;

the availability of water resources, suitable proppant and chemicals in sufficient quantities for use in hydraulic fracturing fluids;

geopolitical developments and political instability in oil and natural gas producing countries;

actions of the Organization of the Petroleum Exporting Countries (“OPEC”), its members and other state-controlled oil companies relating to oil price and production controls;

advances in exploration, development and production technologies or in technologies affecting energy consumption;

the price and availability of alternative fuels and energy sources;

weather conditions, natural disasters and other catastrophic events such as an epidemic or pandemic disease outbreak;

uncertainty in capital and commodities markets and the ability of oil and natural gas producers to raise equity capital and debt financing;

U.S. federal, state and local and non-U.S. governmental regulations and taxes; and

epidemics, pandemics, or other major public health issues, such as the COVID–19 coronavirus pandemic

The oil and natural gas industry is volatile. For example, the price of oil has fallen significantly since the beginning of 2020, due in part to concerns about the COVID–19 coronavirus pandemic and its impact on the worldwide economy and global demand for oil. We expect continued volatility in oil and natural gas prices, as well as in the level of exploration and development activities by our customers. A prolonged economic slowdown or recession in the United States, adverse events relating to the energy industry or regional, national, and global economic conditions and factors, could negatively impact exploration and production activity and the level of drilling and completion activity by some of our customers. This volatility may result in a decline in the demand for, or adversely affect the price of, our services. In any case, we will only complete an initialaddition, material declines in oil and natural gas prices, the development of oil and natural gas reserves in our market areas or drilling or completion activity in the U.S. oil and natural gas shale regions, could have a material adverse effect on our business, combinationfinancial condition, prospects, results of operations and cash flows.

The volatility of oil and natural gas prices may adversely affect the demand for our services and negatively impact our results of operations.

The demand for our services is substantially influenced by current and anticipated crude oil and natural gas commodity prices and the related levels of capital spending and drilling activity in the areas in which we ownhave operations. Volatility or acquire 50%weakness in crude oil and natural gas commodity prices (or the perception that crude oil and natural gas commodity prices will decrease) affects the spending patterns of our customers, and the products and services we provide are, to a substantial extent, deferrable in the event oil and natural gas companies reduce capital expenditures. As a result, we may experience lower utilization of, and may be forced to lower our rates for, our equipment and services.


Historical prices for crude oil and natural gas have been extremely volatile and are expected to continue to be volatile. The market prices for crude oil and natural gas depend on factors beyond our control, including worldwide and domestic supplies of crude oil and natural gas and actions taken by foreign oil and gas producing nations. For example, the price of oil has fallen significantly since the beginning of 2020, due to the COVID–19 coronavirus pandemic and its impact on the worldwide economy and global demand for oil. Weaker economic activity and lower demand for crude oil, driven by the onset of the COVID-19 coronavirus pandemic, has adversely impacted our business resulting in a sharp decrease in both our active fleet count and the utilization of our active fleets. As such, we are experiencing considerable uncertainty in our near-term business prospects and ability to forecast future performance. We expect that our financial performance will be highly uncertain until global economic activity recovers. Beyond the current significant reduction in crude oil prices resulting from the COVID-19 coronavirus pandemic, we expect continued volatility in oil and natural gas prices, as well as in the level of exploration and development activities by our customers.

As a result of declines and volatility in commodity prices, E&P companies moved to significantly cut costs, both by decreasing drilling and completion activity and by demanding price concessions from their service providers, including providers of hydraulic fracturing services. In turn, service providers, including hydraulic fracturing service providers, were forced to lower their operating costs and capital expenditures, while continuing to operate their businesses in an extremely competitive environment. Prolonged periods of price instability in the oil and natural gas industry will adversely affect the demand for our products and services, our financial condition, prospects and results of operations and our ability to service our debt or fund capital expenditures.

Additionally, fuel conservation measures, alternative fuel requirements and increasing consumer demand for alternatives to oil and natural gas could reduce the demand for oil and natural gas products, creating downward pressure on commodity prices and the prices we are able to charge for our services.

Our level of current and future indebtedness could adversely affect our financial condition.

As of December 31, 2020, we had $23.7 million of borrowings outstanding, with available capacity of $8.7 million, under our ABL credit facility, $246.3 million of borrowings outstanding under our senior secured term loan, $10.0 million outstanding under our Paycheck Protection Program Loan (“PPP Loan”), and $22.0 million outstanding under our Business Loan Agreement (“USDA Loan”) pursuant to the U.S. Department of Agriculture, Business & Industry Coronavirus Aid, Relief, and Economic Security Act Guaranteed Loan Program. Our PPP Loan is scheduled to mature in five years from July 2020. Our USDA Loan is scheduled to mature on November 12, 2030, subject to equal monthly payments beginning on December 12, 2023. We are required to make quarterly principal payments of 2.0% per annum of the initial principal balance of our senior secured term loan, which commenced on January 15, 2020, in addition to certain principal payments as required by the Fourth Amendment to the senior secured term loan which we entered into on November 12, 2020, with final payment due at maturity on December 25, 2025. Our ABL credit facility is scheduled to mature on February 6, 2024. Upon maturity of our indebtedness, we will be required to repay, extend or refinance our indebtedness. We may not be able to extend, replace or refinance any one or all of our existing debt financing agreements on terms reasonably acceptable to us, or at all. Our obligations under both our ABL credit facility and senior secured term loan are secured by substantially all our assets. Our PPP Loan is unsecured, and our USDA Loan is secured by certain of our fracturing equipment. In addition, we have entered into several security agreements with financial institutions for the purchase of certain fracturing equipment. As of December 31, 2020, the aggregate outstanding balance under our equipment financing arrangements was $12.9 million, of which $3.5 million is due within one year. Our equipment financing arrangements are secured by certain of our fracturing equipment. If we are unable to meet our debt service obligations, our lenders under our ABL credit facility, senior secured term loan, USDA Loan, or equipment financing arrangements can seek to foreclose on our assets. For more information about our debt financing agreements and equipment financing arrangements, please see “Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data – Note 11 - Debt.”

Our ability to meet our debt service obligations will be dependent upon future performance, which in turn will be subject to general economic conditions, industry cycles and financial, business, and other factors affecting our operations, many of which are beyond our control. Our business may not continue to generate sufficient cash flow from operations to pay our debt service obligations when due. Moreover, we may incur additional indebtedness, which would increase the amount of cash flow we need to service debt obligations. If we are unable to generate sufficient cash flow from operations, we may be required to sell assets, to restructure or refinance all or a portion of such indebtedness or to obtain additional financing. We cannot assure you, however, that we would be able to sell assets, restructure, or refinance all or a portion of our indebtedness or obtain additional financing on commercially reasonable terms or at all. Moreover, any failure to make scheduled payments of interest and principal on our outstanding indebtedness would likely result in a reduction of our credit rating, which could harm our ability


to incur additional indebtedness on acceptable terms. To the extent inadequate liquidity or other considerations require us to seek to restructure or refinance our indebtedness, our ability to do so will depend on numerous factors, including many beyond our control, such as the condition of the capital markets and our financial condition at such time. Any refinancing or restructuring of our indebtedness could be at higher interest rates and may require us to comply with more onerous covenants, which could further restrict our business operations.

Our debt financing agreements subject us to financial and other restrictive covenants. These restrictions may limit our operational or financial flexibility and could subject us to potential defaults under our credit facilities.

Our debt financing agreements subject us to restrictive covenants, including, among other things, limitations (each of which is subject to certain exceptions) on our ability to incur debt, grant liens, enter into transactions resulting in fundamental changes (such as mergers or sales of all or substantially all of our assets) and asset sales or other types of dispositions, restrict subsidiary dividends or other subsidiary distributions, enter into transactions with affiliates and swap counterparties, make investments and restricted payments, permit subsidiaries to provide guarantees to other material debt, and enter into leases and sale and lease back arrangements.

Additionally, our ABL credit facility is subject to a springing fixed charge coverage covenant. For a description of the covenants under our ABL credit facility, please see “Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data – Note 11 - Debt.” If we are unable to remain in compliance with the covenants of our ABL credit facility, then amounts outstanding thereunder may be accelerated and become due immediately. We might not have, or be able to obtain, sufficient funds to make these accelerated payments, and any such acceleration could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.

Moreover, subject to the limits contained in our debt financing agreements, we may incur substantial additional debt from time to time. Any borrowings we may incur in the future would have several important consequences for our future operations, including that:

covenants contained in the documents governing such indebtedness may require us to meet or maintain certain financial tests, which may affect our flexibility in planning for, and reacting to, changes in our industry, such as being able to take advantage of acquisition opportunities when they arise;

our ability to obtain additional financing for working capital, capital expenditures, acquisitions, general corporate and other purposes may be limited;

we may be competitively disadvantaged to our competitors that are less leveraged or have greater access to capital resources; and

we may be more vulnerable to adverse economic and industry conditions.

Changes in the method of determining LIBOR, or the replacement of LIBOR with an alternative reference rate, may adversely affect our ability to refinance our indebtedness.

Financial regulators are working to transition away from the London Interbank Offered Rate (“LIBOR”) as a reference rate for financial contracts. On July 27, 2017, the Financial Conduct Authority announced that it would phase out LIBOR as a benchmark by the end of 2021. It is unclear whether new methods of calculating LIBOR will be established such that it continues to exist after 2021. While our ABL credit facility and senior secured term loan are scheduled to mature in February 2024 and May 2024, respectively, potential changes, or uncertainty related to such potential changes in interest rate benchmarks may adversely affect our ability to refinance our indebtedness. There is no guarantee that a transition from LIBOR to an alternative will not result in financial market disruptions, significant increases in benchmark rates, or borrowing costs to borrowers, any of which could have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

We may not be entitled to forgiveness of our recently received PPP Loan, and our application for the PPP Loan could in the future be determined to have been impermissible or could result in damage to our reputation.

On July 28, 2020, we received proceeds of $10.0 million from a loan under the Paycheck Protection Program (the “PPP”), of the Coronavirus Aid, Relief and Economic Security Act (as amended, the “CARES Act”), which we used to retain current employees, maintain payroll, and make lease and utility payments. A portion of the PPP Loan may be forgiven by the Small Business Administration (the “SBA”) upon our application in accordance with the SBA requirements and in compliance with the CARES Act. Under the CARES Act, loan forgiveness is available for the sum of documented payroll costs, covered lease payments, covered mortgage interest and covered utilities during the twenty-four-week period beginning on the date the loan


is advanced, but not to exceed December 31, 2020. Not more than 40% of the forgiven amount may be for non-payroll costs. In addition, the amount of the PPP Loan eligible for forgiveness related to payroll costs is subject to additional limitations as outlined in the CARES Act. Although we intend to use the entire PPP Loan for designated qualifying expenses and to apply for forgiveness in accordance with the terms of the PPP, no assurance can be given that we will obtain forgiveness of the PPP Loan in whole or in part.  Furthermore, on April 28, 2020, the Secretary of the U.S. Department of the Treasury stated that the SBA will perform a full review of any PPP loan over $2.0 million before forgiving the loan.

We will be required to repay any portion of the outstanding voting securitiesprincipal that is not forgiven, along with accrued interest, through monthly principal and interest payments. These payments will commence following the end of the target or otherwise acquire a controlling interestdeferment period as defined in the target sufficientPPP Loan. The PPP Loan matures on July 24, 2025 and bears interest at a rate of 1% per annum. We may prepay the principal at any time without penalty.

As part of our application for the PPP Loan, we were required to certify, among other things, that the current economic uncertainty made the PPP Loan request necessary to support our ongoing operations. We made this certification in good faith after analyzing, among other things, our financial situation and access to alternative forms of capital and believe that we satisfied all eligibility criteria for the PPP Loan and that our receipt of the PPP Loan is consistent with the broad objectives of the PPP of the CARES Act. The certification described above does not contain any objective criteria and is subject to interpretation. On April 23, 2020, the SBA issued guidance stating that it notis unlikely that a public company with substantial market value and access to capital markets will be able to make the required certification in good faith. The lack of clarity regarding loan eligibility under the PPP has resulted in significant media coverage and controversy with respect to public companies applying for and receiving loans. If, despite our good faith belief that given our Company’s circumstances we satisfied all eligible requirements for the PPP Loan, we are later determined to have violated any of the laws or governmental regulations that apply to us in connection with the PPP Loan, such as the False Claims Act, or it is otherwise determined that we were ineligible to receive the PPP Loan, we may be subject to penalties, including significant civil, criminal and administrative penalties and could be required to register as an investment companyrepay the PPP Loan in its entirety. In addition, receipt of a PPP Loan may result in adverse publicity and damage to reputation, and a review or audit by the SBA or other government entity or claims under the Investment Company Act. If we own or acquire less than 100%False Claims Act could consume significant financial and management resources. Any of these events could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.

Our operations are subject to unforeseen interruptions and hazards inherent in the equity interests or assets of a target business or businesses, the portion of such business or businesses that are owned or acquired by the post-transaction company is what will be valuedoil and natural gas industry, for purposes of the 80% of net assets test. There is no basis for investors to evaluate the possible merits or risks of any target business with which we may ultimately complete our initial business combination.not be adequately insured.

 

Our operations are exposed to the risks inherent to our industry, such as equipment defects, vehicle accidents, fires, explosions, blowouts, surface cratering, uncontrollable flows of gas or well fluids, pipe or pipeline failures, abnormally pressured formations and various environmental hazards, such as oil spills and releases of, and exposure to, hazardous substances. For example, our operations are subject to risks associated with hydraulic fracturing, including any mishandling, surface spillage or potential underground migration of fracturing fluids, including chemical additives. In addition, our operations are exposed to potential natural disasters, including blizzards, tornadoes, storms, floods, other adverse weather conditions and earthquakes. The occurrence of any of these events could result in substantial losses to our business due to personal injury or loss of life, severe damage to or destruction of property, natural resources and equipment, pollution or other environmental damage or other damage resulting in curtailment or suspension of our operations. Litigation arising from operations where our services are provided, may cause us to be named as a defendant in lawsuits asserting potentially large claims including claims for exemplary damages. The cost of managing such risks may be significant, and the frequency and severity of such incidents may affect operating costs, insurability and relationships with customers, employees, and regulators. Our customers may elect not to purchase our services if they view our environmental or safety record as unacceptable, which could cause us to lose customers and substantial revenues.

Our insurance may not be adequate to cover all losses or liabilities we may suffer, and the insurance coverage may not be adequate to cover claims that may arise. We are not fully insured against all risks, either because insurance is not available or coverage is excluded from our policy, or because of the high premium costs relative to perceived risk. Furthermore, we may be unable to maintain or obtain insurance of the type and amount we desire at reasonable rates. Insurance rates in the past have been subject to wide fluctuation and changes in coverage could result in less coverage, increases in cost or higher deductibles and retentions or the imposition of sub-limits for certain risks. In addition, we may not be able to secure additional insurance or bonding that might be required by new governmental regulations. If we were to incur a significant liability for which we are not fully insured, it could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.


Our long-term contracts are subject to certain risks, including counterparty payment risks, inability to renew or replace at favorable economic terms, and changing market conditions that result in higher costs without offsetting revenue escalations.

We generally have long-term written contractual arrangements with our customers on most of our equipment. The counterparties to our contractual arrangements are subject to various market risks that impact their businesses and, as a result, they may be unable to make payments to us pursuant to the payment terms set forth in such contractual arrangements. Additionally, as contracts with our customers come up for replacement or renewal, changing market conditions may prevent us from replacing or renewing the contracts on comparable terms. Our ability to achieve favorable terms under these expiring contracts could be affected by many factors, including prolonged reduced commodity prices, decrease in demand for our services or increased competition in the markets we serve. If we are unable to replace or renew the expiring agreements on comparable terms, it could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows, including our ability to make cash distributions to our shareholders.

With no long-term contract in place, such customers could cease buying our services at any time, for any reason, with little or no recourse. If multiple customers or a material customer with whom we did not have a long-term contract in place elected not to purchase our services, our business prospects, financial condition, and results of operations could be adversely affected.

We are dependent on a few customers in a single industry. The loss of one or more significant customers could adversely affect our financial condition, prospects, and results of operations.

Our customers are engaged in the oil and natural gas E&P business in the United States. Historically, we have been dependent upon a few customers for a significant portion of our revenue. For the year ended December 31, 2020, Apache Corporation, Marathon Oil, Range Resources, Shell, and EQT Corporation, each accounted for greater than 10% of total consolidated revenues. It is likely that we will continue to derive a significant portion of our revenue from a relatively small number of customers in the future. Additionally, the oil and natural gas industry is characterized by frequent consolidation activity and, recently, by frequent financial distress and bankruptcy filings. Changes in ownership of our customers or bankruptcy filings by our customers may result in the loss of, or reduction in, business from those customers. If we were to lose any material customer, or if a major customer fails to pay or delays in paying for our services, we may not be able to redeploy our equipment at similar utilization or pricing levels or within a short period of time and such loss could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, prospects and results of operations.

We currently rely on a limited number of suppliers for major equipment to build new and upgrade existing electric fleets to our current custom Clean Fleet® design, and our reliance on these vendors exposes us to risks including price and timing of delivery.

We currently rely on a limited number of suppliers for major equipment to build our new fleets and upgrade any existing electric fleets as needed to our current custom Clean Fleet®design. During periods in which fracturing services are in high demand, we have experienced delays in obtaining certain parts that are used in fabricating and assembling our fleets. If demand for hydraulic fracturing fleets or the components necessary to build such fleets increases or these vendors face financial distress or bankruptcy, these vendors may not be able to provide the new or upgraded fleets on schedule or at the current price. If this were to occur, we could be required to seek other suppliers for major equipment to build or upgrade our fleets, which may adversely affect our revenues or increase our costs.

Our assets require significant amounts of capital for maintenance, upgrades and refurbishment and may require significant capital expenditures for new equipment.

Our fleets and other completion service-related equipment require significant capital investment in maintenance, upgrades and refurbishment to maintain their competitiveness. The costs of components and labor may increase in the future which will require us to incur additional costs to maintain, upgrade and/or refurbish our fleets. Our fleets and other equipment typically do not generate revenue while they are undergoing maintenance, upgrades, or refurbishment. Any maintenance, upgrade or refurbishment project for our assets could increase our indebtedness or reduce cash available for other opportunities. Furthermore, such projects may require proportionally greater capital investments as a percentage of total asset value, which may make such projects difficult to finance on acceptable terms. To the extent we effect our initial business combination with a company or business that may be financially unstable or in its early stages of development or growth,are unable to fund such projects, we may have less equipment available for service or our equipment may not be affectedattractive to potential or current customers. Additionally, competition or advances in technology within our industry may require us to update or replace existing fleets or build or acquire new fleets. Such demands on our capital or reductions in demand for our fleets and the increase in cost of labor necessary for


such maintenance and improvement, in each case, could have a material adverse effect on our business, liquidity position, financial condition, prospects and results of operations and may increase our costs.

We are subject to federal, state, and local laws and regulations regarding issues of health, safety, and protection of the environment, including with respect to our hydraulic fracturing operations. Under these laws and regulations, we may become liable for penalties, damages or costs of remediation or other corrective measures. Any changes in laws or government regulations could increase our costs of doing business.

Our operations are subject to stringent federal, state, and local laws and regulations relating to, among other things, protection of natural resources, clean air and drinking water, endangered species, GHGs, nonattainment areas, the environment, health and safety, chemical use and storage, waste management, waste disposal and transportation of waste and other hazardous and nonhazardous materials. Our operations involve risks of environmental liability, including leakage from an operator’s casing during our operations or accidental spills onto or into surface or subsurface soils, surface water or groundwater. Some environmental laws and regulations may impose strict liability, joint and several liability, or both. In some situations, we could be exposed to liability as a result of our conduct that was lawful at the time it occurred or the conduct of, or conditions caused by, numerous risks inherentthird parties without regard to whether we caused or contributed to the conditions. Additionally, environmental concerns, including clean air, drinking water contamination and seismic activity, have prompted investigations that could lead to the enactment of regulations, limitations, restrictions or moratoria that could potentially result in such companythe shutdown of our operations, fines and penalties (administrative, civil or business. Although our management will endeavorcriminal), revocations of permits to evaluateconduct business, expenditures for remediation or other corrective measures and/or claims for liability for property damage, exposure to hazardous materials, exposure to hazardous waste, nuisance or personal injuries. Sanctions for noncompliance with applicable environmental laws and regulations may also include the risks inherentassessment of administrative, civil, or criminal penalties, revocation of permits and temporary or permanent cessation of operations in a particular targetlocation and issuance of corrective action orders. Such claims or sanctions and related costs could cause us to incur substantial costs or losses and could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, prospects, and results of operations. Additionally, an increase in regulatory requirements, limitations, restrictions or moratoria on oil and natural gas exploration and completion activities at a federal, state or local level or changes in the way these requirements are interpreted or enforced could significantly delay or interrupt our operations, limit the amount of work we cannot assure you that we will properly ascertaincan perform, increase our costs of compliance, or assess all significant risk factors.increase the cost of our services, thereby possibly having a material adverse impact on our financial condition. For more information about regulations and laws regarding issues of health, safety, and protection of the environment in our industry, please see “Item 1. Business - Environmental and Occupational Health and Safety Regulations.”

 

In evaluatingDecember 2016, the EPA issued a prospective targetstudy of the potential impacts of hydraulic fracturing on drinking water and groundwater. The EPA report states that there is scientific evidence that hydraulic fracturing activities can impact drinking resources under some circumstances and identifies certain conditions in which the EPA believes the impact of such activities on drinking water and groundwater can be more frequent or severe. The EPA study could spur further initiatives to regulate hydraulic fracturing. Additionally, state legislatures, state regulatory agencies and local municipalities may consider legislation, regulations, or ordinances, respectively that could affect all aspects of the oil and natural gas industry and occasionally take action to restrict or further regulate hydraulic fracturing operations. Some states, counties and municipalities have enacted or are considering moratoria on hydraulic fracturing or zoning ordinances, which could impose a de facto ban on drilling and hydraulic fracturing operations. Currently, it is not possible to estimate the potential impact on our business we conductof these state and municipal actions or the enactment of additional federal or state legislation or regulations affecting hydraulic fracturing. Compliance, stricter regulations, or the consequences of any failure to comply by us could have a thorough due diligence review which encompasses, among other things, meetings with incumbent managementmaterial adverse effect on our business, financial condition, prospects and employees, document reviews, inspectionresults of facilities, as well as a review of financial, operational, legaloperations. For more information about regulations relating to hydraulic fracturing, please see “Item 1. Business - Environmental and other information which will be made available to us.Occupational Health and Safety Regulations.”

 

The time required to select and evaluate a target business and to structure and complete our initial business combination, and the costs associated with this process, are not currently ascertainable with any degree of certainty. Any costs incurred with respect to the identification and evaluation of a prospective target business with which our initial business combination is not ultimately completed will result in our incurring losses and will reduce the funds we can use to complete another business combination.

Lack of business diversification

For an indefinite period of time after the completion of our initial business combination, the prospects for our success may depend entirely on the future performance of a single business.

Unlike other entities that have the resources to complete business combinations with multiple entities in one or several industries, it is probable that we will not have the resources to diversify our operations and mitigate the risks of being in a single line of business. By completing our initial business combination with only a single entity, our lack of diversification may:

subject us to negative economic, competitive and regulatory developments, any or all of which may have a substantial adverse impact on the particular industryFurthermore, many states in which we operate afterrequire the disclosure of some or all the chemicals used in our initial business combination; and

cause us to depend on the marketing and salehydraulic fracturing operations. Certain aspects of a single product or limited number of products or services.

Limited ability to evaluate the target’s management team

Although we intend to closely scrutinize the management of a prospective target business when evaluating the desirability of effecting our initial business combination with that business, our assessment of the target business’s management may not prove to be correct. In addition, the future management may not have the necessary skills, qualifications or abilities to manage a public company. Furthermore, the future role of members of our management team, if any, in the target business cannot presently be stated with any certainty. While it is possible that one or more of these chemicals may be considered proprietary by us or our directors will remain associatedchemical suppliers. Disclosure of our proprietary chemical information to third parties or to the public, even if inadvertent, could diminish the value of our trade secrets or those of our chemical suppliers and could result in some capacity withcompetitive harm to us, followingwhich could have an adverse impact on our initial business, combination,financial condition, prospects and results of operations. Additionally, our business could be affected by a moratorium or increased regulation of companies in our supply chain, such as sand mining by our proppant suppliers, which could limit our access to supplies and increase the costs of our raw materials. At this time, it is highly unlikely that anynot possible to estimate how these various restrictions could affect our ongoing operations.

Many regulatory and legislative bodies routinely evaluate the adequacy and effectiveness of laws and regulations affecting the


oil and gas industry. Reducing emissions of volatile organic compounds and hazardous air pollutants is one of the sectors designated for increased enforcement by the EPA, which, in addition to state and local governing bodies, will continue to regulate our industry in the years to come. Laws and regulations protecting the environment, especially those related to GHGs and climate change, generally have become more stringent over time, and we expect them will devote their full efforts to continue to do so. This could lead to material increases in our affairs subsequentcosts and liability exposure for future environmental compliance and remediation and may negatively impact demand for our services. For example, oil and natural gas exploration and production may decline because of environmental requirements, including land use policies responsive to our initial business combination. Moreover,environmental concerns. Additionally, if we cannot assure you that membersexpand the size or scope of our management team willoperations, we could be subject to regulations that are more stringent than the requirements under which we are currently allowed to operate or require additional authorizations to continue operations. Compliance with this additional regulatory burden could increase our operating or other costs.

Additionally, failure to comply with government, industry or our own environmental, health and safety laws and regulations, or failure to comply with our compliance or reporting requirements, could tarnish our reputation for safety and quality and have significant experiencea material adverse effect on our competitive position. In addition, customers maintain their own compliance and reporting requirements, and if we do not perform in accordance with their requirements, we could lose business from our customers, many of whom have an increased focus on environmental and safety issues.

Climate change legislation, regulations restricting emissions of greenhouse gases or knowledge relatingother action taken by public or private entities related to climate change could result in increased operating costs and reduced demand for the crude oil and natural gas produced by our customers.

In response to findings that emissions of carbon dioxide, methane and other GHGs present an endangerment to public health and the environment, the EPA has issued regulations to restrict emissions of GHGs under existing provisions of the Clean Air Act. From time to time, Congress has considered legislation to reduce emissions of GHGs but no such legislation has yet been adopted by Congress. Some states have individually or in regional cooperation, imposed restrictions on GHG emissions under various policies and approaches, including establishing a cap on emissions, requiring efficiency measures, or providing incentives for pollution reduction, use of renewable energy sources, or use of replacement fuels with lower carbon content. In the future, the United States has also chosen to adhere to international agreements targeting GHGs reductions (e.g., the Paris Agreement). The adoption of legislation or regulatory programs to reduce emissions of GHGs could require us to incur additional operating costs, such as costs to purchase and operate emissions control systems, to acquire emissions allowances or to comply with new regulatory or reporting requirements. Any such legislation or regulatory programs could also increase the cost of consuming, and thereby reduce demand for, the oil and natural gas our customers produce. Consequently, legislation and regulatory programs to reduce emissions of GHGs could have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and results of operations. For more information about climate change legislation, please see “Item 1. Business - Environmental and Occupational Health and Safety Regulations.”

Furthermore, increasing attention to the operationsrisks of climate change has resulted in an increased possibility of lawsuits or investigations brought by public and private entities against oil and natural gas companies in connection with their GHGs emissions. Should we be targeted by any such litigation or investigations, we may incur liability, which, to the particular target business.extent that societal pressures or political or other factors are involved, could be imposed without regard to the causation of, or contribution to, the asserted damage, or to other mitigating factors. The ultimate impact of GHGs emissions-related agreements, legislation and measures on our Company’s financial performance is highly uncertain because we are unable to predict with certainty, for a multitude of individual jurisdictions, the outcome of political decision-making processes and the variables and tradeoffs that inevitably occur in connection with such processes.

 

11

If we are unable to fully protect our intellectual property rights, we may suffer a loss in our competitive advantage or market share.

 

We have been granted or have received notice of allowance for 38 patents and have an additional 189 patents pending. If we are not able to maintain the confidentiality of our trade secrets or fail to adequately protect our intellectual property rights we have now or acquire in the future, our competitive advantage would be diminished. Additionally, competitors may be able to replicate our technology or services protected by our intellectual property rights. We cannot assure you that any patents we may obtain in the future would provide us with any significant commercial benefit or would allow us to prevent our competitors from employing comparable technologies or processes.


We may be adversely affected by disputes regarding intellectual property rights of third parties.

Third parties from time to time may initiate litigation against us by asserting that the conduct of our key personnelbusiness infringes, misappropriates, or otherwise violates intellectual property rights. If any third parties bring a claim of intellectual property infringement against us, we may be subject to costly and time-consuming litigation, diverting the attention of management and our employees. We may not prevail in any such legal proceedings related to such claims, and our products and services may be found to infringe, impair, misappropriate, dilute, or otherwise violate the intellectual property rights of others. If we are unsuccessful in defending such claims, we could be required to pay substantial damages and/or be enjoined from using or selling the infringing products or technology. Any legal proceeding concerning intellectual property could be protracted and costly regardless of the merits of any claim and is inherently unpredictable and could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition, regardless of its outcome.

If we were to discover that our technologies or products infringe valid intellectual property rights of third parties, we may need to obtain licenses from these parties or substantially re-engineer our products in order to avoid infringement. We may not be able to obtain the necessary licenses on acceptable terms, or at all, or be able to re-engineer our products successfully. If our inability to obtain required licenses for our technologies or products prevents us from selling our products, it could adversely impact our financial condition and results of operations.

Changes in transportation regulations may increase our costs and negatively impact our results of operations.

We are subject to various transportation regulations, including as a motor carrier by the U.S. Department of Transportation and by various federal and state agencies, whose regulations include certain permit requirements of highway and safety authorities. These regulatory authorities exercise broad powers over our trucking operations, generally governing such matters as the authorization to engage in motor carrier operations, safety, equipment testing, driver requirements and specifications and insurance requirements. The trucking industry is subject to possible regulatory and legislative changes that may impact our operations, such as changes in fuel emissions limits, hours of service regulations that govern the amount of time a driver may drive or work in any specific period and limits on vehicle weight and size. As the federal government continues to develop and propose regulations relating to fuel quality, engine efficiency and GHG emissions, we may experience an increase in costs related to truck purchases and maintenance, impairment of equipment productivity, a decrease in the residual value of vehicles, unpredictable fluctuations in fuel prices and an increase in operating expenses. Increased truck traffic may contribute to deteriorating road conditions in some areas where our operations are performed. Our operations, including routing and weight restrictions, could be affected by road construction, road repairs, detours and state and local regulations and ordinances restricting access to certain routes or times on specific roadways. Proposals to increase federal, state, or local taxes, including taxes on motor fuels, are also made from time to time, and any such increase would increase our operating costs. We cannot predict whether, or in what form, any legislative or regulatory changes or municipal ordinances applicable to our logistics operations will remainbe enacted and to what extent any such legislation or regulations could increase our costs or otherwise adversely affect our business or operations.

We rely on a limited number of third parties for sand, proppant and chemicals, and delays in senior managementdeliveries of such materials, increases in the cost of such materials or advisory positionsour contractual obligations to pay for materials that we ultimately do not require could harm our business, results of operations and financial condition.

We have established relationships with the combined company. The determinationa limited number of suppliers of our raw materials (such as to whethersand, proppant, and chemicals). Should any of our key personnel will remain withcurrent suppliers be unable to provide the combined company will be made atnecessary materials or otherwise fail to deliver the timematerials in a timely manner and in the quantities required, any resulting delays in the provision of services could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition. Additionally, increasing and volatile costs of such materials may negatively impact demand for our services or the profitability of our initial business combination.operations. In the past, our industry faced sporadic proppant shortages associated with hydraulic fracturing operations requiring work stoppages, which adversely impacted the operating results of several competitors. We may not be able to mitigate any future shortages of materials, including proppant. Additionally, we have purchase commitments with certain vendors to supply most of the proppant used in our operations. Some of these agreements are “take or pay” agreements with minimum purchase obligations. If demand for our services decreases, demand for the raw materials we supply as part of these services will also decrease. Additionally, some of our customers have bought, and in the future may buy, proppant directly from vendors, reducing our need for proppant. If demand decreases enough, or our customers buy proppant directly from vendors, we could have contractual minimum commitments that exceed the required amount of goods we need to supply to our customers. To the extent our contracts require us to purchase more materials, including proppant, than we ultimately require, we may be forced to pay


for the excess amount under “take or pay” contract provisions.

 

Following our initial business combination, we may seek to recruit additional managers to supplementOil and natural gas companies’ operations using hydraulic fracturing are substantially dependent on the incumbent managementavailability of the target business. We cannot assure you that we will havewater. Restrictions on the ability to recruit additional managers, or that additional managers willobtain water for exploration and production activities and the disposal of flowback and produced water may impact their operations and have the requisite skills, knowledge or experience necessary to enhance the incumbent management.a corresponding adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.

 

StockholdersWater is an essential component of shale oil and natural gas production during both the drilling and hydraulic fracturing processes. Our oil and natural gas producing customers’ access to water to be used in these processes may notbe adversely affected due to reasons such as periods of extended drought, private, third-party competition for water in localized areas or the implementation of local or state governmental programs to monitor or restrict the beneficial use of water subject to their jurisdiction for hydraulic fracturing to assure adequate local water supplies. The occurrence of these or similar developments may result in limitations being placed on allocations of water due to needs by third-party businesses with more senior contractual or permitting rights to the water. Our customers’ inability to locate or contractually acquire and sustain the receipt of sufficient amounts of water could adversely impact their E&P operations and have a corresponding adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.

Moreover, the imposition of new environmental regulations and other regulatory initiatives could include increased restrictions on our producing customers’ ability to approvedispose of flowback and produced water generated in hydraulic fracturing or other fluids resulting from E&P activities. For more information about water-related regulations, please see “Item 1. Business - Environmental and Occupational Health and Safety Regulations.” Compliance with current and future environmental regulations and permit requirements governing the withdrawal, storage and use of surface water or groundwater necessary for hydraulic fracturing of wells and any inability to secure transportation and access to disposal wells with sufficient capacity to accept all of our initialflowback and produced water on economic terms may increase our customers’ operating costs and cause delays, interruptions or termination of our customers’ operations, the extent of which cannot be predicted. In addition, the legal requirements related to the disposal of produced water into a non-producing geologic formation by means of underground injection wells are subject to change based on concerns of the public or governmental authorities regarding such disposal activities. One such concern arises from seismic events near underground disposal wells that are used for the disposal by injection of produced water resulting from oil, natural gas, and natural gas liquids activities. In response to concerns regarding induced seismicity, regulators in some states have imposed, or are considering imposing, additional requirements in the permitting of produced water disposal wells to assess any relationship between seismicity and the use of such wells. Among other things, these rules require companies seeking permits for disposal wells to provide seismic activity data in permit applications, provide for more frequent monitoring and reporting for certain wells and allow the state to modify, suspend or terminate permits on grounds that a disposal well is likely to be, or determined to be, causing seismic activity. States may issue orders to temporarily shut down or to curtail the injection depth of existing wells in the vicinity of seismic events.

Another consequence of seismic events may be lawsuits alleging that disposal well operations have caused damage to neighboring properties or otherwise violated state and federal rules regulating waste disposal. These developments could result in additional regulation and restrictions on the use of injection wells by us. Increased regulation and attention given to induced seismicity could also lead to greater opposition, including litigation to limit or prohibit oil, natural gas and natural gas liquids activities utilizing injection wells for produced water disposal.

Any one or more of these developments may result in us or our vendors having to limit disposal well volumes, disposal rates and pressures or locations, or require us or our vendors to shut down or curtail the injection into disposal wells, which events could have a material adverse effect on our business, combinationfinancial condition and results of operations.

Our ability to expand our operations relies in part on our ability to market our Clean Fleet® technology, and advancements in well service technologies, including those involving hydraulic fracturing, could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

The hydraulic fracturing industry is characterized by rapid and significant technological advancements and introductions of new products and services using new technologies, some of which may be subject to patent or other intellectual property protections. For example, we use our patented Clean Fleet® technology as a competitive advantage in the markets we serve. As competitors and others use or develop new or comparable technologies in the future, we may lose market share or be placed at a competitive disadvantage. Further, we may face competitive pressure to develop, implement or acquire certain new technologies at a substantial cost. Some of our competitors may have greater financial, technical and personnel resources than


we do, which may allow them to gain technological advantages or implement new technologies before we can. Additionally, we may be unable to implement new technologies or services at all, on a timely basis or at an acceptable cost. New technology could also make it easier for our customers to vertically integrate their operations, thereby reducing or eliminating the need for our services. Limits on our ability to effectively use or implement new technologies may have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

 

We may conduct redemptions withoutrecord losses or impairment charges related to idle assets or assets that we sell.

Prolonged periods of low utilization, changes in technology or the sale of assets below their carrying value may cause us to experience losses. These events could result in the recognition of impairment charges that negatively impact our financial results. Significant impairment charges because of a stockholder vote pursuantdecline in market conditions or otherwise could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations in future periods.

Our ability to use our net operating loss carryforwards (NOLs) to offset future income may be limited.

The ability to utilize our NOL carryforwards to reduce taxable income in future years could become subject to significant limitations under Section 382 of the Internal Revenue Code if we undergo an ownership change. In general, an “ownership change” under Section 382 occurs if the percentage of stock owned by an entity’s 5% shareholder (as defined for tax purposes) increases by more than 50 percentage points over a rolling three-year period.  In the event of an ownership change, Section 382 of the U.S. Internal Revenue Code imposes an annual limitation on the amount of taxable income a corporation may offset with NOL carryforwards. The annual limitation is generally equal to the tender offer rulesvalue of the SEC.stock of the corporation immediately before the ownership change, multiplied by the long-term tax-exempt rate, a rate published monthly by the Internal Revenue Service. Any unused annual limitation may generally be carried over to later years until the NOL carryforwards expire.

Due to historical performance of cumulative losses, the NOL carryforwards are fully reserved with a valuation allowance. We intend to maintain a full valuation allowance on these deferred tax assets until there is sufficient evidence to support a full or partial reversal.

Risks Related to Our Securities

Our only significant assets are the ownership of a majority interest in USWS Holdings, and such ownership may not be sufficient to generate the funds necessary to meet our financial obligations.

We have no direct operations or significant assets other than the ownership of a majority (97%) interest in USWS Holdings. We depend on USWS Holdings and its subsidiaries, including USWS LLC, for distributions, loans, and other payments to generate the funds necessary to meet our financial obligations. Subject to certain restrictions, USWS Holdings generally will be required to (i) make pro rata distributions to its members, including us, in an amount at least sufficient to enable us to pay our taxes and (ii) reimburse us for certain corporate and other overhead expenses. However, legal and contractual restrictions in agreements governing indebtedness of USWS Holdings and its subsidiaries, as well as the financial condition and operating requirements of USWS Holdings and its subsidiaries, may limit our ability to obtain cash from USWS Holdings. The earnings from, or other available assets of, USWS Holdings and its subsidiaries, may not be sufficient to enable us to satisfy our financial obligations. USWS Holdings is classified as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes and, as such, will not be subject to any entity-level U.S. federal income tax. Instead, taxable income will be allocated to holders of USWS Units, including us. As a result, we generally will seek stockholder approval if itincur taxes on our allocable share of any net taxable income generated by USWS Holdings. Under the terms of the Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Agreement of USWS Holdings, dated November 9, 2018 (the “A&R USWS Holdings LLC Agreement”), among MPAC and certain owners of common units in USWS Holdings, USWS Holdings is requiredobligated to make tax distributions to holders of the USWS Units, including us, except to the extent such distributions would render USWS Holdings insolvent or are otherwise prohibited by law or the terms of any future financing agreement of USWS Holdings or its subsidiaries. In addition to our tax obligations, we also incur expenses related to our operations and our interests in USWS Holdings, including costs and expenses of being a publicly-traded company, all of which could be significant. To the extent that we require funds and USWS Holdings or its subsidiaries are restricted from making distributions under applicable stock exchange rule,law or we may decideregulation or under the terms of their financing arrangements, or are otherwise unable to seek stockholder approval for business or other legal reasons. Presented in the table below is a graphic explanation of the types of initial business combinations we may considerprovide such funds, it could materially adversely affect our liquidity and whether stockholder approval is currently required under Delaware law for each such transaction.financial condition, including our ability to pay our income taxes when due.

 

Whether

Stockholder

Approval is

Type of Transaction

Required
Purchase of assetsNo
Purchase of stock of target not involving a merger with the company.No
Merger of target into a subsidiary of the company.No
Merger of the company with a target.Yes

 

Under NASDAQ’s listing rules, stockholder approval wouldThe trading price of our stock price may continue to be required forvolatile. This volatility may affect the price at which you could sell shares of our initial business combination if, for example:Class A common stock.

 

•      we issueThe trading price of our common stock has been highly volatile and could continue to be subject to wide fluctuations in response to various factors, some of which are beyond our control. During the past twelve months, the sales price of our stock ranged from a low of $0.23 per share in September 2020, to a high of $3.37 per share in February 2021.

We do not believe that willthis volatility corresponds to any recent change in our financial condition.

The stock market in general, and the market for energy related companies in particular, has experienced extreme price and volume fluctuations that have often been unrelated or disproportionate to the operating performance of those companies.

As a result of this volatility, our securities could experience rapid and substantial decreases in price, and you may be equalable to or in excess of 20% of the number ofsell shares of our Class A common stock then outstanding (other than inonly at a public offering);substantial loss to the price at which you purchased the securities.

 

•      anySome, but not all, of the factors that may cause the market price of our directors, officers or substantial stockholders (as defined by NASDAQ rules) has a 5% or greater interest (or such persons collectively have a 10% or greater interest), directly or indirectly, in the target business or assets to be acquired or otherwise and the present or potential issuance of common stock could result in an increase in outstanding common stock or voting power of 5% or more; or

•      the issuance or potential issuance of common stock will result in our undergoing a change of control.

Permitted purchases of our securities

In the event we seek stockholder approval of our initial business combination and we do not conduct redemptions in connection with our initial business combination pursuant to the tender offer rules, our sponsor, directors, officers, advisors or any of their affiliates may purchase public shares in privately negotiated transactions or in the open market either prior to or following the completion of our initial business combination. However, they have no current commitments, plans or intentions to engage in such transactions and have not formulated any terms or conditions for any such transactions. None of the funds in the trust account will be used to purchase public shares in such transactions. If they engage in such transactions, they will not make any such purchases when they are in possession of any material non-public information not disclosed to the seller or if such purchases are prohibited by Regulation M under the Exchange Act. Such a purchase may include a contractual acknowledgement that such stockholder, although still the record holder of our shares is no longer the beneficial owner thereof and therefore agrees not to exercise its redemption rights. We have adopted an insider trading policy which requires insiders to: (i) refrain from purchasing securities during certain blackout periods and when they are in possession of any material non-public information; and (ii) to clear all trades with our legal counsel prior to execution. We cannot currently determine whether our insiders will make such purchases pursuant to a Rule 10b5-1 plan, as it will be dependent upon several factors, including but not limited to, the timing and size of such purchases. Depending on such circumstances, our insiders may either make such purchases pursuant to a Rule 10b5-1 plan or determine that such a plan is not necessary. There is no limit on the number of shares our sponsor, director, officers, advisors or their affiliates could purchase, except that all such purchases would be in compliance with applicable law as described above. Such parties would only need to purchase 12,187,501 of the 32,500,000 public shares, or 37.5%, sold in our initial public offering, in order to have our initial business combination approved (assuming the initial stockholders do not purchase units in the public market).fluctuate include:

 

12

fluctuations in our quarterly or annual financial results or the quarterly or annual financial results of companies perceived to be similar to us or relevant for our business;

 

changes in estimates of our financial results or recommendations by securities analysts;

 

In the event that our sponsor, directors, officers, advisors or any of their affiliates purchase public shares in privately negotiated transactions from public stockholders who have already elected to exercise their redemption rights or submitted a proxy to vote against our initial business combination, such selling stockholders would be required to revoke their prior elections to redeem their shares and any proxy to vote against our initial business combination. We do not currently anticipate that such purchases, if any, would constitute a tender offer subject to the tender offer rules under the Exchange Act or a going-private transaction subject to the going-private rules under the Exchange Act; however, if the purchasers determine at the time of any such purchases that the purchases are subject to such rules, the purchasers will comply with such rules.

The purpose of such purchases would be to vote such shares in favor of the business combination and thereby increase the likelihood of obtaining stockholder approval of our initial business combination or to satisfy a closing condition in an agreement with a target that requires us to have a minimum net worth or a certain amount of cash at the closing of our initial business combination, where it appears that such requirement would otherwise not be met. This may result in the completion of our initial business combination that may not otherwise have been possible.

failure of our services to achieve or maintain market acceptance;

changes in market valuations of similar or relevant companies;

success of competitive service offerings or technologies;

changes in our capital structure, such as the issuance of securities or the incurrence of debt;

announcements by us or by our competitors of significant services, contracts, acquisitions or strategic alliances;

regulatory developments in the United States;

litigation;

additions or departures of key personnel;

investors’ general perceptions;

actual or purported “short squeeze” trading activity; and

changes in general economic, industry or market conditions.

 

In addition, if such purchases are made, the public ‘‘float’’market for energy related stocks, or the stock market in general, experiences a loss of investor confidence, the trading price of our common stock could decline for reasons unrelated to our business, financial condition, or results of operations. Further, in the past, following periods of volatility in the overall market and the market price of a particular company’s securities, securities class action litigation has often been instituted against these companies. If any of the foregoing occurs, it could cause our stock price to fall and may expose us to lawsuits that, even if unsuccessful, could be costly to defend and a distraction to management.

Further, on some occasions, our stock price may be, reducedor may be purported to be, subject to “short squeeze” activity. A “short squeeze” is a technical market condition that occurs when the price of a stock increases substantially, forcing market participants who had taken a position that its price would fall (i.e., who had sold the stock “short”), to buy it, which in turn may create significant, short-term demand for the stock not for fundamental reasons, but rather due to the need for such market participants to acquire the stock in order to forestall the risk of even greater losses. A “short squeeze” condition in the market for a stock can lead to short-term conditions involving very high volatility and trading that may or may not track fundamental valuation models.

If our common stock is delisted, the market price and liquidity of our common stock and our ability to raise additional capital would be adversely impacted.

Our Class A common stock and warrants are currently listed on the Nasdaq. Continued listing of a security on Nasdaq is conditioned upon compliance with various continued listing standards. On April 21, 2020, we received a notice (the “Notice”) from Nasdaq stating we were not in compliance with the $1.00 minimum bid price requirement for continued listing on Nasdaq, as set forth in Nasdaq Listing Rule 5550(a)(2) (the “Minimum Bid Price Rule”), because the bid price for our Class A common stock had closed below the minimum $1.00 price per share requirement for the last thirty (30) consecutive business days. On


August 14, 2020, we received another notice (the “Second Notice”) from Nasdaq stating that, based upon its review of our market value of listed securities for the last thirty consecutive business days, we do not meet the market value of listed securities requirement set forth under Nasdaq Listing Rule 5550(b)(2) (the “MVLS Requirement”). In addition, the Second Notice informed us that as of August 14, 2020, we did not meet the alternative compliance standards relating to stockholders’ equity or net income from continuing operations (the “Alternative Compliance Standards”).

The Notice and the number of beneficial holdersSecond Notice had no immediate effect on our listing on the Nasdaq Capital Market.

On January 22, 2021, we received a written notice from Nasdaq stating that for at least ten consecutive business days, from January 8, 2021 to January 21, 2021, the market value of our listed securities mayhas been $35.0 million or greater. Accordingly, we have regained compliance with the alternative requirement set forth under the MVLS Requirement.

On February 22, 2021, we received a written notice from Nasdaq stating that we have regained compliance with the Minimum Bid Price Rule and that we are in compliance with other applicable requirements as required for listing in Nasdaq. Accordingly, Nasdaq has determined to continue the listing of the Company’s securities on Nasdaq. The Nasdaq Hearings Panel (the “Panel”) determined to impose a monitoring period, pursuant to Nasdaq Listing Rule 5815(d)(4)(A), until August 23, 2021 (the “Panel Monitor”). During the Panel Monitor, we will be reduced, which may makeunder an obligation to notify the Panel in writing, in the event of a closing bid price below $1.00 on any trading day, and in the event we fall out of compliance with any other applicable listing requirement. Should we evidence a closing bid price of less than $1.00 per share for 30 consecutive trading days at any point during the Panel Monitor, the Panel (or a newly convened panel if the initial panel is unavailable) will provide written notice to us that it difficultwill promptly conduct a hearing with regards to maintain or obtainthis deficiency. We would then have the quotation,opportunity to respond/present to the Panel as provided by Listing Rule 5815(d)(4)(A).

There can be no assurance that we will be able to comply with the continued listing orstandards of Nasdaq. If our Class A common stock was to be delisted from Nasdaq, trading of our common stock most likely would be conducted in the over–the–counter market on an electronic bulletin board established for unlisted securities such as the OTCQX Market, OTCQB Market or OTC Bulletin Board.  Such trading would likely reduce the market liquidity of our Class A common stock. As a result, an investor would find it more difficult to dispose of, or obtain accurate quotations for the price of, our Class A common stock. If our Class A common stock is delisted from Nasdaq and the trading price remains below $5.00 per share, trading in our Class A common stock might also become subject to the requirements of certain rules promulgated under the Exchange Act, which require additional disclosure by broker–dealers in connection with any trade involving a stock defined as a “penny stock” (generally, any equity security not listed on a national securities exchange.

Our sponsor, directors, officers, advisors and/exchange or anyquoted on Nasdaq that has a market price of less than $5.00 per share, subject to certain exceptions). Many brokerage firms are reluctant to recommend low–priced stocks to their affiliates anticipate that theyclients. Moreover, various regulations and policies restrict the ability of stockholders to borrow against or “margin” low–priced stocks and declines in the stock price below certain levels may identify the stockholders with whom our sponsor, directors, officers, advisors or any of their affiliates may pursue privately negotiated purchases by either the stockholders contacting us directly or by our receipt of redemption requests submitted by stockholders following our mailing of proxy materials in connection with our initial business combination. To the extent that our sponsor, directors, officers, advisors or any of their affiliates enter intotrigger unexpected margin calls. Additionally, because brokers’ commissions on low–priced stocks generally represent a private purchase, they would identify and contact only potential selling stockholders who have expressed their election to redeem their shares for a pro rata sharehigher percentage of the trust account or vote againststock price than commissions on higher priced stocks, the current price of the Class A common stock can result in an individual stockholder paying transaction costs that represent a higher percentage of total share value than would be the case if our initial business combination, whether or not such stockholder has already submittedshare price were higher. This factor may also limit the willingness of institutions to purchase our Class A common stock. Finally, the additional burdens imposed upon broker–dealers by these requirements could discourage broker–dealers from facilitating trades in our Class A common stock, which could severely limit the market liquidity of the stock and the ability of investors to trade our Class A common stock. As a proxy with respect toresult, the ability of our initial business combination but only if such shares have not already been voted at the stockholder meeting related to our initial business combination. Our sponsor, officers, directors, advisors or any of their affiliates will select which stockholders to purchase shares from based on the negotiated price and number of shares and any other factors that they may deem relevant, and will only purchase shares if such purchases comply with Regulation M under the Exchange Act and the other federal securities laws.

Any purchases by our sponsor or its affiliates who are affiliated purchasers under Rule 10b-18 under the Exchange Act will only be made to the extent such purchases are able to be made in compliance with Rule 10b-18, which is a safe harbor from liability for manipulation under Section 9(a)(2) and Rule 10b-5 of the Exchange Act. Rule 10b-18 has certain technical requirements that must be complied with in order for the safe harbor to be available to the purchaser. Our sponsor, officers, directors, advisors and/or any of their affiliates will not make purchases of our common stock if the purchases would violate Section 9(a)(2) or Rule 10b-5 of the Exchange Act. Any such purchases will be reported pursuant to Section 13 and Section 16 of the Exchange Act to the extent such purchasers are subject to such reporting requirements.

13

Redemption rights for public stockholders upon completion of our initial business combination

We will provide our public stockholders with the opportunity to redeem all or a portion of their shares of common stock upon the completion of our initial business combination at a per share price, payable in cash, equal to the aggregate amount then on deposit in the trust account as of two business days prior to the consummation of the initial business combination, including interest (which interest shall be net of taxes payable), divided by the number of then outstanding public shares, subject to the limitations described herein. The amount in the trust account was $10.05 per public share as of December 31, 2017. The per share amount we will distribute to investors who properly redeem their shares will not be reduced by the deferred underwriting commissions we will pay to the underwriter. We intend to use substantially all interest earned for taxes and will likely only return $10.00 per share upon redemption or liquidation. Our initial stockholders, directors and officers have entered into a letter agreement with us, pursuant to which they have agreed to waive redemption rights with respect to founder shares and any public shares they may acquire in connection with the completion of our initial business combination.

Manner of conducting redemptions

We will provide our public stockholders with the opportunity to redeem all or a portion ofresell their shares of Class A common stock, upon the completion of our initial business combination either: (i) in connection with a stockholder meeting called to approve the business combination; or (ii) by means of a tender offer. The decision as to whether we will seek stockholder approval of a proposed business combination or conduct a tender offer will be made by us, solely in our discretion, and will be based on a variety of factors such as the timing of the transaction and whether the terms of the transaction would require us to seek stockholder approval under applicable law or stock exchange listing requirement. Asset acquisitions and stock purchases would not typically require stockholder approval while direct mergers with our company where we do not survive and any transactions where we issue more than 20% of our outstanding common stock or seek to amend our amended and restated certificate of incorporation would typically require stockholder approval. If we structure a business combination transaction with a target company in a manner that requires stockholder approval, we will not have discretion as to whether to seek a stockholder vote to approve the proposed business combination. We intend to conduct redemptions without a stockholder vote pursuant to the tender offer rules of the SEC unless stockholder approval is required by applicable law or stock exchange listing requirement or we choose to seek stockholder approval for business or other legal reasons.

If a stockholder vote is not required and we do not decide to hold a stockholder vote for business or other legal reasons, we will, pursuant to our amended and restated certificate of incorporation:

•      conduct the redemptions pursuant to Rule 13e-4 and Regulation 14E of the Exchange Act, which regulate issuer tender offers; and

•     file tender offer documents with the SEC prior to completing our initial business combination which contain substantially the same financial and other information about the initial business combination and the redemption rights as is required under Regulation 14A of the Exchange Act,price at which regulates the solicitation of proxies.

Upon the public announcement of our initial business combination, we and our sponsor will terminate any plan established in accordance with Rule 10b5-1 to purchasethey could sell their shares, could be adversely affected. The delisting of our Class A common stock in the open market if we electfrom Nasdaq would also make it more difficult for us to redeem our public shares through a tender offer, to comply with Rule 14e-5 under the Exchange Act.raise additional capital.

 

InThe requirements of being a public company, including compliance with the event we conduct redemptions pursuant to the tender offer rules, our offer to redeem will remain open for at least 20 business days, in accordance with Rule 14e-1(a) underreporting requirements of the Exchange Act, and we will not be permitted to complete our initial business combination until the expirationrequirements of the tender offer period. In addition, the tender offer will be conditioned on public stockholders not tendering more than a specified number of public shares which are not purchased by our sponsor, which number will be based on the requirement thatSarbanes-Oxley Act, increases costs and distracts management, and we may not redeembe unable to comply with these requirements in a timely or cost-effective manner.

As a public shares in an amount that would cause our net tangible assetscompany, we are subject to be less than $5,000,001 (after paymentlaws, regulations and requirements, certain corporate governance provisions, related regulations of the underwriter’s deferred commissions) at the consummation of our initial business combination (so that we are not subject to the SEC’s ‘‘penny stock’’ rules) or any greater net tangible asset or cash requirement which may be contained in the agreement relating to our initial business combination. If public stockholders tender more shares than we have offered to purchase, we will withdraw the tender offer and not complete such initial business combination.

14

If, however, stockholder approval of the transaction is required by law or stock exchange listing requirement, or we decide to obtain stockholder approval for business or other legal reasons, we will, pursuant to our amended and restated certificate of incorporation:

•    conduct the redemptions in conjunction with a proxy solicitation pursuant to Regulation 14A of the Exchange Act, which regulates the solicitation of proxies, and not pursuant to the tender offer rules; and

•    file proxy materials with the SEC.

In the event that we seek stockholder approval of our initial business combination, we will distribute proxy materials and, in connection therewith, provide our public stockholders with the redemption rights described above upon completion of the initial business combination. Though not required to do so, in the event that we are subsequently unable to maintain our listing on NASDAQ and our registration under the Exchange Act, we nevertheless intend to follow the substantive and procedural requirements of Regulation 14A in connection with any shareholder vote on a proposed business combination.

If we seek stockholder approval, we will complete our initial business combination only if a majority of the outstanding shares of common stock voted are voted in favor of the business combination. A quorum for such meeting will consist of the holders present in person or by proxy of shares of outstanding capital stock of the company representing a majority of the voting power of all outstanding shares of capital stock of the company entitled to vote at such meeting. Our initial stockholders will count towards this quorum and have agreed, pursuant to a written agreement, to vote their founder shares and any public shares they may acquire in favor of our initial business combination; as a result, we would need only 12,187,501 of the 32,500,000 public shares, or 37.5%, sold in our initial public offering to be voted in favor of a transaction in order to have our initial business combination approved (assuming our initial stockholders do not purchase units in the public market). Our directors and officers also have agreed to vote in favor of our initial business combination with respect to any public shares acquired by them (if any). These quorum and voting thresholds, and the voting agreements of our initial stockholders, may make it more likely that we will consummate our initial business combination. Each public stockholder may elect to redeem its public shares irrespective of whether they vote for or against the proposed transaction, subject to the Excess Shares limitation. In addition, our initial stockholders, directors and officers have entered into a letter agreement with us, pursuant to which they have agreed to waive redemption rights with respect to founder shares and public shares in connection with the completion of a business combination.

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation provides that in no event will we redeem our public shares in an amount that would cause our net tangible assets to be less than $5,000,001 (after payment of the underwriter’s deferred commissions) at the consummation of our initial business combination (so that we are not subject to the SEC’s ‘‘penny stock’’ rules). Redemptions of our public shares may also be subject to a higher net tangible asset test or cash requirement pursuant to an agreement relating to our initial business combination. For example, the proposed business combination may require: (i) cash consideration to be paid to the target or its owners; (ii) cash to be transferred to the target for working capital or other general corporate purposes; or (iii) the retention of cash to satisfy other conditions in accordance with the terms of the proposed business combination. In the event the aggregate cash consideration we would be required to pay for all shares of Class A common stock that are validly submitted for redemption plus any amount required to satisfy cash conditions pursuant to the terms of the proposed business combination exceed the aggregate amount of cash available to us, we will not complete the business combination or redeem any shares, and all shares of Class A common stock submitted for redemption will be returned to the holders thereof.

15

Limitation on redemption upon completion of our initial business combination if we seek stockholder approval

Notwithstanding the foregoing, if we seek stockholder approval of our initial business combination and we do not conduct redemptions in connection with our initial business combination pursuant to the tender offer rules, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation provides that a public stockholder (including our affiliates), together with any affiliate of such stockholder or any other person with whom such stockholder is acting in concert or as a ‘‘group’’ (as defined under Section 13 of the Exchange Act), will be restricted from seeking redemption rights with respect to Excess Shares. We believe this restriction will discourage stockholders from accumulating large blocks of shares, and subsequent attempts by such holders to use their ability to exercise their redemption rights against a proposed business combination as a means to force us or our sponsor or its affiliates to purchase their shares at a significant premium to the then-current market price or on other undesirable terms. Absent this provision, a public stockholder holding more than an aggregate of 20% of the shares sold in our initial public offering could threaten to exercise its redemption rights if such holder’s shares are not purchased by our sponsor or its affiliates at a premium to the then-current market price or on other undesirable terms. By limiting our stockholders’ ability to redeem no more than 20% of the shares sold in our initial public offering, we believe we will limit the ability of a small group of stockholders to unreasonably attempt to block our ability to complete our initial business combination, particularly in connection with a business combination with a target that requires as a closing condition that we have a minimum net worth or a certain amount of cash. However, we would not be restricting our stockholders’ ability to vote all of their shares (including Excess Shares) for or against our initial business combination.

Tendering stock certificates in connection with a tender offer or redemption rights

We may require our public stockholders seeking to exercise their redemption rights, whether they are record holders or hold their shares in ‘‘street name,’’ to either tender their certificates to our transfer agent prior to the date set forth in the tender offer documents mailed to such holders or up to two business days prior to the vote on the proposal to approve the business combination in the event we distribute proxy materials or to deliver their shares to the transfer agent electronically using The Depository Trust Company’s DWAC (Deposit and Withdrawal at Custodian) System, at the holder’s option. The tender offer or proxy materials, as applicable, that we will furnish to holders of our public shares in connection with our initial business combination will indicate whether we are requiring public stockholders to satisfy such delivery requirements. Accordingly, a public stockholder would have from the time we send out our tender offer materials until the close of the tender offer period, or up to two days prior to the vote on the business combination if we distribute proxy materials, as applicable, to tender its shares if it wishes to seek to exercise its redemption rights. Given the relatively short exercise period, it is advisable for stockholders to use electronic delivery of their public shares.

There is a nominal cost associated with the above-referenced tendering process and the act of certificating the shares or delivering them through the DWAC System. The transfer agent will typically charge the tendering broker $80.00 and it would be up to the broker whether or not to pass this cost on to the redeeming holder. However, this fee would be incurred regardless of whether or not we require holders seeking to exercise redemption rights to tender their shares. The need to deliver shares is a requirement of exercising redemption rights regardless of the timing of when such delivery must be effectuated.

The foregoing is different from the procedures used by many blank check companies. In order to perfect redemption rights in connection with their business combinations, many blank check companies would distribute proxy materials for the stockholders’ vote on an initial business combination, and a holder could simply vote against a proposed business combination and check a box on the proxy card indicating such holder was seeking to exercise his or her redemption rights. After the business combination was approved, the company would contact such stockholder to arrange for him or her to deliver his or her certificate to verify ownership. As a result, the stockholder then had an ‘‘option window’’ after the completion of the business combination during which he or she could monitor the price of the company’s stock in the market. If the price rose above the redemption price, he or she could sell his or her shares in the open market before actually delivering his or her shares to the company for cancellation. As a result, the redemption rights, to which stockholders were aware they needed to commit before the stockholder meeting, would become ‘‘option’’ rights surviving past the completion of the business combination until the redeeming holder delivered its certificate. The requirement for physical or electronic delivery prior to the meeting ensures that a redeeming holder’s election to redeem is irrevocable once the business combination is approved.

Any request to redeem such shares, once made, may be withdrawn at any time up to the date set forth in the tender offer materials or the date of the stockholder meeting set forth in our proxy materials, as applicable. Furthermore, if a holder of a public share delivered its certificate in connection with an election of redemption rights and subsequently decides prior to the applicable date not to elect to exercise such rights, such holder may simply request that the transfer agent return the certificate (physically or electronically). It is anticipated that the funds to be distributed to holders of our public shares electing to redeem their shares will be distributed promptly after the completion of our initial business combination.

16

If our initial business combination is not approved or completed for any reason, then our public stockholders who elected to exercise their redemption rights would not be entitled to redeem their shares for the applicable pro rata share of the trust account. In such case, we will promptly return any certificates delivered by public holders who elected to redeem their shares.

If our initial proposed business combination is not completed, we may continue to try to complete a business combination with a different target until 24 months from the closing of our initial public offering.

Redemption of public shares and liquidation if no initial business combination

Our sponsor, directors and officers have agreed that we will have only 24 months from the closing of our initial public offering to complete our initial business combination. If we are unable to complete our initial business combination within such time period, we will: (i) cease all operations except for the purpose of winding up; (ii) as promptly as reasonably possible but not more than ten business days thereafter, redeem the public shares, at a per share price, payable in cash, equal to the aggregate amount then on deposit in the trust account, including interest (less up to $100,000 of interest to pay dissolution expenses and which interest shall be net of taxes payable), divided by the number of then outstanding public shares, which redemption will completely extinguish public stockholders’ rights as stockholders (including the right to receive further liquidating distributions, if any), subject to applicable law; and (iii) as promptly as reasonably possible following such redemption, subject to the approval of our remaining stockholders and our board of directors, dissolve and liquidate, subject in each case to our obligations under Delaware law to provide for claims of creditorsSEC and the requirements of other applicable law. There will be no redemption rights or liquidating distributions with respect to our warrants, which will expire worthless if we fail to complete our initial business combination within such time period.

Our sponsor, directors and officers has entered into a letter agreement with us, pursuant to which they have waived rights to liquidating distributions from the trust account with respect to founder shares if we fail to complete our initial business combination within 24 months from the closing of our initial public offering. However, if our sponsor or any of our officers and directors acquires public shares after our initial public offering, they will be entitled to liquidating distributions from the trust account with respect to such public shares if we fail to complete our initial business combination within the allotted time period.

Our sponsor, directors and officers have agreed that they will not propose any amendment to our amended and restated certificate of incorporation that would affect the substance or timing of our obligation to redeem 100% of our public shares if we do not complete our initial business combination within 24 months from the closing of our initial public offering, unless we provide our public stockholders with the opportunity to redeem their shares of Class A common stock upon approval of any such amendment at a per share price, payable in cash, equal to the aggregate amount then on deposit in the trust account,Nasdaq, including interest (which interest shall be net of taxes payable), divided by the number of then outstanding public shares. However, we may not redeem our public shares in an amount that would cause our net tangible assets to be less than $5,000,001 (after payment of the underwriter’s deferred commissions) at the consummation of our initial business combination (so that we are not subject to the SEC’s ‘‘penny stock’’ rules).

We expect that all costs and expenses associated with implementing our plan of dissolution, as well as payments to any creditors, will be funded from amounts remaining out of the $1,000,000 of proceeds held outside the trust account, although we cannot assure you that there will be sufficient funds for such purpose. However, if those funds are not sufficient to cover the costs and expenses associated with implementing our plan of dissolution, to the extent that there is any interest accrued in the trust account not required to pay taxes, we may request the trustee to release to us an additional amount of up to $100,000 of such accrued interest to pay those costs and expenses.

17

If we were to expend all of the net proceeds of our initial public offering, other than the proceeds deposited in the trust account, and without taking into account interest, if any, earned on the trust account, the per share redemption amount received by stockholders upon our dissolution would be approximately $10.00. The proceeds deposited in the trust account could, however, become subject to the claims of our creditors which would have higher priority than the claims of our public stockholders. We cannot assure you that the actual per share redemption amount received by stockholders will not be substantially less than $10.00. See ‘‘Risk Factors — If third parties bring claims against us, the proceeds held in the trust account could be reduced and the per share redemption amount received by stockholders may be less than their pro rata portion of the funds in the Trust Account.’’ and other risk factors described above. Under Section 281(b) of the DGCL, our plan of dissolution must provide for all claims against us to be paid in full or make provision for payments to be made in full, as applicable, if there are sufficient assets. These claims must be paid or provided for before we make any distribution of our remaining assets to our stockholders. While we intend to pay such amounts, if any, we cannot assure you that we will have funds sufficient to pay or provide for all creditors’ claims.

Although we have sought and will continue to seek to have all vendors, service providers, prospective target businesses or other entities with which we do business execute agreements with us waiving any right, title, interest or claim of any kind in or to any monies held in the trust account for the benefit of our public stockholders, there is no guarantee that they will execute such agreements or even if they execute such agreements that they would be prevented from bringing claims against the trust account including but not limited to fraudulent inducement, breach of fiduciary responsibility or other similar claims, as well as claims challenging the enforceability of the waiver, in each case in order to gain an advantage with respect to a claim against our assets, including the funds held in the trust account. If any third party refuses to execute an agreement waiving such claims to the monies held in the trust account, our management will perform an analysis of the alternatives available to it and will only enter into an agreement with a third party that has not executed a waiver if management believes that such third party’s engagement would be significantly more beneficial to us than any alternative.

Examples of possible instances where we may engage a third party that refuses to execute a waiver include the engagement of a third party consultant whose particular expertise or skills are believed by management to be significantly superior to those of other consultants that would agree to execute a waiver or in cases where management is unable to find a service provider willing to execute a waiver. In addition, there is no guarantee that such entities will agree to waive any claims they may have in the future as a result of, or arising out of, any negotiations, contracts or agreements with us and will not seek recourse against the trust account for any reason. In order to protect the amounts held in the trust account, our sponsor has agreed that it will be liable to us if and to the extent any claims by a vendor for services rendered or products sold to us, or a prospective target business with which we have discussed entering into a transaction agreement, reduce the amount of funds in the trust account to below: (i) $10.00 per public share; or (ii) such lesser amount per public share held in the trust account as of the date of the liquidation of the trust account, due to reductions in the value of the trust assets, in each case net of the amount of interest which may be withdrawn to pay taxes, except as to any claims by a third party who executed a waiver of any and all rights to seek access to the trust account and except as to any claims under our indemnity of the underwriter of our initial public offering against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act. In the event that an executed waiver is deemed to be unenforceable against a third party, then our sponsor will not be responsible to the extent of any liability for such third-party claims. We have not independently verified whether our sponsor has sufficient funds to satisfy its indemnity obligations. We have not asked our sponsor to reserve for such indemnification obligations. We believe our sponsor’s only assets are securities of our company. Therefore, we cannot assure you that our sponsor would be able to satisfy those obligations. None of our other officers will indemnify us for claims by third parties including, without limitation, claims by vendors and prospective target businesses.

In the event that the proceeds in the trust account are reduced below: (i) $10.00 per public share; or (ii) such lesser amount per public share held in the trust account as of the date of the liquidation of the trust account, due to reductions in the value of the trust assets, in each case net of the amount of interest which may be withdrawn to pay taxes, and our sponsor asserts that it is unable to satisfy its indemnification obligations or that it has no indemnification obligations related to a particular claim, our independent directors would determine whether to take legal action against our sponsor to enforce its indemnification obligations. While we currently expect that our independent directors would take legal action on our behalf against our sponsor to enforce its indemnification obligations to us, it is possible that our independent directors in exercising their business judgment may choose not to do so in certain instances. Accordingly, we cannot assure you that due to claims of creditors the actual value of the per share redemption price will not be substantially less than $10.00 per share. See ‘‘Risk Factors — If third parties bring claims against us, the proceeds held in the trust account could be reduced and the per share redemption amount received by stockholders may be less than their pro rata portion of the funds in the Trust Account.’’ and other risk factors described above.

18

We will seek to reduce the possibility that our sponsor will have to indemnify the trust account due to claims of creditors by endeavoring to have all vendors, service providers, prospective target businesses or other entities with which we do business execute agreements with us waiving any right, title, interest or claim of any kind in or to monies held in the trust account. Our sponsor will also not be liable as to any claims under our indemnity of the underwriter of our initial public offering against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act. We will have access to up to $1,000,000 from the proceeds of our initial public offering with which to pay any such potential claims (including costs and expenses incurred in connection with our liquidation, currently estimated to be no more than approximately $100,000). In the event that we liquidate and it is subsequently determined that the reserve for claims and liabilities is insufficient, stockholders who received funds from our trust account could be liable for claims made by creditors.

Under the DGCL, stockholders may be held liable for claims by third parties against a corporation to the extent of distributions received by them in a dissolution. The pro rata portion of our trust account distributed to our public stockholders upon the redemption of our public shares in the event we do not complete our initial business combination within 24 months from the closing of our initial public offering may be considered a liquidating distribution under Delaware law. If the corporation complies with certain procedures set forth in Section 280 of the DGCL intended to ensure that it makes reasonable provision for all claims against it, including a 60-day notice period during which any third-party claims can be brought against the corporation, a 90-day period during which the corporation may reject any claims brought, and an additional 150-day waiting period before any liquidating distributions are made to stockholders, any liability of stockholders with respect to a liquidating distribution is limited to the lesser of such stockholder’s pro rata share of the claim or the amount distributed to the stockholder, and any liability of the stockholder would be barred after the third anniversary of the dissolution.

Furthermore, if the pro rata portion of our trust account distributed to our public stockholders upon the redemption of our public shares in the event we do not complete our initial business combination within 24 months from the closing of our initial public offering, is not considered a liquidating distribution under Delaware law and such redemption distribution is deemed to be unlawful, then pursuant to Section 174 of the DGCL, the statute of limitations for claims of creditors could then be six years after the unlawful redemption distribution, instead of three years, as in the case of a liquidating distribution. If we are unable to complete our initial business combination within 24 months from the closing of our initial public offering, we will: (i) cease all operations except for the purpose of winding up; (ii) as promptly as reasonably possible but not more than ten business days thereafter, redeem the public shares, at a per share price, payable in cash, equal to the aggregate amount then on deposit in the trust account, including interest (net of the amount of interest which may be withdrawn to pay taxes and less up to $100,000 of interest to pay dissolution expenses), divided by the number of then outstanding public shares, which redemption will completely extinguish public stockholders’ rights as stockholders (including the right to receive further liquidating distributions, if any), subject to applicable law; and (iii) as promptly as reasonably possible following such redemption, subject to the approval of our remaining stockholders and our board of directors, dissolve and liquidate, subject in each case to our obligations under Delaware law to provide for claims of creditors and the requirements of other applicable law. Accordingly, it is our intention to redeem our public shares as soon as reasonably possible following our 24thmonth and, therefore, we do not intend to comply with those procedures. As such, our stockholders could potentially be liable for any claims to the extent of distributions received by them (but no more) and any liability of our stockholders may extend well beyond the third anniversary of such date.

Because we will not be complying with Section 280, Section 281(b) of the DGCL requires us to adopt a plan, based on facts known to us at such time that will provide for our payment of all existing and pending claims or claims that may be potentially brought against us within the subsequent ten years. However, because we are a blank check company, rather than an operating company, and our operations will be limited to searching for prospective target businesses to acquire, the only likely claims to arise would be from our vendors (such as lawyers, investment bankers, etc.) or prospective target businesses. As described above, pursuant to the obligation contained in our underwriting agreement, we will seek to have all vendors, service providers, prospective target businesses or other entities with which we do business execute agreements with us waiving any right, title, interest or claim of any kind in or to any monies held in the trust account.

19

As a result of this obligation, the claims that could be made against us are significantly limited and the likelihood that any claim that would result in any liability extending to the trust account is remote. Further, our sponsor may be liable only to the extent necessary to ensure that the amounts in the trust account are not reduced below: (i) $10.00 per public share; or (ii) such lesser amount per public share held in the trust account as of the date of the liquidation of the trust account, due to reductions in value of the trust assets, in each case net of the amount of interest withdrawn to pay taxes and will not be liable as to any claims under our indemnity of the underwriter of our initial public offering against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act. In the event that an executed waiver is deemed to be unenforceable against a third party, our sponsor will not be responsible to the extent of any liability for such third-party claims.

If we file a bankruptcy petition or an involuntary bankruptcy petition is filed against us that is not dismissed, the proceeds held in the trust account could be subject to applicable bankruptcy law, and may be included in our bankruptcy estate and subject to the claims of third parties with priority over the claims of our stockholders. To the extent any bankruptcy claims deplete the trust account, we cannot assure you we will be able to return $10.00 per share to our public stockholders. Additionally, if we file a bankruptcy petition or an involuntary bankruptcy petition is filed against us that is not dismissed, any distributions received by stockholders could be viewed under applicable debtor/creditor and/or bankruptcy laws as either a ‘‘preferential transfer’’ or a ‘‘fraudulent conveyance.’’ As a result, a bankruptcy court could seek to recover some or all amounts received by our stockholders. Furthermore, our board may be viewed as having breached its fiduciary duty to our creditors and/or may have acted in bad faith, and thereby exposing itself and our company to claims of punitive damages, by paying public stockholders from the trust account prior to addressing the claims of creditors. We cannot assure you that claims will not be brought against us for these reasons. See ‘‘Risk Factors — If, after we distribute the proceeds in the trust account to our public stockholders, we file a bankruptcy petition or an involuntary bankruptcy petition is filed against us that is not dismissed, a bankruptcy court may seek to recover or ‘‘clawback’’ such proceeds, and the members of our board of directors may be viewed as having breached their fiduciary duties to our creditors, thereby exposing the members of our board of directors and us to claims of punitive damages.’’

Our public stockholders will be entitled to receive funds from the trust account only in the event of the redemption of our public shares if we do not complete our initial business combination within 24 months from the closing of our initial public offering or if they redeem their respective shares for cash upon the completion of the initial business combination. In no other circumstances will a stockholder have any right or interest of any kind to or in the trust account. In the event we seek stockholder approval in connection with our initial business combination, a stockholder’s voting in connection with our initial business combination alone will not result in a stockholder’s redeeming its shares to us for an applicable pro rata share of the trust account. Such stockholder must have also exercised its redemption rights described above.

Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation contains certain requirements and restrictions relating to our initial public offering that will apply to us until the consummation of our initial business combination. If we seek to amend any provisions of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation relating to stockholders’ rights or pre-business combination activity, we will provide dissenting public stockholders with the opportunity to redeem their public shares in connection with any such vote. Our initial stockholders have agreed to waive any redemption rights with respect to their founder shares and public shares in connection with the completion of our initial business combination. Our directors and officers have agreed to waive any redemption rights with respect to public shares acquired by them (if any) following our initial public offering. Specifically, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation provides, among other things, that:

20

•    prior to the consummation of our initial business combination, we shall either: (i) seek stockholder approval of our initial business combination at a meeting called for such purpose at which stockholders may seek to redeem their shares, regardless of whether they vote for or against the proposed business combination, into their pro rata share of the aggregate amount then on deposit in the trust account, including interest (which interest shall be net of taxes payable); or (ii) provide our public stockholders with the opportunity to tender their shares to us by means of a tender offer (and thereby avoid the need for a stockholder vote) for an amount equal to their pro rata share of the aggregate amount then on deposit in the trust account, including interest (which interest shall be net of taxes payable), in each case subject to the limitations described herein;

•    we will consummate our initial business combination only if we have net tangible assets of at least $5,000,001 (after payment of the underwriter’s deferred commissions) upon such consummation and, solely if we seek stockholder approval, a majority of the outstanding shares of common stock voted are voted in favor of the business combination at a duly held stockholders meeting;

•    if our initial business combination is not consummated within 24 months from the closing of our initial public offering, then our existence will terminate and we will distribute all amounts in the trust account; and

•    prior to our initial business combination, we may not issue additional shares of capital stock that would entitle the holders thereof to (i) receive funds from the trust account or (ii) vote on any initial business combination.

These provisions cannot be amended without the approval of holders of 65% of our common stock. In the event we seek stockholder approval in connection with our initial business combination, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation provides that we may consummate our initial business combination only if approved by a majority of the shares of common stock voted by our stockholders at a duly held stockholders meeting.

Competition

In identifying, evaluating and selecting a target business for our initial business combination, we may encounter intense competition from other entities having a business objective similar to ours, including other blank check companies, private equity groups and leveraged buyout funds, public companies and operating businesses seeking strategic acquisitions. Many of these entities are well established and have extensive experience identifying and effecting business combinations directly or through affiliates. Moreover, many of these competitors possess greater financial, technical, human and other resources than us. Our ability to acquire larger target businesses will be limited by our available financial resources. This inherent limitation gives others an advantage in pursuing the acquisition of a target business. Furthermore, our obligation to pay cash in connection with our public stockholders who exercise their redemption rights may reduce the resources available to us for our initial business combination and our outstanding warrants, and the future dilution they potentially represent, may not be viewed favorably by certain target businesses. Either of these factors may place us at a competitive disadvantage in successfully negotiating an initial business combination.

Conflicts of Interest

MatlinPatterson Global Advisers LLC, or MatlinPatterson, one of our affiliates, manages several investment vehicles and accounts and may manage other investment vehicles and accounts in the future, including distressed-for-control private equity funds. Entities managed by MatlinPatterson or its affiliates may compete with us for acquisition opportunities. If these entities decide to pursue any such opportunity, we may be precluded from procuring such opportunities. In addition, investment ideas generated within MatlinPatterson or its affiliates may be suitable for both us and for a current or future entity managed by MatlinPatterson or its affiliates and may be directed to such entity rather than to us. None of the members of our management team who are also employed by MatlinPatterson or certain affiliates of MatlinPatterson has any obligation to present us with any opportunity for a potential business combination of which they become aware. MatlinPatterson and/or our management team, in their capacities as officers or managing directors of MatlinPatterson or in their other endeavors, may choose to present potential business combinations to the related entities described above, current or future entities affiliated with MatlinPatterson investment vehicles or accounts or third parties, before they present such opportunities to us.

21

Our management, in their capacities as officers of MatlinPatterson or in their other endeavors, may choose to present potential business combinations to the related entities described above, current or future MatlinPatterson investment vehicles or third parties, before they present such opportunities to us. See ‘‘Risk Factors — Certain of our officers and directors are now, and all of them may in the future become, affiliated with entities engaged in business activities similar to those intended to be conducted by us and, accordingly, may have conflicts of interest in determining to which entity a particular business opportunity should be presented.”

Each of our officers and directors presently has, and any of them in the future may have additional, fiduciary or contractual obligations to another entity pursuant to which such officer or director is or will be required to present a business combination opportunity to such entity. Accordingly, if any of our officers or directors becomes aware of a business combination opportunity which is suitable for an entity to which he or she has then-current fiduciary or contractual obligations, he or she will honor these obligations to present such business combination opportunity to such entity, and only present it to us if such entity rejects the opportunity. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, members of our management team who are affiliated with MatlinPatterson have fiduciary and contractual obligations with respect to MatlinPatterson’s private equity partnerships and the portfolio companies on whose boards they serve, including presenting business combination opportunities to them. While MatlinPatterson’s existing private equity partnerships are beyond their investment periods, members of our management team who are affiliated with MatlinPatterson would have business opportunity conflicts with respect to new private equity funds or other investment vehicles that MatlinPatterson or its affiliates may sponsor in the future. We do not believe, however, that the fiduciary duties or contractual obligations of our officers or directors will materially affect our ability to complete our initial business combination. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation provides that we renounce our interest in any corporate opportunity offered to any director or officer unless such opportunity is expressly offered to such person solely in his or her capacity as a director or officer of our company and such opportunity is one we are legally and contractually permitted to undertake and would otherwise be reasonable for us to pursue.

Our sponsor has agreed that it will be liable to us if and to the extent any claims by a vendor for services rendered or products sold to us, or a prospective target business with which we have discussed entering into a transaction agreement, reduce the amount of funds in the trust account to below: (i) $10.00 per public share; or (ii) such lesser amount per public share held in the trust account as of the date of the liquidation of the trust account due to reductions in the value of the trust assets, in each case, net of the interest which may be withdrawn to pay taxes, except as to any claims by a third party who executed a waiver of any and all rights to seek access to the trust account and except as to any claims under indemnity of the underwriter of our initial public offering against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act. Moreover, in the event that an executed waiver is deemed to be unenforceable against a third party, our sponsor will not be responsible to the extent of any liability for such third party claims. We have not independently verified whether our sponsor has sufficient funds to satisfy its indemnity obligations and we have not asked our sponsor to reserve for such indemnification obligations. We believe our sponsor’s only assets are securities of our company. Therefore, we cannot assure you that our sponsor would be able to satisfy those obligations. We believe the likelihood of our sponsor having to indemnify the trust account is limited because we will endeavor to have all vendors and prospective target businesses as well as other entities execute agreements with us waiving any right, title, interest or claim of any kind in or to monies held in the trust account.

Employees

We currently have four officers. Members of our management team are not obligated to devote any specific number of hours to our matters but they intend to devote as much of their time as they deem necessary to our affairs until we have completed our initial business combination. The amount of time that Mr. Matlin or any other members of our management team will devote in any time period to our company will vary based on whether a target business has been selected for our initial business combination and the current stage of the business combination process.

22

Periodic Reporting and Financial Information

We have registered our units, Class A common stock and warrants under the Exchange Act, the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, the Dodd-Frank Act and have reporting obligations, including the requirementother applicable securities rules and regulations. Compliance with these rules and regulations require us to incur significant additional legal, accounting, and other expenses that we would not otherwise incur as a private company.

The Exchange Act requires, among other things, that we file annual, quarterly, and current reports with respect to our business and operating results. The Sarbanes-Oxley Act and the SEC. In accordance withrules subsequently implemented by the SEC and the national securities


exchanges, establish certain requirements for the corporate governance practices of the Exchange Act,public companies. For example, as a result of becoming a public company, we have additional board committees and are required to maintain effective disclosure controls and procedures and internal control over financial reporting. To maintain and, if required, improve our annual reports, includingdisclosure controls and procedures and internal control over financial reporting to meet this report, contain audited financial statementsstandard, significant resources and reported on by our independent registered public accounting firm.management oversight are required.

 

We rely on a small number of key personnel to manage compliance with these regulations, and compliance with such regulations causes additional costs to our operations and diverts management’s attention from implementing our growth strategy, which could prevent us from improving our business, results of operations and financial condition. We have made, and will provide stockholders with audited financial statements of the prospective target business as part of the tender offer materials or proxy solicitation materials sentcontinue to stockholdersmake, changes to assist them in assessing the target business. In all likelihood, these financial statements will need to be prepared in accordance with GAAP or be reconciled to GAAP or IFRS depending on the circumstances, and the historical financial statements will need to be audited in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. We cannot assure you that any particular target business identified by us as a potential acquisition candidate will have financial statements prepared in accordance with the requirements outlined above, or that the potential target business will be able to prepare its financial statements in accordance with the requirements outlined above. To the extent that these requirements cannot be met, we may not be able to acquire the proposed target business. While this may limit the pool of potential acquisition candidates, we do not believe that this limitation will be material.

We will be required to evaluate our internal control over financial reporting, accounting systems disclosure controls and procedures, for the fiscal year ending December 31, 2018 as required by the Sarbanes-Oxley Act. Only in the event we are deemedauditing functions and other procedures related to be a large accelerated filer or an accelerated filer will we be requiredpublic company reporting to have our internal control procedures audited. A target business may not be in compliance with the provisions of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act regarding adequacy of their internal controls. The development of the internal controls of any such entity to achieve compliance with the Sarbanes-Oxley Act may increase the time and costs necessary to complete any such acquisition.

We have filed a Registration Statement on Form 8-A with the SEC to voluntarily register our securities under Section 12 of the Exchange Act. As a result, we are subject to the rules and regulations promulgated under the Exchange Act. We have no current intention of filing a Form 15 to suspendmeet our reporting or other obligations under the Exchange Act prior or subsequent to the consummation of our initial business combination.as a public company.

 

We are an ‘‘“emerging growth company” and we cannot be certain if the reduced disclosure requirements applicable to emerging growth company,’’companies will result in significant savings.

We are an “emerging growth company” as defined in Section 2(a) of the SecuritiesJumpstart Our Business Startups Act (“JOBS Act”). For as modified by the JOBS Act. As such,long as we are eligible toremain an “emerging growth company,” we may take advantage of certain exemptions from various reporting requirements that are applicable to other public companies that are not ‘‘emerging“emerging growth companies’’ including, but not limited to, not being required to comply with the auditor attestation requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation in our periodic reports and proxy statements, and exemptions from the requirements of holding a non-binding advisory vote on executive compensation and stockholder approval of any golden parachute payments not previously approved. If some investors find our securities less attractive as a result, there may be a less active trading market for our securities and the prices of our securities may be more volatile. In addition, Section 107 of the JOBS Act also provides that an ‘‘emerging growth company’’ can take advantage of the extended transition period provided in Section 7(a)(2)(B) of the Securities Act for complying with new or revised accounting standards. In other words, an ‘‘emerging growth company’’ can delay the adoption of certain accounting standards until those standards would otherwise apply to private companies. We intend to take advantage of the benefits of this extended transition period.

We will remain an emerging“emerging growth companycompany” for up to five years or until thesuch earlier of: (i) the last day of the fiscal year (a) following the fifth anniversary of the completion of our initial public offering, (b) in which we have total annual gross revenue of at least $1.07 billion, or (c) in which we are deemed to be a large accelerated filer, which means the market value of our common stock that is held by non-affiliates exceeds $700 million as of the prior June 30th; and (ii) the date on which we have issued more than $1.0 billion in non-convertible debt securities during the prior three-year period. References herein to ‘‘emerging growth company’’ shall have the meaning associated with it in the JOBS Act.

23

Legal Proceedings

There is no material litigation, arbitration or governmental proceeding currently pending against us or any members of our management team in their capacity as such.

Item 1A.

RISK FACTORS

You should carefully consider all of the risks described below, together with the other information contained in this report, including the financial statements. If any of the following events occur, our business, financial condition and operating results may be materially and adversely affected. In that event, the trading price of our securities could decline, and you could lose all or part of your investment. The risk factors described below are not necessarily exhaustive and you are encouraged to perform your own investigation with respect to us and our business.

We are an early stage company with no operating history and no revenues, and you have no basis on which to evaluate our ability to achieve our business objective.

We are an early stage company with no operating results. Because we lack an operating history, you have no basis upon which to evaluate our ability to achieve our business objective of completing our initial business combination with one or more target businesses. We may be unable to complete our initial business combination. If we fail to complete our initial business combination, we will never generate any operating revenues.

If the net proceeds of our initial public offering not being held in the trust account and loans from Sponsor are insufficient, it could limit the amount available to complete our initial business combination and we may be unable to continue as a going concern.

Of the net proceeds of our initial public offering and advances, approximately $570,000 (as of December 31, 2017) was available to us outside the trust account to fund our working capital requirements. For the year ended December 31, 2017, we used cash of approximately $544,000 in operating activities. As of December 31, 2017, we had current liabilities of approximately $174,000, primarily representing amounts owed to lawyers, accountants and consultants who have advised us on matters related to a potential business combination. Funds in the trust account are not available for paying these costs absent an initial business combination. There can be no assurances that we will complete a business combination.

If we are required to seek additional capital, we would need to borrow funds from our sponsor, our management team or other third parties to operate or may be forced to liquidate. To date, we have not received any advances from our sponsor or directors to finance transaction costs in connection with a business combination. Neither our sponsor, members of our management team nor any of their affiliates are under any obligation to advance funds to us in such circumstances. Accordingly, we may not be able to obtain additional financing. Any such loans and advances would be repaid only from funds held outside the trust account or from funds released to us upon completion of our initial business combination. If we are unable to raise additional capital, we may be required to take additional measures to conserve liquidity, which could include, but not necessarily be limited to, suspending the pursuit of a potential transaction. We cannot provide any assurance that new financing will be available to us on commercially acceptable terms, if at all. These conditions raise substantial doubt about our ability to continue as a going concern. The financial statements included herein do not include any adjustments relating to the recovery of the recorded assets or the classification of the liabilities that might be necessary should we be unable to continue as a going concern. If we are unable to complete our initial business combination because we do not have sufficient funds available to us, we will be forced to cease operations and liquidate the trust account. Consequently, our public shareholders may only receive approximately $10.05 per share on our redemption of our public shares.

24

Past performance by MatlinPatterson and our management team may not be indicative of future performance of an investment in us.

Information regarding performance by, or businesses associated with, MatlinPatterson and our management team is presented for informational purposes only. Any past acquisition experience of MatlinPatterson or our management team is not a guarantee either: (i) that we will be able to locate a suitable candidate for our initial business combination; or (ii) of any results with respect to any initial business combination we may consummate. You should not rely on the historical record of MatlinPatterson’s or our management team’s performance as indicative of the future performance of an investment in us or the returns we will, or are likely to, generate going forward. None of our officers or directors has had experience with special purpose acquisition corporations in the past.

Our public stockholders may not be afforded an opportunity to vote on our proposed initial business combination, which means we may complete our initial business combination even though a majority of our public stockholders do not support such a combination.

We may not hold a stockholder vote to approve our initial business combination unless the business combination would require stockholder approval under applicable law or stock exchange listing requirements or if we decide to hold a stockholder vote for business or other legal reasons. For instance, the NASDAQ rules currently allow us to engage in a tender offer in lieu of a stockholder meeting but would still require us to obtain stockholder approval if we were seeking to issue more than 20% of our outstanding shares to a target business as consideration in any business combination. Therefore, if we were structuring a business combination that required us to issue more than 20% of our outstanding shares, we would seek stockholder approval of such business combination. However, except for as required by law, the decision as to whether we will seek stockholder approval of a proposed business combination or will allow stockholders to sell their shares to us in a tender offer will be made by us, solely in our discretion, and will be based on a variety of factors, such as the timing of the transaction and whether the terms of the transaction would otherwise require us to seek stockholder approval. Accordingly, we may consummate our initial business combination even if holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of our common stock do not approve of the business combination we consummate. Please see the section of this report entitled ‘‘Business — Stockholders May Not Have the Ability to Approve Our Initial Business Combination’’ for additional information.

If we seek stockholder approval of our initial business combination, our initial stockholders, officers and directors have agreed to vote in favor of such initial business combination, regardless of how our public stockholders vote.

Unlike many other blank check companies in which the initial stockholders agree to vote their founder shares in accordance with the majority of the votes cast by the public stockholders in connection with an initial business combination, our initial stockholders have agreed, pursuant to a written agreement, to vote their founder shares, as well as any public shares purchased during or after our initial public offering, in favor of our initial business combination; as a result, we would need only 12,187,501 of the 32,500,000 public shares, or 37.5%, sold in our initial public offering to be voted in favor of a transaction in order to have our initial business combination approved. Our initial stockholders, directors and officers have entered into a letter agreement with respect to public shares acquired by them (if any) following our initial public offering. Our initial stockholders own 20% of our outstanding shares of common stock. Accordingly, if we seek stockholder approval of our initial business combination, it is more likely that the necessary stockholder approval will be received than would be the case if our initial stockholders agreed to vote their founder shares in accordance with the majority of the votes cast by our public stockholders.

Your only opportunity to affect the investment decision regarding our initial business combination will be limited to the exercise of your right to redeem your shares from us for cash, unless we seek stockholder approval of the business combination.

You may not be provided with an opportunity to evaluate the specific merits or risks of one or more target businesses. Since our board of directors may complete a business combination without seeking stockholder approval, public stockholders may not have the right or opportunity to vote on the business combination, unless we seek such stockholder vote. Accordingly, if we do not seek stockholder approval, your only opportunity to affect the investment decision regarding our initial business combination may be limited to exercising your redemption rights within the period of time (which will be at least 20 business days) set forth in our tender offer documents mailed to our public stockholders in which we describe our initial business combination.

25

The ability of our public stockholders to redeem their shares for cash may make our financial condition unattractive to potential business combination targets, which may make it difficult for us to enter into a business combination with a target.

We may seek to enter into a business combination transaction agreement with a prospective target that requires as a closing condition that we have a minimum net worth or a certain amount of cash. If too many public stockholders exercise their redemption rights, we would not be able to meet such closing condition and, as a result, would not be able to proceed with the business combination. Furthermore, in no event will we redeem our public shares in an amount that would cause our net tangible assets to be less than $5,000,001 (after payment of the underwriter’s deferred commissions) at the consummation of our initial business combination (so that we are not subject to the SEC’s ‘‘penny stock’’ rules) or any greater net tangible asset or cash requirement which may be contained in the agreement relating to our initial business combination. Consequently, if accepting all properly submitted redemption requests would cause our net tangible assets to be less than $5,000,001 (after payment of the underwriter’s deferred commissions) at the consummation of our initial business combination or such greater amount necessary to satisfy a closing condition as described above, we would not proceed with such redemption and the related business combination and may instead search for an alternate business combination. Prospective targets will be aware of these risks and, thus, may be reluctant to enter into a business combination transaction with us.

The ability of our public stockholders to exercise redemption rights with respect to a large number of our shares may not allow us to complete the most desirable business combination or optimize our capital structure.

At the time we enter into an agreement for our initial business combination, we will not know how many stockholders may exercise their redemption rights and, therefore, will need to structure the transaction based on our expectations as to the number of shares that will be submitted for redemption. If our initial business combination agreement requires us to use a portion of the cash in the trust account to pay the purchase price or requires us to have a minimum amount of cash at closing, we will need to reserve a portion of the cash in the trust account to meet such requirements or arrange for third-party financing. In addition, if a larger number of shares are submitted for redemption than we initially expected, we may need to restructure the transaction to reserve a greater portion of the cash in the trust account or arrange for third party financing. Raising additional third-party financing may involve dilutive equity issuances or the incurrence of indebtedness at higher than desirable levels. The above considerations may limit our ability to complete the most desirable business combination available to us or optimize our capital structure. The amount of the deferred underwriting commissions payable to the underwriter will not be adjusted for any shares that are redeemed in connection with a business combination. The per-share amount we will distribute to stockholders who properly exercise their redemption rights will not be reduced by the deferred underwriting commission and after such redemptions, the per-share value of shares held by non-redeeming stockholders will reflect our obligation to pay the deferred underwriting commissions.

The ability of our public stockholders to exercise redemption rights with respect to a large number of our shares could increase the probability that our initial business combination would be unsuccessful and that you would have to wait for liquidation in order to redeem your stock.

If our business combination agreement requires us to use a portion of the cash in the trust account to pay the purchase price or requires us to have a minimum amount of cash at closing, the probability that our initial business combination would be unsuccessful is increased. If our initial business combination is unsuccessful, you would not receive your pro rata portion of the trust account until we liquidate the trust account. If you are in need of immediate liquidity, you could attempt to sell your stock in the open market; however, at such time our stock may trade at a discount to the pro rata amount per share in the trust account. In either situation, you may suffer a material loss on your investment or lose the benefit of funds expected in connection with our redemption until we liquidate or you are able to sell your stock in the open market.

26

The requirement that we complete our initial business combination within the prescribed time frame may give potential target businesses leverage over us in negotiating a business combination and may limit the time we have in which to conduct due diligence on potential business combination targets as we approach the end of the 24 month period from the closing of our initial public offering, which could undermine our ability to complete our initial business combination on terms that would produce value for our stockholders.

Any potential target business with which we enter into negotiations concerning a business combination will be aware that we must complete our initial business combination within 24 months from the closing of our initial public offering. Consequently, such target business may obtain leverage over us in negotiating a business combination, knowing that if we do not complete our initial business combination with that particular target business, we may be unable to complete our initial business combination with any target business. This risk will increase as we get closer to the timeframe described above. In addition, we may have limited time to conduct due diligence and may enter into our initial business combination on terms that we would have rejected upon a more comprehensive investigation.

We may not be able to complete our initial business combination within the prescribed time frame, in which case we would cease all operations except for the purpose of winding up and we would redeem our public shares and liquidate.

Our sponsor, directors and officers have agreed that we must complete our initial business combination within 24 months from the closing of our initial public offering. We may not be able to find a suitable target business and complete our initial business combination within such time period. If we have not completed our initial business combination within such time period, we will: (i) cease all operations except for the purpose of winding up; (ii) as promptly as reasonably possible but not more than 10 business days thereafter, redeem the public shares, at a per share price, payable$1.07 billion in cash, equal to the aggregate amount then on depositannual revenues, have more than $700 million in the trust account, including interest (which interest shall be net of taxes payable, and less up to $100,000 of interest to pay dissolution expenses), divided by the number of then outstanding public shares, which redemption will completely extinguish public stockholders’ rights as stockholders (including the right to receive further liquidating distributions, if any), subject to applicable law; and (iii) as promptly as reasonably possible following such redemption, subject to the approval of our remaining stockholders and our board of directors, dissolve and liquidate, subject in each case to our obligations under Delaware law to provide for claims of creditors and the requirements of other applicable law.

If we seek stockholder approval of our initial business combination, our sponsor, directors, officers, advisors or any of their affiliates may elect to purchase shares from public stockholders, which may influence a vote on a proposed business combination and reduce the public ‘‘float’’ of our common stock.

If we seek stockholder approval of our initial business combination and we do not conduct redemptions in connection with our initial business combination pursuant to the tender offer rules, our sponsor, directors, officers, advisors or any of their affiliates may purchase public shares in privately negotiated transactions or in the open market either prior to or following the completion of our initial business combination, although they are under no obligation to do so. Such a purchase may include a contractual acknowledgement that such public stockholder, although still the record holder of our shares is no longer the beneficial owner thereof and therefore agrees not to exercise its redemption rights. In the event that our sponsor, directors, officers, advisors or any of their affiliates purchase public shares in privately negotiated transactions from public stockholders who have already elected to exercise their redemption rights, such selling public stockholders would be required to revoke their prior elections to redeem their shares. The purpose of such purchases would be to vote such shares in favor of the business combination and thereby increase the likelihood of obtaining stockholder approval of our initial business combination or to satisfy a closing condition in an agreement with a target that requires us to have a minimum net worth or a certain amount of cash at the closing of our initial business combination, where it appears that such requirement would otherwise not be met. This may result in the completion of our initial business combination that may not otherwise have been possible. Any such purchases will be reported pursuant to Section 13 and Section 16 of the Exchange Act to the extent such purchasers are subject to such reporting requirements. See ‘‘Business — Permitted purchases of our securities’’ for a description of how our sponsor, directors, officers, advisors or any of their affiliates will select which stockholders to purchase securities from in any private transaction.

In addition, if such purchases are made, the public ‘‘float’’ of our common stock and the number of beneficial holders of our securities may be reduced, possibly making it difficult to maintain or obtain the quotation, listing or trading of our securities on a national securities exchange.

27

If a stockholder fails to receive notice of our offer to redeem our public shares in connection with our initial business combination, or fails to comply with the procedures for tendering its shares, such shares may not be redeemed.

We will comply with the tender offer rules or proxy rules, as applicable, when conducting redemptions in connection with our initial business combination. Despite our compliance with these rules, if a stockholder fails to receive our tender offer or proxy materials, as applicable, such stockholder may not become aware of the opportunity to redeem its shares. In addition, the tender offer documents or proxy materials, as applicable, that we will furnish to holders of our public shares in connection with our initial business combination will describe the various procedures that must be complied with in order to validly tender or redeem public shares. In the event that a stockholder fails to comply with these procedures, its shares may not be redeemed. See ‘‘Business — Business Strategy — Tendering stock certificates in connection with a tender offer or redemption rights.’’

You will not have any rights or interests in funds from the trust account, except under certain limited circumstances. To liquidate your investment, therefore, you may be forced to sell your public shares or warrants, potentially at a loss.

Our public stockholders will be entitled to receive funds from the trust account only upon the earlier to occur of: (i) the completion of our initial business combination; (ii) the redemption of any public shares properly tendered in connection with a stockholder vote to amend our amended and restated certificate of incorporation to modify the substance or timing of our obligation to redeem 100% of our public shares if we do not complete our initial business combination within 24 months from the closing of our initial public offering and (iii) the redemption of all of our public shares if we are unable to complete our initial business combination within 24 months from the closing of our initial public offering, subject to applicable law and as further described herein.

In no other circumstances will a public stockholder have any right or interest of any kind in the trust account. Accordingly, to liquidate your investment, you may be forced to sell your public shares or warrants, potentially at a loss.

NASDAQ may delist our securities from trading on its exchange, which could limit investors’ ability to make transactions in our securities and subject us to additional trading restrictions.

Our units, Class A common stock and warrants are listed on NASDAQ. Although we currently meet the minimum initial listing standards set forth in the NASDAQ listing standards, we cannot assure you that our securities will continue to be listed on NASDAQ in the future or prior to our initial business combination. In order to continue listing our securities on NASDAQ prior to our initial business combination, we must maintain certain financial, distribution and stock price levels. In general, we must maintain a minimum amount in stockholder’s equity (generally $2,500,000) and a minimum number of holders of our securities (generally 300 round-lot holders). Additionally, in connection with our initial business combination, we will be required to demonstrate compliance with NASDAQ’s initial listing requirements, which are more rigorous than NASDAQ’s continued listing requirements, in order to continue to maintain the listing of our securities on NASDAQ. For instance, our stock price would generally be required to be at least $4 per share and our stockholder’s equity would generally be required to be at least $5 million. We cannot assure you that we will be able to meet those initial listing requirements at that time.

If NASDAQ delists any of our securities from trading on its exchange and we are not able to list such securities on another national securities exchange, we expect such securities could be quoted on an over-the-counter market. If this were to occur, we could face significant material adverse consequences, including:

a limited availability of market quotations for our securities;

reduced liquidity for our securities;

a determination that our Class A common stock is a ‘‘penny stock’’ which will require brokers trading in our Class A common stock to adhere to more stringent rules and possibly result in a reduced level of trading activity in the secondary trading market for our securities;

a limited amount of news and analyst coverage; and

a decreased ability to issue additional securities or obtain additional financing in the future.

28

The National Securities Markets Improvement Act of 1996, which is a federal statute, prevents or preempts the states from regulating the sale of certain securities, which are referred to as ‘‘covered securities.’’ Because we our units, Class A common stock and warrants are listed on NASDAQ, these securities qualify as covered securities under such statute. Although the states are preempted from regulating the sale of our securities, the federal statute does allow the states to investigate companies if there is a suspicion of fraud, and, if there is a finding of fraudulent activity, then the states can regulate or bar the sale of covered securities in a particular case. While we are not aware of a state having used these powers to prohibit or restrict the sale of securities issued by blank check companies, other than the State of Idaho, certain state securities regulators view blank check companies unfavorably and might use these powers, or threaten to use these powers, to hinder the sale of securities of blank check companies in their states. Further, if we were no longer listed on NASDAQ, our securities would not qualify as covered securities under such statute and we would be subject to regulation in each state in which we offer our securities.

Our stockholders are not be entitled to protections normally afforded to investors of many other blank check companies.

Since the net proceeds of our initial public offering and the sale of the private placement warrants are intended to be used to complete an initial business combination with a target business that has not been identified, we may be deemed to be a ‘‘blank check’’ company under the U.S. securities laws. However, because we have net tangible assets in excess of $5,000,000, we are exempt from rules promulgated by the SEC to protect investors in blank check companies, such as Rule 419. Accordingly, investors will not be afforded the benefits or protections of those rules. Among other things, this means our units are tradable and we have a longer period of time to complete our initial business combination than do companies subject to Rule 419. Moreover, that rule would prohibit the release of any interest earned on funds held in the trust account to us unless and until the funds in the trust account were released to us in connection with our completion of our initial business combination.

If we seek stockholder approval of our initial business combination and we do not conduct redemptions pursuant to the tender offer rules, and if you or a ‘‘group’’ of stockholders are deemed to hold in excess of 20%value of our Class A common stock held by non-affiliates, or issue more than $1.0 billion of non-convertible debt over a three-year period. Further, there is no guarantee that the exemptions available to us under the JOBS Act will result in significant savings. To the extent we choose not to use exemptions from various reporting requirements under the JOBS Act, we may incur additional compliance costs, which may impact earnings and result in further diversion of management time and attention from revenue-generating activities.

An active, liquid, and orderly trading market for our securities may not be maintained, which could adversely affect the liquidity and price of our securities.

An active, liquid, and orderly trading market for our securities may not be maintained. Active, liquid, and orderly trading markets usually result in less price volatility and more efficiency in carrying out investors’ purchase and sale orders. The market price of our securities could vary significantly because of several factors, some of which are beyond our control. In the event of a drop in the market price of our securities, you willcould lose a substantial portion or all your investment in our securities.

The following factors could affect the abilityprice of our securities:

quarterly variations in our financial and operating results;

public reaction to our press releases, our other public announcements and our filings with the SEC;

strategic actions by our competitors;

the failure of securities or industry analysts to cover our securities or publish research or reports about us, our business, or our market;

changes in revenue or earnings estimates, or changes in recommendations or withdrawal of research coverage, by equity research analysts;

speculation in the press or investment community;

sales of our securities by us or our stockholders, or the perception that such sales may occur;

the volume of our securities available for public sale;

changes in accounting principles, policies, guidance, interpretations or standards;

additions or departures of key management personnel;

actions by our stockholders;

general market conditions, including fluctuations in commodity prices;

domestic and international economic, legal, and regulatory factors unrelated to our performance; and

the realization of any risks described under this “Risk Factors” section.

The stock markets in general have experienced extreme volatility that has often been unrelated to redeem all such sharesthe operating performance of companies. These broad market fluctuations may adversely affect the trading price of our securities. Securities class action litigation has often been instituted against companies following periods of volatility in excessthe overall market and in the market


price of 20%a company’s securities. Such litigation, if instituted against us, could result in very substantial costs, divert our management’s attention and resources, and harm our business, operating results, and financial condition.

Future sales or the availability for sale of substantial amounts of our Class A common stock.

If we seek stockholder approvalstock, or the perception that these sales may occur, could adversely affect the trading price of our initial business combinationClass A common stock and we do not conduct redemptions in connection with our initial business combination pursuant to the tender offer rules, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation provides that a public stockholder, together with any affiliate of such stockholder or any other person with whom such stockholder is acting in concert or as a ‘‘group’’ (as defined under Section 13 of the Exchange Act), will be restricted from seeking redemption rights with respect to more than an aggregate of 20% of the shares sold in our initial offering, which we refer to as the ‘‘Excess Shares.’’ However, we would not be restricting our stockholders’ ability to vote all of their shares (including Excess Shares) for or against our initial business combination. Your inability to redeem the Excess Shares will reduce your influence overcould impair our ability to complete our initial business combination and you could suffer a material loss on your investment in us if you sell Excess Shares in open market transactions. Additionally, you will not receive redemption distributions with respect to the Excess Shares if we complete our initial business combination. And as a result, you will continue to hold that numberraise capital through future sales of shares exceeding 20% and, in order to dispose of such shares, would be required to sell your stock in open market transactions, potentially at a loss.

29

Because of our limited resources and the significant competition for business combination opportunities, it may be more difficult for us to complete our initial business combination. If we are unable to complete our initial business combination, our public stockholders may receive only their pro rata portion of the funds in the Trust Account that are available for distributions on our redemption, and our warrants will expire worthless.equity securities.

 

We have encounteredOur Second Amended and expectRestated Certificate of Incorporation (as amended, the “Second Amended and Restated Charter”) authorizes us to continue to encounter intense competition from other entities having a business objective similar to ours, including private investors (which may be individuals or investment partnerships), other blank check companies and other entities, domestic and international, competing for the types of businesses we intend to acquire. Many of these individuals and entities are well-established and have extensive experience in identifying and effecting, directly or indirectly, acquisitions of companies operating in or providing services to various industries. Many of these competitors possess greater technical, human and other resources or more local industry knowledge than we do and our financial resources will be relatively limited when contrasted with those of many of these competitors. While we believe there will be numerous target businesses we could potentially acquire with the net proceeds of our initial public offering and the sale of the private placement warrants, our ability to compete with respect to the acquisition of certain target businesses that are sizable will be limited by our available financial resources. This inherent competitive limitation gives others an advantage in pursuing the acquisition of certain target businesses. Furthermore, if we are obligated to pay cash for theissue 400,000,000 shares of Class A common stock, redeemedof which 72,515,342 shares were outstanding as of December 31, 2020, and in the event we seek stockholder approval10,000,000 shares of our initial business combination, we may make purchasespreferred stock, of our Classwhich 50,000 shares of Series A commonpreferred stock potentially reducing the resources available to us for our initial business combination. Anyand 22,050 shares of these obligations may place us at a competitive disadvantage in successfully negotiating and completing a business combination. If we are unable to complete our initial business combination, our public stockholders may receive only their pro rata portionSeries B preferred stock were outstanding as of December 31, 2020. The holders of the funds in the Trust Account that are available for distributions on our redemption, and our warrants will expire worthless.

If the net proceeds of our initial public offeringSeries A preferred stock and the sale of the private placement warrants not being held in the trust account are insufficient to allow us to operate for at least the next 24 months following our initial public offering, we may be unable to complete our initial business combination.

The funds available to us outside of the trust account may not be sufficient to allow us to operate until March 2019, assuming that our initial business combination is not completed during that time. We cannot assure you that our estimate is accurate. Of the funds available to us, we could use a portion of the funds available to us to pay fees to consultants to assist us with our search for a target business. We could also use a portion of the funds as a down payment or to fund a ‘‘no-shop’’ provision (a provision in letters of intent designed to keep target businesses from ‘‘shopping’’ around for transactions with other companies or investors on terms more favorable to such target businesses) with respect to a particular proposed business combination, although we do notSeries B preferred stock have any current intention to do so. If we entered into a letter of intent where we paid for the right to receive exclusivity from a target business and were subsequently required to forfeit such funds (whether as a result of our breachconvert all or otherwise), we might not have sufficient funds to continue searching for, or conduct due diligence with respect to, a target business. If we are unable to complete our initial business combination, our public stockholders may receive only their pro rataany portion of the funds in the Trust Account that are available for distributions on our redemption, and our warrants will expire worthless.

If the net proceedstheir shares of our initial public offering and the sale of the private placement warrants not being held in the trust account are insufficient, it could limit the amount available to fund our search for a target businessSeries A preferred stock or businesses and complete our initial business combination and we will depend on loans from our sponsor to fund our search, to pay our taxes and to complete our initial business combination. If we are unable to obtain these loans, we may be unable to complete our initial business combination.

Of the net proceeds of our initial public offering and the sale of the private placement warrants, only approximately $570,000 (as of December 31, 2017) are available to us outside the trust account to fund our working capital requirements. If we are required to seek additional capital, we would need to borrow funds from our sponsor or other third parties to operate or may be forced to liquidate. None of our sponsor, members of our management team nor any of their affiliates is under any obligation to advance funds to us in such circumstances. Any such advances would be repaid only from funds held outside the trust account or from funds released to us upon completion of our initial business combination. We do not expect to seek loans from parties other than our sponsor or an affiliate of our sponsorSeries B preferred stock, as we do not believe third parties will be willing to loan such funds and provide a waiver against any and all rights to seek access to funds in our trust account. If we are unable to obtain these loans, we may be unable to complete our initial business combination. If we are unable to complete our initial business combination, our public stockholders may receive only their pro rata portion of the funds in the Trust Account that are available for distributions on our redemption, and our warrants will expire worthless.

30

Subsequent to our completion of our initial business combination, we may be required to take write-downs or write-offs, restructuring and impairment or other charges that could have a significant negative effect on our financial condition, results of operations and the price of our securities, which could cause you to lose some or all of your investment.

Even if we conduct extensive due diligence on a target business with which we combine, we cannot assure you that this diligence will surface all material issues that may be present with a particular target business, that it would be possible to uncover all material issues through a customary amount of due diligence, or that factors outside of the target business and outside of our control will not later arise. As a result of these factors, we may be forced to later write-down or write-off assets, restructure our operations, or incur impairment or other charges that could result in our reporting losses. Even if our due diligence successfully identifies certain risks, unexpected risks may arise and previously known risks may materialize in a manner not consistent with our preliminary risk analysis. The fact that we report charges of this nature could contribute to negative market perceptions about us or our securities. In addition, charges of this nature may cause us to violate net worth or other covenants to which we may be subject as a result of assuming pre-existing debt held by a target business or by virtue of our obtaining post-combination debt financing. Accordingly, any stockholders who choose to remain stockholders following our initial business combination could suffer a reduction in the value of their securities. Such stockholders are unlikely to have a remedy for such reduction in value.

If third parties bring claims against us, the proceeds held in the trust account could be reduced and the per share redemption amount received by stockholders may be less than their pro rata portion of the funds in the Trust Account.

Our placing of funds in the trust account may not protect those funds from third-party claims against us. Although we have sought and will continue to seek to have all vendors, service providers, prospective target businesses or other entities with which we do business execute agreements with us waiving any right, title, interest or claim of any kind in or to any monies held in the trust account for the benefit of our public stockholders, such parties may not execute such agreements, or even if they execute such agreements they may not be prevented from bringing claims against the trust account, including, but not limited to, fraudulent inducement, breach of fiduciary responsibility or other similar claims, as well as claims challenging the enforceability of the waiver, in each case in order to gain advantage with respect to a claim against our assets, including the funds held in the trust account. If any third party refuses to execute an agreement waiving such claims to the monies held in the trust account, our management will perform an analysis of the alternatives available to it and will only enterapplicable, into an agreement with a third party that has not executed a waiver if management believes that such third party’s engagement would be significantly more beneficial to us than any alternative.

Examples of possible instances where we may engage a third party that refuses to execute a waiver include the engagement of a third party consultant whose particular expertise or skills are believed by management to be significantly superior to those of other consultants that would agree to execute a waiver or in cases where management is unable to find a service provider willing to execute a waiver. In addition, there is no guarantee that such entities will agree to waive any claims they may have in the future as a result of, or arising out of, any negotiations, contracts or agreements with us and will not seek recourse against the trust account for any reason. Upon redemption of our public shares, if we are unable to complete our initial business combination within the prescribed timeframe, or upon the exercise of a redemption right in connection with our initial business combination, we will be required to provide for payment of claims of creditors that were not waived that may be brought against us within the 10 years following redemption. Accordingly, the per share redemption amount received by public stockholders could be less than the $10.00 per share initially held in the trust account, due to claims of such creditors. Our sponsor has agreed that it will be liable to us if and to the extent any claims by a vendor for services rendered or products sold to us, or a prospective target business with which we have discussed entering into a transaction agreement, reduce the amount of funds in the trust account to below: (i) $10.00 per public share; or (ii) such lesser amount per public share held in the trust account as of the date of the liquidation of the trust account due to reductions in the value of the trust assets, in each case net of the interest which may be withdrawn to pay taxes, except as to any claims by a third party who executed a waiver of any and all rights to seek access to the trust account and except as to any claims under indemnity of the underwriter of our initial public offering against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act. Moreover, in the event that an executed waiver is deemed to be unenforceable against a third party, our sponsor will not be responsible to the extent of any liability for such third party claims. We have not independently verified whether our sponsor has sufficient funds to satisfy its indemnity obligations and we have not asked our sponsor to reserve for such indemnification obligations. We believe our sponsor’s only assets are securities of our company. Therefore, we cannot assure you that our sponsor would be able to satisfy those obligations.

31

Our directors may decide not to enforce the indemnification obligations of our sponsor, resulting in a reduction in the amount of funds in the trust account available for distribution to our public stockholders.

In the event that the proceeds in the trust account are reduced below the lesser of: (i) $10.00 per public share; or (ii) other than due to the failure to obtain such waiver such lesser amount per share held in the trust account as of the date of the liquidation of the trust account due to reductions in the value of the trust assets, in each case net of the interest which may be withdrawn to pay taxes, and our sponsor asserts that it is unable to satisfy its obligations or that it has no indemnification obligations related to a particular claim, our independent directors would determine whether to take legal action against our sponsor to enforce its indemnification obligations. While we currently expect that our independent directors would take legal action on our behalf against our sponsor to enforce its indemnification obligations to us, it is possible that our independent directors in exercising their business judgment may choose not to do so in certain instances. If our independent directors choose not to enforce these indemnification obligations, the amount of funds in the trust account available for distribution to our public stockholders may be reduced below $10.00 per share.

If, after we distribute the proceeds in the trust account to our public stockholders, we file a bankruptcy petition or an involuntary bankruptcy petition is filed against us that is not dismissed, a bankruptcy court may seek to recover or ‘‘clawback’’ such proceeds, and the members of our board of directors may be viewed as having breached their fiduciary duties to our creditors, thereby exposing the members of our board of directors and us to claims of punitive damages.

If, after we distribute the proceeds in the trust account to our public stockholders, we file a bankruptcy petition or an involuntary bankruptcy petition is filed against us that is not dismissed, any distributions received by stockholders could be viewed under applicable debtor/creditor and/or bankruptcy laws as either a ‘‘preferential transfer’’ or a ‘‘fraudulent conveyance.’’ As a result, a bankruptcy court could seek to recover some or all amounts received by our stockholders. In addition, our board of directors may be viewed as having breached its fiduciary duty to our creditors and/or having acted in bad faith by paying public stockholders from the trust account prior to addressing the claims of creditors, thereby exposing itself and us to claims of punitive damages.

If, before distributing the proceeds in the trust account to our public stockholders, we file a bankruptcy petition or an involuntary bankruptcy petition is filed against us that is not dismissed, the claims of creditors in such proceeding may have priority over the claims of our stockholders and the per share amount that would otherwise be received by our stockholders in connection with our liquidation may be reduced.

If, before distributing the proceeds in the trust account to our public stockholders, we file a bankruptcy petition or an involuntary bankruptcy petition is filed against us that is not dismissed, the proceeds held in the trust account could be subject to applicable bankruptcy law, and may be included in our bankruptcy estate and subject to the claims of third parties with priority over the claims of our stockholders. To the extent any bankruptcy claims deplete the trust account, the per share amount that would otherwise be received by our public stockholders in connection with our liquidation would be reduced.

If we are deemed to be an investment company under the Investment Company Act, we may be required to institute burdensome compliance requirements and our activities may be restricted, which may make it difficult for us to complete our initial business combination.

If we are deemed to be an investment company under the Investment Company Act, our activities may be restricted, including:

32

restrictions on the nature of our investments; and

restrictions on the issuance of securities; each of which may make it difficult for us to complete our initial business combination.

In addition, we may have imposed upon us burdensome requirements, including:

registration as an investment company with the SEC;

adoption of a specific form of corporate structure; and

reporting, record keeping, voting, proxy and disclosure requirements and compliance with other rules and regulations that we are currently not subject to.

In order not to be regulated as an investment company under the Investment Company Act, unless we can qualify for an exclusion, we must ensure that we are engaged primarily in a business other than investing, reinvesting or trading in securities and that our activities do not include investing, reinvesting, owning, holding or trading ‘‘investment securities’’ constituting more than 40% of our total assets (exclusive of U.S. government securities and cash items) on an unconsolidated basis. Our business is to identify and complete a business combination and thereafter to operate the post-transaction business or assets for the long term. We do not plan to buy businesses or assets with a view to resale or profit from their resale. We do not plan to buy unrelated businesses or assets or to be a passive investor. We do not believe that our principal activities will subject us to the Investment Company Act. The proceeds held in the trust account may be invested by the trustee only in U.S. government treasury bills with a maturity of 180 days or less or in money market funds investing solely in U.S. treasuries and meeting certain conditions under Rule 2a-7 under the Investment Company Act. Because the investment of the proceeds will be restricted to these instruments, we believe we will meet the requirements for the exemption provided in Rule 3a-1 promulgated under the Investment Company Act. If we were deemed to be subject to the Investment Company Act, compliance with these additional regulatory burdens would require additional expenses for which we have not allotted funds and may hinder our ability to consummate our initial business combination. If we are unable to complete our initial business combination, our public stockholders may receive only their pro rata portion of the funds in the Trust Account that are available for distributions on our redemption, and our warrants will expire worthless.

Changes in laws or regulations, or a failure to comply with any laws and regulations, may adversely affect our business, including our ability to negotiate and complete our initial business combination, and results of operations.

We are subject to laws and regulations enacted by national, regional and local governments. In particular, we will be required to comply with certain SEC and other legal requirements. Compliance with, and monitoring of, applicable laws and regulations may be difficult, time consuming and costly. Those laws and regulations and their interpretation and application may also change from time to time and those changes could have a material adverse effect on our business, investments and results of operations. In addition, a failure to comply with applicable laws or regulations, as interpreted and applied, could have a material adverse effect on our business, including our ability to negotiate and complete our initial business combination, and results of operations.

Our stockholders may be held liable for claims by third parties against us to the extent of distributions received by them upon redemption of their shares.

Under the DGCL, stockholders may be held liable for claims by third parties against a corporation to the extent of distributions received by them in a dissolution. The pro rata portion of our trust account distributed to our public stockholders upon the redemption of our public shares in the event we do not complete our initial business combination within 24 months from the closing of our initial public offering may be considered a liquidating distribution under Delaware law. If a corporation complies with certain procedures set forth in Section 280 of the DGCL intended to ensure that it makes reasonable provision for all claims against it, including a 60-day notice period during which any third-party claims can be brought against the corporation, a 90-day period during which the corporation may reject any claims brought, and an additional 150-day waiting period before any liquidating distributions are made to stockholders, any liability of stockholders with respect to a liquidating distribution is limited to the lesser of such stockholder’s pro rata share of the claim or the amount distributed to the stockholder, and any liability of the stockholder would be barred after the third anniversary of the dissolution. However, it is our intention to redeem our public shares as soon as reasonably possible following the 24thmonth from the closing of our initial public offering in the event we do not complete our initial business combination and, therefore, we do not intend to comply with those procedures.

33

Because we do not intend to comply with Section 280, Section 281(b) of the DGCL requires us to adopt a plan, based on facts known to us at such time that will provide for our payment of all existing and pending claims or claims that may be potentially brought against us within the 10 years following our dissolution. However, because we are a blank check company, rather than an operating company, and our operations will be limited to searching for prospective target businesses to acquire, the only likely claims to arise would be from our vendors (such as lawyers, investment bankers, consultants, etc.) or prospective target businesses. If our plan of distribution complies with Section 281(b) of the DGCL, any liability of stockholders with respect to a liquidating distribution is limited to the lesser of such stockholder’s pro rata share of the claim or the amount distributed to the stockholder, and any liability of the stockholder would likely be barred after the third anniversary of the dissolution. We cannot assure you that we will properly assess all claims that may be potentially brought against us. As such, our stockholders could potentially be liable for any claims to the extent of distributions received by them (but no more) and any liability of our stockholders may extend beyond the third anniversary of such date. Furthermore, if the pro rata portion of our trust account distributed to our public stockholders upon the redemption of our public shares in the event we do not complete our initial business combination within 24 months from the closing of our initial public offering is not considered a liquidating distribution under Delaware law and such redemption distribution is deemed to be unlawful, then pursuant to Section 174 of the DGCL, the statute of limitations for claims of creditors could then be six years after the unlawful redemption distribution, instead of three years, as in the case of a liquidating distribution.

We may not hold an annual meeting of stockholders until after we consummate our initial business combination and you will not be entitled to any of the corporate protections provided by such a meeting.

We may not hold an annual meeting of stockholders until after we consummate our initial business combination (unless required by NASDAQ) and thus may not be in compliance with Section 211(b) of the DGCL, which requires an annual meeting of stockholders be held for the purposes of electing directors in accordance with a company’s bylaws unless such election is made by written consent in lieu of such a meeting. Therefore, if our stockholders want us to hold an annual meeting prior to our consummation of our initial business combination, they may attempt to force us to hold one by submitting an application to the Delaware Court of Chancery in accordance with Section 211(c) of the DGCL.

We have not registered the shares of Class A common stock issuable upon exercisestock. In addition, as of the warrants under the Securities Act or any state securities laws at this time, and such registration may not be in place when an investor desires to exercise warrants, thus precluding such investor from being able to exercise its warrants except on a ‘‘cashless basis’’ and potentially causing suchDecember 31, 2020, warrants to expire worthless.

We have not registered the shares of Class A common stock issuable upon exercise of the warrants under the Securities Act or any state securities laws at this time. However, under the terms of the warrant agreement, we have agreed, as soon as practicable, but in no event later than 15 business days after the closing of our initial business combination,purchase up to use our best efforts to file, and within 60 business days after the closing of our initial business combination have effective, a registration statement under the Securities Act covering the issuance of such shares and maintain a current prospectus relating to the Class A common stock issuable upon exercise of the warrants, until the expiration of the warrants in accordance with the provisions of the warrant agreement. We cannot assure you that we will be able to do so if, for example, any facts or events arise which represent a fundamental change in the information set forth in the registration statement or prospectus, the financial statements contained or incorporated by reference therein are not current, complete or correct or the SEC issues a stop order. If the shares issuable upon exercise of the warrants are not registered under the Securities Act, we will be required to permit holders to exercise their warrants on a cashless basis. However, no warrant will be exercisable for cash or on a cashless basis, and we will not be obligated to issue any shares to holders seeking to exercise their warrants, unless the issuance of the shares upon such exercise is registered or qualified under the securities laws of the state of the exercising holder or an exemption from registration is available. Notwithstanding the above, if our Class A common stock is at the time of any exercise of a warrant not listed on a national securities exchange such that it satisfies the definition of a ‘‘covered security’’ under Section 18(b)(1) of the Securities Act, we may, at our option, require holders of public warrants who exercise their warrants to do so on a ‘‘cashless basis’’ in accordance with Section 3(a)(9) of the Securities Act and, in the event we so elect, we will not be required to file or maintain in effect a registration statement, but we will use our best efforts to register or qualify the shares under applicable blue sky laws to the extent an exemption is not available. In no event will we be required to net cash settle any warrant, or issue securities or other compensation in exchange for the warrants in the event that we are unable to register or qualify the shares underlying the warrants under applicable state securities laws. If the issuance of the shares upon exercise of the warrants is not so registered or qualified or exempt from registration or qualification, the holder of such warrant shall not be entitled to exercise such warrant and such warrant may have no value and expire worthless. In such event, holders who acquired their warrants as part of a purchase of units will have paid the full unit purchase price solely for the shares of Class A common stock included in the units. If and when the warrants become redeemable by us, we may exercise our redemption right even if we are unable to register or qualify the underlying shares of Class A common stock for sale under all applicable state securities laws.

34

The grant of registration rights to our sponsor and its permitted transferees may make it more difficult to complete our initial business combination, and the future exercise of such rights may adversely affect the market price of our Class A common stock.

Pursuant to an agreement to be entered into concurrently with the issuance and sale of the securities in our initial public offering, our sponsor and its permitted transferees can demand that we register the resale of their founder shares after those shares convert to14,428,150 shares of our Class A common stock at the timewere outstanding and immediately exercisable.

A large percentage of our initial business combination. In addition, our sponsorshares of common stock are held by a relatively small number of investors. We entered into registration rights agreements with certain of those investors in connection with the Transaction and its permitted transferees can demand that we registerin connection with their subsequent purchase of Series A preferred stock and the resaleissuance of the private placement warrants andSeries B preferred stock pursuant to which we have filed registration statements with the SEC to facilitate potential future sales of such shares by them.

We may issue shares of our Class A common stock issuable upon exerciseor other securities from time to time pursuant to our at the market offering or as consideration for future acquisitions and investments. We may issue a significant number of the private placement warrants, and holdersshares of warrants that may be issued upon conversion of working capital loans may demand that we register the resale of such warrants or theour Class A common stock issuable upon exercise of such warrants. We will bearin the cost of registering these securities. The registrationat the market offering and, availability of such aadditionally, if any future acquisition or investment is significant, the number of shares of our Class A common stock, or amount, as the case may be, of other securities for tradingthat we may issue in connection with such acquisition or investment may in turn be substantial. We may also grant registration rights covering those shares of our Class A common stock or other securities in connection with any such acquisitions and investments.

We cannot predict the public market mayeffect that future sales of our Class A common stock will have an adverseon the price at which our Class A common stock trades or the size of future issuances of our Class A common stock or the effect, if any, that future issuances will have on the market price of our Class A common stock. In addition,Sales of substantial amounts of our Class A common stock, or the existence ofperception that such sales could occur, may adversely affect the registration rights may make our initial business combination more costly or difficult to complete. This is because the stockholders of the target business may increase the equity stake they seek in the combined entity or ask for more cash consideration to offset the negative impact on the markettrading price of our Class A common stock that is expected when the common stock and private placement warrants owned bycould impair our sponsorability to raise capital through a future sale of, or holderspay for acquisitions using, our equity securities.

Certain of our working capital loans or their respective permitted transferees are registered for resale.principal stockholders have significant influence over us.

 

Because we are neither limited to evaluating target businesses in a particular industry nor have we identified any specific target businesses with which to pursue our initial business combination, you will be unable to ascertain the merits or risks of any particular target business’s operations.

While we are targeting a business with exposure to or operating in the commodity and specialty chemicals, exploration and production, metals and mining, materials, power generation, transportation and infrastructure, refining, financial institutions, specialty lending, healthcare and insurance sectors, we may seek to complete a business combination with an operating company in any industry or sector, but we will not, under our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, be permitted to effectuate our initial business combination with another blank check company or similar company with nominal operations. To the extent we complete our initial business combination, we may be affected by numerous risks inherent in the business operations with which we combine. For example, if we combine with a financially unstable business or an entity lacking an established record of sales or earnings, we may be affected by the risks inherent in the business and operations of a financially unstable or a development stage entity. Although our officers and directors will endeavor to evaluate the risks inherent in a particular target business, we cannot assure you that we will properly ascertain or assess all of the significant risk factors or that we will have adequate time to complete due diligence. Furthermore, some of these risks may be outsideA large percentage of our control and leave us with no ability to control or reduce the chances that those risks will adversely impact a target business. We also cannot assure you that an investment in our units will ultimately prove to be more favorable to investors than a direct investment, if such opportunity were available, in a business combination target. Accordingly, any stockholders who choose to remain stockholders following our initial business combination could suffer a reduction in the value of their shares. Such stockholders are unlikely to have a remedy for such reduction in value unless they are able to successfully claim that the reduction was due to the breach by our officers or directors of a duty of care or other fiduciary duty owed to them, or if they are able to successfully bring a private claim under securities laws that the tender offer materials or proxy statement relating to the business combination contained an actionable material misstatement or material omission.

35

Target businesses in the commodity and specialty chemicals, exploration and production, metals and mining, materials, power generation, transportation and infrastructure, refining, financial institutions, specialty lending, healthcare and insurance sectors are subject to special considerations and risks.

Business combinations with companies that have exposure to or operate in the commodity and specialty chemicals, exploration and production, metals and mining, materials, power generation, transportation and infrastructure, refining, financial institutions, specialty lending, healthcare or insurance sectors entail special considerations and risks. For example, businesses with operations in these sectors are exposed to volatility in commodity prices, high capital investment, increased borrowing costs, general economic conditions and the impact of terrorist events and natural disasters. No assurance can be given that if we effect a business combination with a company that has exposure to or operates in these sectors such company will successfully be able to address the challenges to which businesses in these sectors are subject.

We may seek acquisition opportunities in companies that may be outside of our management’s areas of expertise.

While we will initially target a business with exposure to or operating in the commodity and specialty chemicals, exploration and production, metals and mining, materials, power generation, transportation and infrastructure, refining, financial institutions, specialty lending, healthcare or insurance sectors, we will consider a business combination outside of our management’s areas of expertise if such business combination candidate is presented to us and we determine that such candidate offers an attractive acquisition opportunity for our company. Although our management will endeavor to evaluate the risks inherent in any particular business combination candidate, we cannot assure you that we will adequately ascertain or assess all of the significant risk factors. We also cannot assure you that an investment in our units will not ultimately prove to be less favorable to investors in our initial public offering than a direct investment, if an opportunity were available, in a business combination candidate. In the event we elect to pursue an acquisition outside of the areas of our management’s expertise, our management’s expertise may not be directly applicable to its evaluation or operation, and the information contained in this report regarding the areas of our management’s expertise would not be relevant to an understanding of the business that we elect to acquire. As a result, our management may not be able to adequately ascertain or assess all of the significant risk factors. Accordingly, any stockholders who choose to remain stockholders following such business combination could suffer a reduction in the value of their shares. Such stockholders are unlikely to have a remedy for such reduction in value unless they are able to successfully claim that the reduction was due to the breach by our officers or directors of a duty of care or other fiduciary duty owed to them, or if they are able to successfully bring a private claim under securities laws that the tender offer materials or proxy statement relating to the business combination contained an actionable material misstatement or material omission.

Although we have identified general criteria and guidelines that we believe are important in evaluating prospective target businesses, we may enter into our initial business combination with a target that does not meet such criteria and guidelines, and as a result, the target business with which we enter into our initial business combination may not have attributes entirely consistent with our general criteria and guidelines.

Although we have identified general criteria and guidelines for evaluating prospective target businesses, it is possible that a target business with which we enter into our initial business combination will not have all of these positive attributes. If we complete our initial business combination with a target that does not meet some or all of these guidelines, such combination may not be as successful as a combination with a business that does meet all of our general criteria and guidelines. In addition, if we announce a prospective business combination with a target that does not meet our general criteria and guidelines, a greater number of stockholders may exercise their redemption rights, which may make it difficult for us to meet any closing condition with a target business that requires us to have a minimum net worth or a certain amount of cash. In addition, if stockholder approval of the transaction is required by law, or we decide to obtain stockholder approval for business or other legal reasons, it may be more difficult for us to attain stockholder approval of our initial business combination if the target business does not meet our general criteria and guidelines. If we are unable to complete our initial business combination, our public stockholders may receive only their pro rata portion of the funds in the Trust Account that are available for distributions on our redemption, and our warrants will expire worthless.

36

We may seek acquisition opportunities with a distressed or underperforming business or an entity lacking an established record of revenue or earnings which could subject us to volatile revenues or earnings or difficulty in retaining key personnel.

To the extent we complete our initial business combination with a distressed or underperforming business or an entity lacking an established record of sales or earnings, we may be affected by numerous risks inherent in the operations of the business with which we combine. These risks include volatile revenues or earnings and difficulties in obtaining and retaining key personnel. By their nature, distressed businesses are subject to a heightened risk profile and our acquisition may be at greater risk of failure. For example, distressed companies may experience reduced access to capital and substantial interest expenses, which may result in lower working capital and reduced profitability, if any, as well as an enhanced likelihood of insufficient liquidity to fund continuing operations. Although our officers and directors will endeavor to evaluate the risks inherent in a particular target business, we may not be able to properly ascertain or assess all of the significant risk factors and we may not have adequate time to complete due diligence. Furthermore, some of these risks may be outside of our control and leave us with no ability to control or reduce the chances that those risks will adversely impact a target business.

We are not required to obtain an opinion from an independent investment banking firm that is a member of FINRA or from an independent accounting firm, and consequently, you may have no assurance from an independent source that the price we are paying for the business is fair to our company from a financial point of view.

Unless we complete our initial business combination with an affiliated entity, we are not required to obtain an opinion from an independent investment banking firm that is a member of FINRA or from an independent accounting firm that the price we are paying is fair to our company from a financial point of view.

In addition, if our board of directors is not able to independently determine the fair market value of the target business or businesses, in connection with the NASDAQ rules that require that our initial business combination be with one or more target businesses that together have a fair market value equal to at least 80% of the balance in the trust account (less any deferred underwriting commissions and taxes payable on interest earned) at the time of our signing a definitive agreement in connection with our initial business combination, we will obtain an opinion from an independent investment banking firm that is a member of FINRA or from an independent accounting firm with respect to the satisfaction of such criteria. Our stockholders will not be provided with a copy of such opinion nor will they be able to rely on such opinion.

Other than the two circumstances described above, we are not required to obtain an opinion from an independent investment banking firm that is a member of FINRA or from an independent accounting firm. If no opinion is obtained, our stockholders will be relying on the judgment of our board of directors, who will determine fair market value based on standards generally accepted by the financial community. Such standards used will be disclosed in our tender offer documents or proxy solicitation materials, as applicable, related to our initial business combination.

37

We may issue additional shares of Class A common stock or preferred stock to complete our initial business combination or under an employee incentive plan after completionare held by a relatively small number of investors whose interests may conflict with that of our initial business combination. Weother common stockholders. Consequently, these holders (each of whom we refer to as a “principal stockholder”) may also issue shareshave significant influence over all matters that require approval by our stockholders, including the election and removal of Class A common stock upondirectors and the conversion of the Class F common stock at a ratio greater than one-to-one at the timesize of our initial business combination as a result of the anti-dilution provisions described herein. Any such issuances would dilute the interest ofBoard, any amendment to our stockholders and likely present other risks.

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation authorizesor bylaws, or the issuanceapproval of up to 90,000,000 sharesany merger or other significant corporate transaction, including a sale of Class A common stock, par value $0.0001 per share, and 10,000,000 shares of Class F common stock, par value $0.0001 per share and 1,000,000 shares of undesignated preferred stock, par value $0.0001 per share. There are 57,500,000 and 1,875,000 authorized but unissued shares of Class A and Class F common stock available, respectively, for issuance, which amount takes into account shares reserved for issuance upon exercise of outstanding warrants but not upon the conversion of the Class F common stock. Shares of Class F common stock are automatically convertible into sharessubstantially all of our Class A common stock at the timeassets. This concentration of our initial business combination, initially at a one-for-one ratio but subject to adjustment as set forth herein. There are no shares of preferred stock issuedownership and outstanding.

We may issue a substantial number of additional shares of Class A common stock, and may issue shares of preferred stock, in order to complete our initial business combination or under an employee incentive plan after completion of our initial business combination. We may also issue shares of Class A common stock upon conversion of the Class F common stock at a ratio greater than one-to-one at the time of our initial business combination as a result of the anti-dilution provisions described herein. However, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation provides, among other things, that prior to our initial business combination, we may not issue additional shares of capital stock that would entitle the holders thereof to (i) receive funds from the trust account or (ii) vote on any initial business combination. The issuance of additional shares of common or preferred stock:

may significantly dilute the equity interest of investors in our initial public offering;

may subordinate the rights of holders of common stock if preferred stock is issued with rights senior to those afforded our common stock;

could cause a change in control if a substantial number of shares of common stock is issued, which may affect, among other things, our ability to use our net operating loss carry forwards, if any, and could result in the resignation or removal of our present officers and directors; and

may adversely affect prevailing market prices for our units, common stock and/or warrants.

Resources could be wasted in researching acquisitions that are not completed, which could materially adversely affect subsequent attempts to locate and acquire or merge with another business. If we are unable to complete our initial business combination, our publicprincipal stockholders may receive only their pro rata portion of the funds in the Trust Account that are available for distributions on our redemption, and our warrants will expire worthless.

The investigation of each specific target business and the negotiation, drafting and execution of relevant agreements, disclosure documents and other instruments requires substantial management time and attention and substantial costs for accountants, attorneys and others. If we decide not to complete a specific initial business combination, the costs incurred up to that point for the proposed transaction likely would not be recoverable. Furthermore, if we reach an agreement relating to a specific target business, we may fail to complete our initial business combination for any number of reasons including those beyond our control. Any such event will result in a loss to us of the related costs incurred which could materially adversely affect subsequent attempts to locate and acquire or merge with another business. If we are unable to complete our initial business combination, our public stockholders may receive only their pro rata portion of the funds in the Trust Account that are available for distributions on our redemption, and our warrants will expire worthless.

38

We are dependent upon our officers and directors and the departure of any of them could adversely affect our ability to operate.

Our operations are dependent upon a relatively small group of individuals. We believe that our success depends on the continued service of our officers and directors, at least until we have completed our initial business combination. In addition, our officers and directors are not required to commit any specified amount of time to our affairs and, accordingly, will have conflicts of interest in allocating management time among various business activities, including identifying potential business combinations and monitoring the related due diligence. Moreover, certain of our officers and directors have time and attention requirements for private investment funds and accounts managed by MatlinPatterson and certain of its affiliates. We do not have an employment agreement with, or key-man insurance on the life of, any of our directors or officers. The unexpected loss of the services of one or more of our directors or officers could have a detrimental effect on us.

Our ability to successfully effect our initial business combination and to be successful thereafter will be totally dependent upon the efforts of our key personnel, some of whom may join us following our initial business combination. The loss of key personnel could negatively impact the operations and profitability of our post-combination business.

Our ability to successfully effect our initial business combination is dependent upon the efforts of our key personnel. The role of our key personnel in the target business, however, cannot presently be ascertained. Although some of our key personnel may remain with the target business in senior management or advisory positions following our initial business combination, it is likely that some or all of the management of the target business will remain in place. While we intend to closely scrutinize any individuals we engage after our initial business combination, we cannot assure you that our assessment of these individuals will prove to be correct. These individuals may be unfamiliar with the requirements of operating a company regulated by the SEC, which could cause us to have to expend time and resources helping them become familiar with such requirements.

In addition, the officers and directors of an acquisition candidate may resign upon completion of our initial business combination. The departure of a business combination target’s key personnel could negatively impact the operations and profitability of our post-combination business. The role of an acquisition candidate’s key personnel upon the completion of our initial business combination cannot be ascertained at this time. Although we contemplate that certain members of an acquisition candidate’s management team will remain associated with the acquisition candidate following our initial business combination, it is possible that members of the management of an acquisition candidate will not wish to remain in place. The loss of key personnel could negatively impact the operations and profitability of our post-combination business.

Our key personnel may negotiate employment or consulting agreements with a target business in connection with a particular business combination, and a particular business combination may be conditioned on the retention or resignation of such key personnel. These agreements may cause our key personnel to have conflicts of interest in determining whether to proceed with a particular business combination. Further, there is no certainty that any of our key personnel will remain with us after the completion of our initial business combination.

Our key personnel may be able to remain with our company after the completion of our initial business combination only if they are able to negotiate employment or consulting agreements in connection with the business combination. Such negotiations would take place simultaneously with the negotiation of the business combination and could provide for such individuals to receive compensation in the form of cash payments and/or our securities for services they would render to us after the completion of the business combination. Such negotiations also could make such key personnel’s retention or resignation a condition to any such agreement. The personal and financial interests of such individuals may influence their motivation in identifying and selecting a target business. However, we believelimit the ability of such individualsour other common stockholders to remain with us after the completion of our initial business combination will not be the determining factor in our decision as to whether or not we will proceed with any potential business combination. There is no certainty, however, that any of our key personnel will remain with us after the completion of our initial business combination and we cannot assure you that any of our key personnel will remain in senior management or advisory positions with us. The determination as to whether any of our key personnel will remain with us will be made at the time of our initial business combination.

39

We may have a limited ability to assess the management of a prospective target businessinfluence corporate matters and, as a result, actions may affect our initial business combination with a target business whose managementbe taken that they may not have the skills, qualifications or abilities to manage a public company, which could, in turn, negatively impact the value of our stockholders’ investment in us.view as beneficial.

 

When evaluating the desirability of effecting our initial business combination with a prospective target business, our ability to assess the target business’s management may be limited due to a lack of time, resources or information. Our assessment of the capabilities of the target’s management, therefore, may prove to be incorrect and such management may lack the skills, qualifications or abilities we suspected. Should the target’s management not possess the skills, qualifications or abilities necessary to manage a public company, the operations and profitability of the post-combination business may be negatively impacted. Accordingly, any stockholders who choose to remain stockholders following our initial business combination could suffer a reduction in the value of their shares. Such stockholders are unlikely to have a remedy for such reduction in value.

Our officers and directors will allocate their time to other businesses thereby causingFurthermore, conflicts of interest in their determination as to how much time to devote to our affairs. This conflict of interest could have a negative impact on our ability to complete our initial business combination.

Our officers and directors are not required to, and will not, commit their full time to our affairs, which may result in a conflict of interest in allocating their time between our operations and our search for a business combination and their other businesses. We do not intend to have any full-time employees prior to the completion of our business combination. Each of our officers is engaged in several other business endeavors for which he may be entitled to substantial compensation and our officers are not obligated to contribute any specific number of hours per week to our affairs. In particular, certain of our officers are employed by MatlinPatterson (and in certain cases its affiliates) which manage various private investment funds and accounts which make investments in securities or other interests of or relating to industries we may target for our initial business combination. Our independent directors also serve as officers and board members for other entities. If our officers’ and directors’ other business affairs require them to devote substantial amounts of time to such affairs in excess of their current commitment levels, it could limit their ability to devote time to our affairs which may have a negative impact on our ability to complete our initial business combination.

Certain of our officers and directors are now, and all of them mayarise in the future become, affiliated with entities engaged inbetween us, on the one hand, and our principal stockholders and their respective affiliates, including portfolio companies, on the other hand, concerning among other things, potential competitive business activities similar to those intended to be conducted by us and, accordingly, may have conflicts of interest in determining to which entity a particularor business opportunity should be presented.

Following the completionopportunities. Several of our initial public offering and until we consummate our initial business combination, we intend to engageprincipal stockholders are private equity firms or investment funds in the business of identifying and combining with one or more businesses. Our sponsor and officers and directors are, or maymaking investments in the future become, affiliated with entities that are engaged in a similar business. Moreover, certainvariety of our officers and directors have time and attention requirements for entities of which MatlinPatterson and its affiliates are the investment manager.

Each of our officers and directors presently has, and any of them in the future may have additional, fiduciary or contractual obligations to another entity pursuant to which such officer or director is or will be required to present a business combination opportunity to such entity. Accordingly, if any of our officers or directors becomes aware of a business combination opportunity which is suitable for an entity to which he or she has then-current fiduciary or contractual obligations, he or she will honor these obligations to present such business combination opportunity to such entity, and only present it to us if such entity rejects the opportunity. These conflicts may not be resolved in our favor and a potential target business may be presented to another entity prior to its presentation to us. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation provides that we renounce our interest in any corporate opportunity offered to any director or officer unless such opportunity is expressly offered to such person solely in his or her capacity as a director or officer of our company and such opportunity is one we are legally and contractually permitted to undertake and would otherwise be reasonable for us to pursue.

40

As MatlinPatterson’s existing private equity partnerships are beyond their investment periods, our management team’s ability to source potential acquisition opportunities through their networks may be less than if such private equity partnerships were in their investment periods.

Certain of our management team members are employed by MatlinPatterson. MatlinPatterson is from time to time made aware of potential business opportunities, one or more of which we may desire to pursue, for a business combination; however, MatlinPatterson’s existing private equity partnerships are beyond their investment periods. While in our opinion our management team has extensive networks through which we expect to source business combination opportunities, our access to such opportunities may be less than if our management team were managing private equity funds currently in their investment periods, such that they were actively sourcing, analyzing and making new portfolio companies investments for such funds.

Our officers, directors, security holders and their respective affiliates may have competitive pecuniary interests that conflict with our interests.

We have not adopted a policy that expressly prohibits our directors, officers, security holders or affiliates from having a direct or indirect pecuniary or financial interest in any investment to be acquired or disposed of by us or in any transaction to which we are a party or have an interest. In fact, we may enter into a business combination with a target business that is affiliated with our sponsor, our directors or officers. Nor do we have a policy that expressly prohibits any such persons from engaging for their own account in business activities of the types conducted by us. Accordingly, such persons or entities may have a conflict between their interests and ours.

In particular, MatlinPatterson and certain of its affiliates have invested in a broad array of sectors.industries. As a result, there may be substantial overlap betweenour principal stockholders’ existing and future portfolio companies that would be a suitable business combination for us and companies that would make an attractive target for such other affiliates.

We may engage in a business combination with one or more target businesses that have relationships with entities that may be affiliated with our sponsor, officers or directors which may raise potential conflicts of interest.

In light of the involvement of our sponsor, directors and officers with other entities, we may decide to acquire one or more businesses affiliated with our sponsor, directors and officers. Our directors also serve as officers and board members for other entities, including, without limitation, those described under ‘‘Management — Conflicts of Interest.’’ Such entities may compete with us for investment or business combination opportunities. Our sponsor,Second and Amended and Restated Charter provides that our directors and officers, areincluding any of the foregoing who were designated by our principal stockholders, do not currentlyhave any obligation to offer to us any corporate opportunity of which he or she may become aware of any specificprior to offering such opportunities for us to complete our initial business combination with anyother entities with which they aremay be affiliated, and there have been no substantive discussions concerning a business combination with any such entity or entities. Although we will not be specifically focusing on, or targeting, any transaction with any affiliated entities, we would pursue such a transaction if we determined that such affiliated entity met our criteria for a business combination as set forth in “Business — Effecting our initial business combination — Selection of a target business and structuring of our initial business combination” and such transaction was approved by a majority of our independent and disinterested directors. Despite our agreement to obtain an opinion from an independent investment banking firm that is a member of FINRA or from an independent accounting firm, regarding the fairness to our company from a financial point of view of a business combination with one or more domestic or international businesses affiliated with our sponsor, officers or directors, potential conflicts of interest still may exist and, as a result, the terms of the business combination may not be as advantageous to our public stockholders as they would be absent any conflicts of interest. MatlinPatterson and its affiliates have three portfolio companies in or exposed to the financial institutions and energy sectors, which are among the sectors we intend to initially target. We do not currently intend to pursue (nor have we initiated any substantive discussions, directly or indirectly with) any of such portfolio companies.

Since our sponsor will lose its entire investment in us if our initial business combination is not completed (other than with respect to public shares it may acquire during or after our initial offering), a conflict of interest may arise in determining whether a particular business combination target is appropriate for our initial business combination.

In March 2016, our sponsor purchased an aggregate of 8,625,000 (split-adjusted) founder shares for an aggregate purchase price of $25,000, or approximately $0.003 per share. Our sponsor subsequently forfeited 500,000 shares of Class F common stock because the underwriter's over-allotment option was not exercised in full. The founder shares will be worthless if we do not complete an initial business combination. In addition, our sponsor has committed to purchase an aggregate of 14,500,000 private placement warrants, each exercisable for one-half of one share of our Class A common stock at $5.75 per half share, for a purchase price of $7,250,000, or $0.50 per warrant, that will also be worthless if we do not complete our initial business combination.

41

The founder shares are identical to the shares of common stock included in the units being sold in our initial public offering, except that: (i) the founder shares are subject to certain transfer restrictions; (ii) our sponsor, initial stockholders, directors, and officers have entered into a letter agreement with us, pursuant to which they have agreed (a) to waive their redemption rights with respect to its founder shares and public shares in connection with the completion of our initial business combination, (b) to waive their rights to liquidating distributions from the trust account with respect to founder shares if we fail to complete our initial business combination within 24 months from the closing of our initial public offering (although our initial stockholders will be entitled to liquidating distributions from the trust account with respect to any public shares it holds if we fail to complete our initial business combination within the prescribed time frame); (iii) the founder shares are automatically convertible into shares of our Class A common stock at the time of our initial business combination on a one-for-one basis, subject to adjustment pursuant to certain anti-dilution rights, as described herein; and (iv) the founder shares are subject to registration rights.

The financial interests of our sponsor may influence its motivation in completing our initial business combination, and the association of our officers with our sponsor may also influence their motivation in identifying and selecting a target business combination, completing an initial business combination and influencing the operation of the business following the initial business combination. The risk may become more acute as the 24 month anniversary of the closing of our initial public offering nears, which is the deadline for us to complete our initial business combination.

Since our sponsor, officers and directors will not be eligible to be reimbursed for their out-of-pocket expenses if our business combination is not completed, a conflict of interest may arise in determining whether a particular business combination target is appropriate for our initial business combination.

At the closing of our initial business combination, our sponsor, officers and directors, or any of their respective affiliates, will be reimbursed for any out-of-pocket expenses incurred in connection with activities on our behalf such as identifying potential target businesses and performing due diligence on suitable business combinations. There is no cap or ceiling on the reimbursement of out-of-pocket expenses incurred in connection with activities on our behalf. These financial interests of our sponsor, officers and directors may influence their motivation in identifying and selecting a target business combination and completing an initial business combination.

We may issue notes or other debt securities, or otherwise incur substantial debt, to complete a business combination, which may adversely affect our leverage and financial condition and thus negatively impact the value of our stockholders’ investment in us.

Although we have no commitments as of the date of this report to issue any notes or other debt securities, or to otherwise incur outstanding debt following our initial public offering, we may choose to incur substantial debt to complete a business combination. We have agreed that we will not incur any indebtedness unless we have obtained from the lender a waiver of any right, title, interest or claim of any kind in or to the monies held in the trust account. As such, no issuance of debt will affect the per share amount available for redemption from the trust account. Nevertheless, the incurrence of debt could have a variety of negative effects, including:limited exceptions.

 

default and foreclosure on our assets if our operating revenues after an initial business combination are insufficient to repay our debt obligations;

acceleration of our obligations to repay the indebtedness even if we make all principal and interest payments when due if we breach certain covenants that require the maintenance of certain financial ratios or reserves without a waiver or renegotiation of that covenant;

our immediate payment of all principal and accrued interest, if any, if the debt is payable on demand;

42

our inability to obtain necessary additional financing if the debt contains covenants restricting our ability to obtain such financing while the debt security is outstanding;

our inability to pay dividends on our common stock;

using a substantial portion of our cash flow to pay principal and interest on our debt, which will reduce the funds available for dividends on our common stock if declared, expenses, capital expenditures, acquisitions and other general corporate purposes;

limitations on our flexibility in planning for and reacting to changes in our business and in the industry in which we operate;

increased vulnerability to adverse changes in general economic, industry and competitive conditions and adverse changes in government regulation; and

limitations on our ability to borrow additional amounts for expenses, capital expenditures, acquisitions, debt service requirements, execution of our strategy and other purposes and other disadvantages compared to our competitors who have less debt.

We may only be able to complete one business combination with the proceeds of our initial public offering and the sale of the private placement warrants, which will cause us to be solely dependent on a single business which may have a limited number of products or services. This lack of diversification may negatively impact our operations and profitability.

The net proceeds from our initial public offering and the private placement of warrants provide us with $325,000,000 that we may use to complete our initial business combination (which includes $10,250,000 of deferred underwriting commissions being held in the trust account).

We may effectuate our initial business combination with a single target business or multiple target businesses simultaneously or within a short period of time. However, we may not be able to effectuate our initial business combination with more than one target business because of various factors, including the existence of complex accounting issues and the requirement that we prepare and file pro forma financial statements with the SEC that present operating results and the financial condition of several target businesses as if they had been operated on a combined basis. By completing our initial business combination with only a single entity our lack of diversification may subject us to numerous economic, competitive and regulatory risks. Further, we would not be able to diversify our operations or benefit from the possible spreading of risks or offsetting of losses, unlike other entities which may have the resources to complete several business combinations in different industries or different areas of a single industry. Accordingly, the prospects for our success may be:

solely dependent upon the performance of a single business, property or asset; or

dependent upon the development or market acceptance of a single or limited number of products, processes or services.

This lack of diversification may subject us to numerous economic, competitive and regulatory risks, any or all of which may have a substantial adverse impact upon the particular industry in which we may operate subsequent to our initial business combination.

While we do not currently intend to do so, we may attempt to simultaneously complete business combinations with multiple prospective targets, which may hinder our ability to complete our initial business combination and give rise to increased costs and risks that could negatively impact our operations and profitability.

While we do not currently intend to purchase multiple businesses in unrelated industries, if we do determine to simultaneously acquire several businesses that are owned by different sellers, we will need for each of such sellers to agree that our purchase of its business is contingent on the simultaneous closings of the other business combinations, which may make it more difficult for us, and delay our ability, to complete our initial business combination. With multiple business combinations, we could also face additional risks, including additional burdens and costs with respect to possible multiple negotiations and due diligence (if there are multiple sellers) and the additional risks associated with the subsequent assimilation of the operations and services or products of the acquired companies in a single operating business. If we are unable to adequately address these risks, it could negatively impact our profitability and results of operations.

43

We may attempt to complete our initial business combination with a private company about which little information is available, which may result in a business combination with a company that is not as profitable as we suspected, if at all.

In pursuing our acquisition strategy, we may seek to effectuate our initial business combination with a privately held company. Little public information is generally available about private companies, and we could be required to make our decision on whether to pursue a potential initial business combination on the basis of limited information, which may result in a business combination with a company that is not as profitable as we suspected, if at all.

Our management may not be able to maintain control of a target business after our initial business combination. We cannot provide assurance that, upon loss of control of a target business, new management will possess the skills, qualifications or abilities necessary to profitably operate such business.

We may structure our initial business combination so that the post-transaction company in which our public stockholders own shares will own less than 100% of the equity interests or assets of a target business, but we will only complete such business combination if the post-transaction company owns or acquires 50% or more of the outstanding voting securities of the target or otherwise acquires a controlling interest in the target sufficient for us not to be required to register as an investment company under the Investment Company Act. We will not consider any transaction that does not meet such criteria. Even if the post-transaction company owns 50% or more of the voting securities of the target, our stockholders prior to our initial business combination may collectively own a minority interest in the post business combination company, depending on valuations ascribed to the target and us in the business combination transaction. For example, we could pursue a transaction in which we issue a substantial number of new shares of common stock in exchange for all of the outstanding capital stock of a target. In this case, we would acquire a 100% interest in the target. However, as a result of the issuance of a substantial number of new shares of common stock, our stockholders immediately prior to such transaction could own less than a majority of our outstanding shares of common stock subsequent to such transaction. In addition, other minority stockholders may subsequently combine their holdings resulting in a single person or group obtaining a larger share of the company’s stock than we initially acquired. Accordingly, this may make it more likely that our management will not be able to maintain control of the target business. We cannot provide assurance that, upon loss of control of a target business, new management will possess the skills, qualifications or abilities necessary to profitably operate such business.

We do not have a specified maximum redemption threshold. The absence of such a redemption threshold may make it possible for us to complete our initial business combination with which a substantial majority of our stockholders do not agree.

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation does not provide a specified maximum redemption threshold, except that in no event will we redeem our public shares in an amount that would cause our net tangible assets to be less than $5,000,001 (after payment of the underwriter’s deferred commissions) at the consummation of our initial business combination (such that we are not subject to the SEC’s ‘‘penny stock’’ rules) or any greater net tangible asset or cash requirement which may be contained in the agreement relating to our initial business combination. As a result, we may be able to complete our initial business combination even though a substantial majority of our public stockholders do not agree with the transaction and have redeemed their shares or, if we seek stockholder approval of our initial business combination and do not conduct redemptions in connection with our initial business combination pursuant to the tender offer rules, have entered into privately negotiated agreements to sell their shares to our sponsor, officers, directors, advisors or any of their affiliates. In the event the aggregate cash consideration we would be required to pay for all shares of common stock that are validly submitted for redemption plus any amount required to satisfy cash conditions pursuant to the terms of the proposed business combination exceed the aggregate amount of cash available to us, we will not complete the business combination or redeem any shares, all shares of common stock submitted for redemption will be returned to the holders thereof, and we instead may search for an alternate business combination.

44

The exercise price for the public warrants is higher than in many similar blank check company offerings in the past, and, accordingly, the warrants are more likely to expire worthless.

The exercise price of the public warrants is higher than is typical in many similar blank check companies in the past. Historically, the exercise price of a warrant was generally a fraction of the purchase price of the units in the initial public offering. The exercise price for our public warrants is $5.75 per half share, or $11.50 per whole share. As a result, the warrants are less likely to ever be in the money and more likely to expire worthless.

In order to effectuate an initial business combination, we may seek to amend our amended and restated certificate of incorporation or governing instruments in a manner that will make it easier for us to complete our initial business combination but that our stockholders may not support.

In order to effectuate an initial business combination, blank check companies have, in the recent past, amended various provisions of their charters and modified governing instruments. For example, blank check companies have amended the definition of business combination, increased redemption thresholds and extended the time period in which they were obligated to consummate an initial business combination. We cannot assure you that we will not seek to amend our charter or governing instruments in order to effectuate our initial business combination.

The provisions of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation that relate to our pre-business combination activity (and corresponding provisions of the agreement governing the release of funds from our trust account) provides that it may be amended with the approval of holders of 65% of our common stock, which is a lower amendment threshold than that of some other blank check companies. It may be easier for us, therefore, to amend our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and trust agreement to facilitate the completion of an initial business combination that some of our stockholders may not support.

Some other blank check companies have a provision in their charter which prohibits the amendment of certain of its provisions, including those which relate to a company’s pre-business combination activity, without approval by a certain percentage of the company’s stockholders. In those companies, amendment of these provisions sometimes requires approval by between 90% and 100% of the company’s public stockholders. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation provides that any of its provisions related to pre-business combination activity (including the requirement to deposit proceeds of our initial public offering and the private placement of warrants into the trust account and not release such amounts except in specified circumstances, and to provide redemption rights to public stockholders as described herein) may be amended if approved by holders of 65% of our common stock entitled to vote thereon, and corresponding provisions of the trust agreement governing the release of funds from our trust account may be amended if approved by holders of 65% of our common stock. In all other instances, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation provides that it may be amended by holders of a majority of our outstanding common stock entitled to vote thereon, subject to applicable provisions of the DGCL or applicable stock exchange rules. Our initial stockholders, who currently beneficially own 20% of our issued and outstanding shares of common stock, may participate in any vote to amend our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and/or trust agreement and will have the discretion to vote in any manner they choose. As a result, we may be able to amend the provisions of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation which will govern our pre-business combination behavior more easily than some other blank check companies, and this may increase our ability to complete our initial business combination with which you do not agree. Our stockholders may pursue remedies against us for any breach of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation. Our sponsor, officers and directors have agreed, pursuant to a written agreement with us, that they will not propose any amendment to our amended and restated certificate of incorporation that would affect the substance or timing of our obligation to redeem 100% of our public shares if we do not complete our initial business combination within 24 months from the closing of our initial public offering, unless we provide our public stockholders with the opportunity to redeem their shares of common stock upon approval of any such amendment at a per-share price, payable in cash, equal to the aggregate amount then on deposit in the trust account, divided by the number of then outstanding public shares. These agreements are contained in a letter agreement that we have entered into with our sponsor, officers and directors. Our stockholders are not parties to, or third-party beneficiaries of, these agreements and, as a result, will not have the ability to pursue remedies against our sponsor, officers or directors for any breach of these agreements. As a result, in the event of a breach, our stockholders would need to pursue a stockholder derivative action, subject to applicable law.

45

We may be unable to obtain additional financing to complete our initial business combination or to fund the operations and growth of a target business, which could compel us to restructure or abandon a particular business combination.

Although we believe that the net proceeds of our initial public offering and the sale of the private placement warrants will be sufficient to allow us to complete our initial business combination, because we have not yet identified any prospective target business we cannot ascertain the capital requirements for any particular transaction. If the net proceeds of our initial public offering and the sale of the private placement warrants prove to be insufficient, either because of the size of our initial business combination, the depletion of the available net proceeds in search of a target business, the obligation to repurchase for cash a significant number of shares from stockholders who elect redemption in connection with our initial business combination or the terms of negotiated transactions to purchase shares in connection with our initial business combination, we may be required to seek additional financing or to abandon the proposed business combination. We cannot assure you that such financing will be available on acceptable terms, if at all. To the extent that additional financing proves to be unavailable when needed to complete our initial business combination, we would be compelled to either restructure the transaction or abandon that particular business combination and seek an alternative target business candidate. In addition, even if we do not need additional financing to complete our initial business combination, we may require such financing to fund the operations or growth of the target business. The failure to secure additional financing could have a material adverse effect on the continued development or growth of the target business. None of our officers, directors or stockholders is required to provide any financing to us in connection with or after our initial business combination. If we are unable to complete our initial business combination, our public stockholders may receive only their pro rata portion of the funds in the Trust Account that are available for distributions on our redemption, and our warrants will expire worthless.

Our initial stockholders control a substantial interest in us and thus may exert a substantial influence on actions requiring a stockholder vote, potentially in a manner that you do not support.

Our initial stockholders own 20% of our issued and outstanding shares of common stock. Accordingly, they may exert a substantial influence on actions requiring a stockholder vote, potentially in a manner that you do not support, including amendments to our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and approval of major corporate transactions. If our initial stockholders purchase any additional shares of common stock in the aftermarket or in privately negotiated transactions, this would increase their influence.

Our initial stockholders haves no current intention to purchase additional securities and our directors and officers have no current intention of purchasing any of our securities. Factors that would be considered in making such purchases would include consideration of the current trading price of our Class A common stock. Our sponsor may also purchase public shares for the purpose of voting such shares in favor of our initial business combination, thereby increasing the likelihood of obtaining stockholder approval of our initial business combination, or to satisfy a closing condition in an agreement with a target business that requires us to have a minimum net worth or a certain amount of cash at the closing of our initial business combination, where it appears that such requirement would otherwise not be met. See ‘‘Business — Permitted purchases of our securities.’’ In addition, our board of directors, whose members were elected by our sponsor, is and will be divided into two classes, each of which will generally serve for a term of two years with only one class of directors being elected in each year. We may not hold an annual meeting of stockholders to elect new directors prior to the completion of our business combination, in which case all of the current directors will continue in office until at least the completion of the business combination. If there is an annual meeting, as a consequence of our ‘‘staggered’’ board of directors, only a minority of the board of directors will be considered for election and our initial stockholders, because of their ownership position, will have considerable influence regarding the outcome. Accordingly, our initial stockholders will continue to exert control at least until the completion of our business combination. We may not hold an annual meeting of stockholders to elect new directors prior to the completion of our initial business combination, in which case all of the current directors will continue in office until at least the completion of our initial business combination.

46


 

We may amend the terms of the warrantsour Public Warrants and Private Placement Warrants in a manner that may be adverse to holders of public warrants with the approval by the holders of at least 65% of the then outstanding public warrants.Public Warrants. As a result, the exercise price of these warrants could be increased, the exercise period could be shortened and the number of shares of our Class A common stock purchasable upon exercise of a warrant could be decreased, without approval by all of the warrant holders.

 

As of March 2, 2021 we had 9,994,635 Public Warrants and 9,172,782 Private Placement Warrants outstanding. Our warrantsPublic Warrants and Private Placement Warrants were issued in registered form under a warrant agreement between CST,Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Company, as warrant agent, and us. The warrant agreement provides that the terms of the warrants may be amended without the consent of any holder to cure any ambiguity or correct any defective provision but requires the approval by the holders of at least 65% of the then outstanding public warrantsPublic Warrants to make any change that adversely affects the interests of the registered holders of public warrants.holders. Accordingly, we may amend the terms of the public warrantsPublic Warrants in a manner adverse to a holder if holders of at least 65% of the then outstanding public warrantsPublic Warrants approve of such amendment. Although our ability to amend the terms of the public warrantsPublic Warrants with the consent of at least 65% of the then outstanding public warrantsPublic Warrants is unlimited, examples of such amendments could be amendments to, among other things, increase the exercise price of the warrants, shorten the exercise period or decrease the number of shares of our Class A common stock purchasable upon exercise of a warrant.

 

We may redeem your unexpired warrantsPublic Warrants prior to their exercise at a time that is disadvantageous to you,warrant holders, thereby making your warrantstheir Public Warrants worthless.

 

We have the ability tocan redeem outstanding warrantsPublic Warrants at any time after they become exercisable and prior to their expiration, at a price of $0.01 per warrant upon a minimum of 30 days’ prior written notice of redemption, provided that the last reported sales price of our Class A common stock equals or exceeds $24.00 per share (as adjusted for stock splits, stock dividends, reorganizations, recapitalizations and the like) for any 20 trading days within a 30 trading-day30-trading day period ending on the third trading day prior to the date we send the notice of redemption to the warrant holders. If, and when, the warrantsPublic Warrants become redeemable by us, we may exercise our redemption right even if we are unable to register or qualify the underlying securities for sale under all applicable state securities laws. Redemption of the outstanding warrantsPublic Warrants could force you to:the warrant holders (i) to exercise your warrantstheir Public Warrants and pay the exercise price therefortherefore at a time when it may be disadvantageous for youthem to do so, (ii) to sell yourtheir warrants at the then-current market price when youthey might otherwise wish to hold your warrants;their Public Warrants or (iii) to accept the nominal redemption price which, at the time the outstanding warrants are called for redemption, is likely to be substantially less than the market value of your warrants.their Public Warrants. None of the private placement warrantsPrivate Placement Warrants will be redeemable by us so long as they are held by our sponsorMatlin & Partners Acquisition Sponsor, LLC (“M&P LLC”) or its permitted transferees.

 

OurThe exercise of our outstanding warrants mayor conversions of our outstanding Series A preferred stock and Series B preferred stock could increase the number of shares eligible for future resale in the public market and result in dilution to our stockholders.

As of March 2, 2021, we had 9,994,635 Public Warrants, 9,172,782 Private Placement Warrants, and 4,844,441 Series A Preferred Warrants issued and outstanding. The Public Warrants and Private Placement Warrants, which were issued concurrently with our IPO, became exercisable, effective as of December 9, 2018, to purchase one-half of one share of Class A common stock for $5.75 per half share, or $11.50 per whole share. The Series A Preferred Warrants, which were issued to certain institutional investors in connection with the Series A Preferred Stock offering in May 2019, are exercisable to purchase one share of Class A common stock for $7.66 per share. So long as shares of Series A Preferred Stock remain outstanding, we will issue an aggregate of 444,444 additional warrants quarterly through March 31, 2022. As of March 2, 2021, we had issued an aggregate of 1,911,108 additional warrants to holders of Series A preferred stock.

As of March 2, 2021, 50,000 shares of Series A preferred stock and 21,288 shares of Series B preferred stock were outstanding. The holders of the Series A preferred stock and the Series B preferred stock have an adverse effect on the market priceright to convert all or any portion of their shares of Series A preferred stock or Series B preferred stock, as applicable, into shares of Class A common stock.  

To the extent such warrants are exercised or such preferred stock is converted, additional shares of our Class A common stock will be issued, which will result in dilution to the then existing holders of our Class A common stock and increase the number of shares eligible for resale in the public market.


Our charter and bylaws contain provisions that could discourage acquisition bids or merger proposals, which may adversely affect the market price of the Class A common stock.

Our Second Amended and Restated Charter authorizes our board of directors to issue preferred stock without stockholder approval. If our Board of Directors elects to issue preferred stock, it could be more difficult for a third party to acquire us. In addition, some provisions of the Second Amended and Restated Charter and our bylaws could make it more difficult for a third party to effectuateacquire control of us, even if the change of control would be beneficial to and desirable by our initialstockholders, including:

a classified board of directors, so that only approximately one-third of our directors are elected each year;

​removal of directors by our stockholders only for cause and only by the affirmative vote of at least 66 2∕3% of the voting power of all outstanding shares of our capital stock entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, voting together as a single class;

​adoption, amendment or repeal of our bylaws by our stockholders only by the affirmative vote of at least 66 2∕3% of the voting power of all outstanding shares of our capital stock entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, voting together as a single class;

​amendment or repeal of the supermajority voting provisions of the Second Amended and Restated Charter described above only by the affirmative vote of at least 66 2∕3% of the voting power of all outstanding shares of our capital stock entitled to vote on such amendment or repeal, in addition to any other vote of stockholders required by the Second Amended and Restated Charter or applicable law;

​inability of our stockholders to call special meetings or act by written consent; and

​advance notice provisions for stockholder proposals and nominations for elections to our board of directors to be acted upon at meetings of stockholders.

The Second Amended and Restated Charter designates the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware as the sole and exclusive forum for certain types of actions and proceedings that may be initiated by our stockholders, which could limit our stockholders’ ability to obtain a favorable judicial forum for disputes with us or our directors, officers or employees.

The Second Amended and Restated Charter provides that, unless we consent in writing to the selection of an alternative forum, the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware (“Court of Chancery”) will, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, be the sole and exclusive forum for (i) any derivative action or proceeding brought on our behalf, (ii) any action asserting a claim of breach of a fiduciary duty owed by any of our directors, officers or other employees to us or our stockholders, (iii) any action asserting a claim against us or any of our directors, officers or employees of ours arising pursuant to any provision of the Delaware General Corporation Law, the Second Amended and Restated Charter or our bylaws or (iv) any action asserting a claim against us or any of our directors, officers or other employees that is governed by the internal affairs doctrine, in each case except for such claims as to which (a) the Court of Chancery determines that it does not have personal jurisdiction over an indispensable party, (b) exclusive jurisdiction is vested in a court or forum other than the Court of Chancery or (c) the Court of Chancery does not have subject matter jurisdiction. Although the Certificate of Incorporation contains the choice of forum provision described above, we do not expect this choice of forum provision will apply to suits brought to enforce a duty or liability created by the Securities Act, the Exchange Act, or any other claim for which federal courts have exclusive jurisdiction.

Any person or entity purchasing or otherwise acquiring any interest in shares of our capital stock will be deemed to have notice of, and consented to, the provisions of our Second Amended and Restated Charter described in the preceding paragraph. This exclusive forum provision may limit a stockholder’s ability to bring a claim in a judicial forum that it finds favorable for disputes with us or our directors, officers, or other employees, which may discourage such lawsuits against us and such persons. Additionally, a court could determine that the exclusive forum provision is unenforceable. If a court were to find these provisions of our Second Amended and Restated Charter inapplicable to, or unenforceable in respect of, one or more of the specified types of actions or proceedings, we may incur additional costs associated with resolving such matters in other jurisdictions, which could adversely affect our business, combination.financial condition or results of operations.

General Risk Factors

A pandemic or epidemic, including the ongoing COVID-19 global pandemic, and the regulatory steps to reduce its transmission could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

The outbreak of the COVID–19 coronavirus, which has been declared by the World Health Organization to be a pandemic, has


spread across the globe, and is impacting worldwide economic activity, including the global demand for oil and natural gas. A pandemic, including the COVID–19 coronavirus or other public health epidemic, poses the risk that we or our employees, contractors, suppliers, customers and other partners may be prevented from conducting business activities for an indefinite period of time, including due to spread of the disease within these groups or due to restrictions that may be requested or mandated by governmental authorities, including quarantines of certain geographic areas, restrictions on travel and other restrictions that prohibit employees from going to work. The duration of the COVID–19 coronavirus pandemic and the related mitigation measures has resulted and may continue to result in a significant decrease in business from our customers and/or cause our customers to be unable to meet existing payment or other obligations to us. If the responses to contain the COVID–19 are unsuccessful in bringing the pandemic to end, we could continue to experience a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

Competition within the oilfield services industry may adversely affect our ability to market our services.

The oilfield services industry is highly competitive and includes several large companies that compete in many of the markets we serve, as well as numerous small companies that compete with us on a local basis. Our larger competitors’ greater resources allow them to better withstand industry downturns and compete more effectively because of technology, geographic scope and retained skilled personnel. Several of our competitors provide a broader array of services and have a stronger presence in more geographic markets.

We believe the principal competitive factors in the market areas we serve are price, equipment quality, supply chains, balance sheet strength and financial condition, product and service quality, safety record, availability of crews and equipment and technical proficiency. Our operations may be adversely affected if our current competitors or new market entrants introduce new products or services with better features, performance, prices, or other characteristics than our products and services or expand into service areas where we operate. Competitive pressures or other factors may also result in significant price competition, particularly during industry downturns. During such downturns, we experience reductions in the prices we can charge for our services based on reduced demand and resulting overcapacity, including an intensified competitive environment because of an industry downturn and oversupply of oilfield services. Any inability to compete effectively with our competitors or overcapacity in the markets which we serve could adversely affect our business and results of operations.

We may be subject to interruptions or failures in our information technology systems.

We rely on sophisticated information technology systems and infrastructure to support our business, including process control technology. Any of these systems may be susceptible to outages due to fire, floods, power loss, telecommunications failures, usage errors by employees, computer viruses, cyberattacks or other security breaches, or similar events. The failure of any of our information technology systems may cause disruptions in our operations, which could adversely affect our sales and profitability.

We are subject to cyber security risks. A cyber incident could occur and result in information theft, data corruption, operational disruption and/or financial loss.

The oil and natural gas industry has become increasingly dependent on digital technologies to conduct certain processing activities. For example, we depend on digital technologies to perform many of our services and to process and record financial and operating data. At the same time, cyber incidents, including deliberate attacks, have increased. The U.S. government has issued public warnings that indicate that energy assets might be specific targets of cyber security threats. Our technologies, systems and networks, and those of our vendors, suppliers and other business partners, may become the target of cyberattacks or information security breaches that could result in the unauthorized release, gathering, monitoring, misuse, loss or destruction of proprietary and other information, or other disruption of business operations. In addition, certain cyber incidents, such as surveillance, may remain undetected for an extended period. In the past, we have experienced data security breaches resulting from unauthorized access to our systems, which to date have not had a material impact on our operations; however, there is no assurance that such impacts will not be material in the future. Our systems and insurance coverage for protecting against cyber security risks may not be sufficient. As cyber incidents continue to evolve, we will likely be required to expend additional resources to continue to modify or enhance our protective measures or to investigate and remediate any vulnerability to cyber incidents. Our insurance coverage for cyberattacks may not be sufficient to cover all the losses we may experience because of such cyberattacks.


We may be unable to employ enough key employees, technical personnel and other skilled or qualified workers. In addition, the absence or loss of certain key employees could adversely affect our business.

The delivery of our services requires personnel with specialized skills and experience who can perform physically demanding work. Additionally, our ability to successfully operate our business is dependent upon the efforts of certain key personnel, including our senior management. The demand for skilled workers in our areas of operations can be high, the supply may be limited, and we may be unable to relocate our employees from areas of lower utilization to areas of higher demand. If we are unable to retain or meet growing demand for skilled technical personnel, our operating results, and our ability to execute our growth strategies may be adversely affected. A significant increase in the wages paid by competing employers could result in a reduction of our skilled labor force, increases in the wage rates that we must pay, or both. Further, a significant decrease in the wages paid by us or our competitors as a result of reduced industry demand could result in a reduction of the available skilled labor force, and there is no assurance that the availability of skilled labor will improve following a subsequent increase in demand for our services or an increase in wage rates.

We are subject to the Fair Labor Standards Act, which governs such matters as minimum wage, overtime and other working conditions, and require full compliance with the Immigration Reform and Control Act of 1986 and other laws concerning immigration and the hiring of legally documented workers. In some cases, it may be necessary to obtain a required work authorization from the U.S. Department of Homeland Security or similar government agency prior to a foreign national working as an employee for us. There may be costs that arise during our efforts to comply with various current or future labor and employment related regulations.

In addition, many key responsibilities within our business have been assigned to a small number of employees. The unexpected loss or unavailability of key members of management or technical personnel, one or more members of our executive team, including our chief executive officer, chief financial officer, and chief administrative officer, may have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, prospects or results of operations. We do not maintain “key person” life insurance policies on any of our employees. As a result, we are not insured against any losses resulting from the death of our key employees.

Anti-indemnity provisions enacted by many states may restrict or prohibit a party’s indemnification of us.

We typically enter into agreements with our customers governing the provision of our services, which usually include certain indemnification provisions for losses resulting from operations. Such agreements may require each party to indemnify the other against certain claims regardless of the negligence or other fault of the indemnified party; however, many states place limitations on contractual indemnity agreements, particularly agreements that indemnify a party against the consequences of its own negligence. Furthermore, certain states, including Texas, have enacted statutes generally referred to as “oilfield anti-indemnity acts” expressly prohibiting certain indemnity agreements contained in or related to oilfield services agreements. Such anti-indemnity acts may restrict or void a party’s indemnification of us, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, prospects, and results of operations.

A terrorist attack or armed conflict could harm our business.

Terrorist activities, anti-terrorist efforts and other armed conflicts involving the United States could adversely affect the U.S. and global economies and could prevent us from meeting financial and other obligations. We could experience loss of business, delays, or defaults in payments from payors or disruptions of fuel supplies and markets if wells, operations sites or other related facilities are direct targets or indirect casualties of an act of terror or war. Such activities could reduce the overall demand for oil and gas, which, in turn, could also reduce the demand for our products and services. Terrorist activities and the threat of potential terrorist activities and any resulting economic downturn could adversely affect our results of operations, impair our ability to raise capital or otherwise adversely impact our ability to realize certain business strategies.

We are exposed to the credit risk of our customers, and any material nonpayment or nonperformance by our customers could adversely affect our financial results.

We are subject to the risk of loss resulting from nonpayment or nonperformance by our customers, many of whose operations are concentrated solely in the domestic E&P industry which, as described above, is subject to volatility and, therefore, credit risk. Our credit procedures and policies may not be adequate to fully reduce customer credit risk. If we are unable to adequately assess the creditworthiness of existing or future customers or unanticipated deterioration in their creditworthiness, any resulting increase in nonpayment or nonperformance by them and our inability to re-market or otherwise use our equipment could have


a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, prospects or results of operations.

Delays or restrictions in obtaining permits by us for our operations or by our customers for their operations could impair our business.

Our operations and the operations of our oil and natural gas producing customers require permits from one or more governmental agencies to perform drilling and completion activities, secure water rights, or engage in other regulated activities. Such permits are typically issued by state agencies, but federal and local governmental permits may also be required. The requirements for such permits vary depending on the location where such regulated activities will be conducted. As with all governmental permitting processes, there is a degree of uncertainty as to whether a permit will be granted, the time it will take for a permit to be issued, and the conditions that may be imposed in connection with the granting of the permit. Therefore, our customers’ operations in certain areas of the United States may be interrupted or suspended for varying lengths of time, causing a loss of revenue to us, and adversely affecting our results of operations in support of those customers.

Unanticipated changes in effective tax rates or adverse outcomes resulting from examination of our income or other tax returns could adversely affect our financial condition and results of operations.

We will be subject to income taxes in the United States, and our domestic tax liabilities will be subject to the allocation of expenses in differing jurisdictions. Our future effective tax rates could be subject to volatility or adversely affected by several factors, including:

changes in the valuation of our deferred tax assets and liabilities;

expected timing and amount of the release of any tax valuation allowances;

tax effects of stock-based compensation;

costs related to intercompany restructurings;

changes in tax laws, regulations, or interpretations thereof; and

lower than anticipated future earnings in jurisdictions where we have lower statutory tax rates and higher than anticipated future earnings in jurisdictions where we have higher statutory tax rates.

In addition, we may be subject to audits of our income, sales, and other transaction taxes by U.S. federal and state authorities. Outcomes from these audits could have an adverse effect on our financial condition and results of our operations.

 

We have issued warrantsidentified a material weakness in our internal control over financial reporting related to purchase 16,250,000 sharesthe accounting for a significant and unusual transaction related our warrants. This material weakness could continue to adversely affect our ability to report our results of operations and financial condition accurately and in a timely manner.

Our management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of consolidated financial statements for external purposes in accordance with GAAP. Our management is likewise required, on a quarterly basis, to evaluate the effectiveness of our internal controls and to disclose any changes and material weaknesses identified through such evaluation in those internal controls. A material weakness is a deficiency, or a combination of deficiencies, in internal control over financial reporting, such that there is a reasonable possibility that a material misstatement of our annual or interim financial statements will not be prevented or detected on a timely basis.

Due to the SEC Staff Statement and the resulting restatement of our financials, we are required to disclose a material weakness in our internal control over financial reporting related to our warrants. As a result of this material weakness, our management concluded that our internal control over financial reporting was not effective as of December 31, 2020. This material weakness resulted in a material misstatement of our warrant liabilities, change in fair value of warrant liabilities, Series A preferred stock, additional paid-in capital, accumulated deficit, and related financial disclosures for the Affected Periods.

Following the issuance of the SEC Staff Statement after consultation with management and our independent registered public accounting firm, on May 11, 2021, the Audit Committee of our Board of Directors concluded that, in light of the SEC Staff Statement, it was appropriate to restate previously issued and audited financial statements for the Affected Periods.


To respond to this material weakness, we have devoted, and plan to continue to devote, significant effort and resources to the remediation and improvement of our internal control over financial reporting. While we have processes to identify and appropriately apply applicable accounting requirements, we plan to enhance these processes to better evaluate our research and understanding of the nuances of the complex accounting standards that apply to our consolidated financial statements. Our plans at this time include providing enhanced access to accounting literature, research materials and documents and increased communication among our personnel and third-party professionals with whom we consult regarding complex accounting applications and consideration of additional staff with the requisite experience and training to supplement existing accounting professionals. The elements of our remediation plan can only be accomplished over time, and we can offer no assurance that these initiatives will ultimately have the intended effects. For a discussion of management’s consideration of the material weakness identified related to our accounting for a significant and unusual transaction related to the Company’s warrants, refer to “Note 2 - Restatement of Previously Issued Financial Statements” to the accompanying consolidated financial statements, as well as Part II, Item 9A: Controls and Procedures included in this Amendment.

Any failure to maintain such internal control could adversely impact our ability to report our financial position and results from operations on a timely and accurate basis. If our financial statements are not accurate, investors may not have a complete understanding of our operations. Likewise, if our financial statements are not filed on a timely basis, we could be subject to sanctions or investigations by the stock exchange on which our common stock and public warrants are listed, the SEC or other regulatory authorities. In either case, there could result a material adverse effect on our business. Ineffective internal controls could also cause investors to lose confidence in our reported financial information, which could have a negative effect on the trading price of our securities.

We can give no assurance that the measures we have taken and plan to take in the future will remediate the material weakness identified or that any additional material weaknesses or restatements of financial results will not arise in the future due to a failure to implement and maintain adequate internal control over financial reporting or circumvention of these controls. In addition, even if we are successful in strengthening our controls and procedures, in the future those controls and procedures may not be adequate to prevent or identify irregularities or errors or to facilitate the fair presentation of our consolidated financial statements.

Item 1B. Unresolved Staff Comments.

None.

Item 2. Properties.

Our corporate headquarters is a leased property located in Houston, Texas. We lease various other facilities, which are located across multiple basins strategically to maximize efficiency of operations and exposure to customers.

We believe that our existing facilities are adequate for our operations and our locations allow us to efficiently serve our customers. We do not believe that any single facility is material to our operations and, if necessary, we could readily obtain a replacement facility.

See “Note 18 – Commitments & Contingencies” in the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements for further information.

Item 4. Mine Safety Disclosures.

Not applicable.



PART II

Item5.MarketforRegistrant’sCommonEquity,RelatedStockholderMattersandIssuerPurchases of EquitySecurities.

Market Information

Our Class A common stock as part ofand warrants are currently quoted on Nasdaq under the units offered in our initial public offering. In connection withsymbols “USWS” and “USWSW,” respectively.

Additionally, the closing of our initial public offering, we issued in a private placement an aggregate of 15,500,000 private placement warrantsCompany is authorized to purchase 7,750,000issue 20,000,000 shares of our Class AB common stock. In addition, if our sponsor, an affiliatestock with a par value of our sponsor or certain$0.0001 per share. As of our officersDecember 31, 2020, there were 2,302,936 shares of Class B common stock issued and directors make any working capital loans, upoutstanding. The shares of Class B common stock are non-economic; however, holders are entitled to $1,500,000one vote per share. Each share of such loans may be convertible into warrantsClass B common stock, together with one unit of the post business combination entity at a price of $0.50 per warrant at the option of the lender. Such warrants would be identical to the private placement warrants, including as to exercise price, exercisability and exercise period. To the extent we issue sharesUSWS Holdings, is exchangeable for one share of Class A common stock or, at the Company’s election, the cash equivalent to effectuate a business transaction, the potential for the issuancemarket value of a substantial number of additional sharesone share of Class A common stock upon exercisestock. There is no market for our Class B common stock.

Holders of these warrants could make us a less attractive acquisition vehicle to a target business. Such warrants, when exercised, will increase the numberour Common Stock

As of issued and outstanding sharesDecember 31, 2020, there were 88 stockholders of record of our Class A common stock and reduce the value4 stockholders of the shares of Class A common stock issued to complete the business transaction. Therefore, our warrants may make it more difficult to effectuate a business transaction or increase the cost of acquiring the target business.

The private placement warrants are identical to the warrants sold as part of the units in our initial public offering except that, so long as they are held by our sponsor, Cantor Fitzgerald or their permitted transferees: (i) they will not be redeemable by us; (ii) they (including the Class A common stock issuable upon exercise of these warrants) may not, subject to certain limited exceptions, be transferred, assigned or sold by our sponsor or Cantor Fitzgerald until 30 days after the completionrecord of our initial business combination and (iii) they may be exercised by the holders on a cashless basis. In addition, for as long as the private placement warrants are held by Cantor Fitzgerald or its designees or affiliates, they may not be exercised after five years from the effective date of the registration statement for our initial public offering.

47

A market for our securities may not develop, which would adversely affect the liquidity and price of our securities.

Class B common stock. The price of our securities may vary significantly due to one or more potential business combinations and general market or economic conditions. Furthermore, an active trading market for our securities may not be sustained. You may be unable to sell your securities unless a market can be established and sustained.

Because we must furnish our stockholders with target business financial statements, we may lose the ability to complete an otherwise advantageous initial business combination with some prospective target businesses.

The federal proxy rules require that a proxy statement with respect to a vote on a business combination meeting certain financial significance tests include historical and/or pro forma financial statement disclosure in periodic reports. We will include the same financial statement disclosure in connection with our tender offer documents, whether or not they are required under the tender offer rules. These financial statements may be required to be prepared in accordance with, or be reconciled to, accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America, or GAAP, or international financing reporting standards as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board, or IFRS, depending on the circumstances and the historical financial statements may be required to be audited in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), or PCAOB. These financial statement requirements may limit the pool of potential target businesses we may acquire because some targets may be unable to provide such statements in time for us to disclose such financial statements in accordance with federal proxy rules and complete our initial business combination within the prescribed time frame.

We are an emerging growth company within the meaning of the Securities Act, and if we take advantage of certain exemptions from disclosure requirements available to emerging growth companies, this could make our securities less attractive to investors and may make it more difficult to compare our performance with other public companies.

We are an ‘‘emerging growth company’’ within the meaning of the Securities Act, as modified by the JOBS Act, and we may take advantage of certain exemptions from various reporting requirements that are applicable to other public companies that are not emerging growth companies including, but not limited to, not being required to comply with the auditor attestation requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation in our periodic reports and proxy statements, and exemptions from the requirements of holding a nonbinding advisory vote on executive compensation and stockholder approval of any golden parachute payments not previously approved. As a result, our stockholders may not have access to certain information they may deem important. We could be an emerging growth company for up to five years, although circumstances could cause us to lose that status earlier, including if the market value of our common stock held by non-affiliates exceeds $700 million as of any June 30 before that time, in which case we would no longer be an emerging growth company as of the following December 31. We cannot predict whether investors will find our securities less attractive because we will rely on these exemptions. If some investors find our securities less attractive as a result of our reliance on these exemptions, the trading prices of our securities may be lower than they otherwise would be, there may be a less active trading market for our securities and the trading prices of our securities may be more volatile.

Further, Section 102(b)(1) of the JOBS Act exempts emerging growth companies from being required to comply with new or revised financial accounting standards until private companies (that is, those that have not had a Securities Act registration statement declared effective or do not have a class of securities registered under the Exchange Act) are required to comply with the new or revised financial accounting standards. The JOBS Act provides that a company can elect to opt out of the extended transition period and comply with the requirements that apply to non-emerging growth companies but any such an election to opt out is irrevocable. We have elected not to opt out of such extended transition period which means that when a standard is issued or revised and it has different application dates for public or private companies, we, as an emerging growth company, can adopt the new or revised standard at the time private companies adopt the new or revised standard. This may make comparison of our financial statements with another public company which is neither an emerging growth company nor an emerging growth company which has opted out of using the extended transition period difficult or impossible because of the potential differences in accountant standards used.

48

Compliance obligations under the Sarbanes-Oxley Act may make it more difficult for us to effectuate a business combination, require substantial financial and management resources, and increase the time and costs of completing an acquisition.

Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act requires that we evaluate and report on our system of internal controls beginning with our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ending December 31, 2018. Only in the event we are deemed to be a large accelerated filer or an accelerated filer will we be required to comply with the independent registered public accounting firm attestation requirement on our internal control over financial reporting. Further, for as long as we remain an emerging growth company, we will not be required to comply with the independent registered public accounting firm attestation requirement on our internal control over financial reporting. The fact that we are a blank check company makes compliance with the requirements of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act particularly burdensome on us as compared to other public companies because a target business with which we seek to complete a business combination may not be in compliance with the provisions of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act regarding adequacy of its internal controls. The development of the internal control of any such entity to achieve compliance with the Sarbanes-Oxley Act may increase the time and costs necessary to complete any such acquisition.

Provisions in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and Delaware law may inhibit a takeover of us, which could limit the price investors might be willing to pay in the future for our Class A common stock and could entrench management.

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation contains provisions that may discourage unsolicited takeover proposals that stockholders may consider to be in their best interests. These provisions include a staggered board of directors, the ability of the board of directors to designate the terms of and issue new series of preferred shares, which may make more difficult the removal of management and may discourage transactions that otherwise could involve payment of a premium over prevailing market prices for our securities.

We are also subject to anti-takeover provisions under Delaware law, which could delay or prevent a change of control. Together these provisions may make more difficult the removal of management and may discourage transactions that otherwise could involve payment of a premium over prevailing market prices for our securities.

Provisions in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and Delaware law may have the effect of discouraging lawsuits against our directors and officers.

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation requires, to the fullest extent permitted by law, that derivative actions brought in our name, actions against directors, officers and employees for breach of fiduciary duty and other similar actions may be brought only in the Court of Chancery in the State of Delaware and, if brought outside of Delaware, the stockholder bringing such suit will be deemed to have consented to service of process on such stockholder’s counsel. This provision may have the effect of discouraging lawsuits against our directors and officers.

If our management team pursues a company with operations or opportunities outside of the United States for our initial business combination, we may face additional burdens in connection with investigating, agreeing to and completing such combination, and if we effect such initial business combination, we would be subject to a variety of additional risks that may negatively impact our operations.

If our management team pursues a company with operations or opportunities outside of the United States for our initial business combination, we would be subject to risks associated with cross-border business combinations, including in connection with investigating, agreeing to and completing our initial business combination, conducting due diligence in a foreign market, having such transaction approved by any local governments, regulators or agencies and changes in the purchase price based on fluctuations in foreign exchange rates.

49

If we effect our initial business combination with such a company, we would be subject to any special considerations or risks associated with companies operating in an international setting, including any of the following:

Higher costs and difficulties inherent in managing cross-border business operations;

rules and regulations regarding currency redemption;

complex corporate withholding taxes on individuals;

laws governing the manner in which future business combinations may be effected;

tariffs and trade barriers;

regulations related to customs and import/export matters;

longer payment cycles;

tax issues, such as tax law changes and variations in tax laws as compared to the United States;

currency fluctuations and exchange controls;

rates of inflation;

challenges in collecting accounts receivable;

cultural and language differences;

employment regulations;

crime, strikes, riots, civil disturbances, terrorist attacks, natural disasters and wars; and

deterioration of political relations with the United States.

We may not be able to adequately address these additional risks. If we were unable to do so, we may be unable to complete such combination or, if we complete such combination, our operations might suffer, either of which may adversely impact our results of operations and financial condition.

Item 1B.Unresolved Staff Comments 

None.

Item 2.Properties

We do not own any real estate or other physical properties materially important to our operation. Our executive office is located at 585 Weed Street, New Canaan, CT 06840. Our executive offices are provided to us, at no cost, by MatlinPatterson Global Advisers LLC, an affiliate of our sponsor and our Chief Executive Officer. We consider our current office space adequate for our current operations

Item 3.Legal Proceedings

To the knowledge of our management, there is no litigation currently pending or contemplated against us, any of our officers or directors in their capacity as such or against any of our property.

Item 4.Mine Safety Disclosures

Not applicable.

50

PART II

Item 5.Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities

(a)Market Information

Our units, Class A Common Stock and warrants are each traded on the NASDAQ Capital Market under the symbols “MPACU,” “MPAC” and “MPACW, respectively. Our units commenced public trading on March 10, 2017 and our Class A Common Stock and warrants commenced public trading on April 28, 2017.

The table below sets forth, for the calendar quarter indicated, the high and low bid prices of our units, Class A Common Stock and warrants as reported on the NASDAQ Capital Market for the period from March 10, 2017 through December 31, 2017. 

Quarter Ended Units  Common Stock  Warrants 
  Low  High  Low  High  Low  High 
March 31, 2017 $10.00  $10.08             
June 30, 2017 $10.00  $10.15  $9.25  $10.02  $0.23  $0.51 
September 30, 2017 $10.00  $10.22  $9.65  $9.80  $0.35  $0.51 
December 31, 2017 $10.00  $11.00  $9.70  $9.90  $0.25  $0.48 

No shares of our common stock or warrants traded during the period ended March 31, 2017.

On March 27, 2018, our Class A common stock had a closing price of $9.77, our warrants had a closing price of $0.49 and our units had a closing price of $10.29.

(b)Holders

On March 27, 2018, the numbersnumber of record holders is based upon the actual number of holders registered on the books of the Company’s Class A common stock, unitsCompany at such date and warrants were one, one and three, respectively.does not include holders of shares in “street name” or persons, partnerships, associations, corporations or other entities identified in security position listings maintained by depositories.

(c)Dividends

Dividend Policy

We have not paid any cash dividends onsince our common stock to dateinception and we do not intend to pay regular cash dividends prior to the completion of our initial business combination. The payment of cash dividends in the future will be dependent upon our revenues and earnings, if any, capital requirements and general financial condition subsequent to completion of our initial business combination. The payment of any cash dividends will be within the discretion of our board of directors at such time. In addition, our board of directors is not currently contemplating and does not anticipate declaring any stock dividends in the foreseeable future. Further, if we incurWe are not required to pay dividends, and our stockholders will not be guaranteed, or have contractual or other rights to receive, dividends. The declaration and payment of any future dividends will be at the sole discretion of our Board of Directors and will depend upon, among other things, our earnings, financial condition, capital requirements, level of indebtedness, contractual restrictions to the extent there are any with respect to the payment of dividends, and other considerations that our Board of Directors deems relevant.

Recent Sales of Unregistered Equity Securities

We had no sales of unregistered equity securities during the period covered by this Annual Report that were not previously reported in connection with our business combination, our ability to declare dividends may be limited by restrictive covenants we may agree to in connection therewith. a Current Report on Form 8-K.

Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities

 

(d)Securities Authorized for Issuance Under Equity CompensationPlans

None.

(e)Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities

None.

(f)Purchases of Equity Securities by the Issuer and Affiliated Purchasers

None.

51

Item 6.Selected Financial Data

The following table sets forth selected historical financial information derived from our audited financial statements included elsewhere in this report as of December 31, 2017 and December 31, 2016, respectively, and forDuring the yearquarter ended December 31, 2017 and the period from March 10, 2016 (inception) through December 31, 2016. You should read the following selected financial data in conjunction with “Management’s2020, we did not repurchase any of our equity securities.

Item 6. Selected Financial Data.

Not applicable.


Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and the financial statements and the related notes appearing elsewhere in this report.Operations.

  Year Ended December 
31, 2017
  Period from
March 10,
2016
(Inception)
through
December 31,
2016
 
       
Income Statement Data:      
Loss from operations $(875,333) $(5,000)
Net income (loss)  757,557   (5,000)
         
Cash Flow Data:        
Net cash used in operating activities $(1,565,273) $(5,000)
Net cash used in investing activities  (324,060,000)  - 
Net cash provided by financing activities  326,129,911   70,620 
    
  December 31, 
  2017  2016 
         
Balance Sheet Data:        
Cash $570,258  $65,620 
Investments and cash held in the Trust Account  326,449,859   - 
Total assets  327,127,414   220,000 
Common stock subject to possible redemption  311,703,080   - 
Total stockholders’ equity  5,000,008   20,000 

52

Item 7.Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

References to the "Company," "us," “our” or "we" refer Matlin & Partners Acquisition Corporation. The following discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations should be read in conjunctiontogether with theour consolidated financial statements and related notes included within “Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data.” In addition to historical consolidated financial information, the notes thereto contained elsewhere in this Report. Certain information contained in thefollowing discussion and analysis set forth below includescontains forward-looking statements that involve risks and uncertainties.

Cautionary Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements

All statements other than statements of historical fact included in this Form 10-K including, without limitation, statements under "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations" regardingreflect the Company's financial position, business strategy and theCompany’s plans, and objectives of management for future operations, are forward- looking statements. When used in this Form 10-K, words such as "anticipate," "believe," "estimate," "expect," "intend" and similar expressions, as they relate to usestimates, or the Company's management, identify forward-looking statements. Such forward-looking statements are based on the beliefs of management, as well as assumptions made by, and information currently available to, the Company's management.beliefs. Actual results could differ materially from those contemplated bydiscussed in the forward- lookingforward-looking statements. Factors that could cause or contribute to these differences include those discussed below and elsewhere in this Annual Report, including, without limitation, those described in the sections titled “Cautionary Note Regarding Forward Looking Statements” and Part I, Item 1A “Risk Factors” of this Annual Report.

Overview

We provide high-pressure, hydraulic fracturing services in oil and natural gas basins. Both our conventional and Clean Fleet® hydraulic fracturing fleets are among the most reliable and highest performing fleets in the industry, with the capability to meet the most demanding pressure and pump rate requirements in the industry. We operate in many of the active shale and unconventional oil and natural gas basins of the United States and our clients benefit from the performance and reliability of our equipment and personnel. Specifically, all our fleets operate on a 24-hour basis and can withstand the high utilization rates that result in more efficient operations. Our senior management team has extensive industry experience providing pressure pumping services to exploration and production companies across North America.

Restatement

This Item 7 has been amended and restated to give effect to the Restatement of our audited financial statements as of and for the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019. The Company has restated its historical financial results for such periods to reclassify its warrants as derivative liabilities pursuant to ASC 815-40, Derivatives and Hedging - Contracts in Entity’s Own Equity, rather than as components of equity as the Company previously treated the warrants. The impact of the Restatement is reflected in the discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations below. Other than as disclosed in the Explanatory Note and with respect to the Restatement, no other information in this Item 7 has been amended and this Item 7 does not reflect any events occurring after the Original Form 10-K. The impact of the Restatement is more fully described in “Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data - Note 2 - Restatement of Previously Issued Financial Statements” of this Amendment. For additional detail regarding the Restatement, see “Explanatory Note” and “Item 9A. Controls and Procedures.”

How the Company Generates Revenue

We generate revenue by providing hydraulic fracturing services to our customers. We own and operate a resultfleet of certainhydraulic fracturing units to perform these services. We seek to enter into contractual arrangements with our customers or fleet dedications, which establish pricing terms for a fixed duration. Under the terms of these agreements, we charge our customers base monthly rates, adjusted for activity and provision of materials such as proppant and chemicals, or we charge a variable rate based on the nature of the job including pumping time, well pressure, sand and chemical volumes and transportation.

Our Costs of Conducting Business

The principal costs involved in conducting our hydraulic fracturing services are labor, maintenance, materials, and transportation costs. A large portion of our costs are variable, based on the number and requirements of hydraulic fracturing jobs. We manage our fixed costs, other than depreciation and amortization, based on factors detailedincluding industry conditions and the expected demand for our services.

Materials include the cost of sand delivered to the basin of operations, chemicals, and other consumables used in our filings with the SEC. All subsequent written or oral forward-looking statements attributable to us or persons actingoperations. These costs vary based on the Company's behalf are qualified in their entirety by this paragraph.

Overview

We are a blank check company incorporatedquantity and quality of sand and chemicals utilized when providing hydraulic fracturing services. Transportation represents the costs to transport materials and equipment from receipt points to customer locations. Labor costs include payroll and benefits related to our field crews and other employees, as a Delaware corporation on March 10, 2016 and formed for the purpose of effecting a merger, capital stock exchange, asset acquisition, stock purchase, reorganization or similar business combination with one or more businesses. We intend to effectuate our initial business combination using cash from the proceedswell as severance costs. Most of our public offering and the private placement of warrants that occurred simultaneously with the consummation of the public offering, our capital stock, debt or a combination of cash, stock and debt.

The issuance of additional shares of our stock in a business combination:

may significantly dilute the equity interest of investors in the public offering, which dilution would increase if the anti-dilution provisions in the Class F common stock resulted in the issuance of Class A shares on a greater than one-to-one basis upon conversion of the Class F common stock;

may subordinate the rights of holders of our common stock if preferred stock is issued with rights senior to those afforded our common stock;

could cause a change in control if a substantial number of shares of our common stock is issued, which may affect, among other things, our ability to use our net operating loss carry forwards, if any, and could result in the resignation or removal of our present officers and directors;

may have the effect of delaying or preventing a change of control of us by diluting the stock ownership or voting rights of a person seeking to obtain control of us; and

may adversely affect prevailing market prices for our units, common stock and/or warrants.

Similarly, if we issue debt securities, it could result in:

default and foreclosure on our assets if our operating revenues after an initial business combination are insufficient to repay our debt obligations;

acceleration of our obligations to repay the indebtedness even if we make all principal and interest payments when due if we breach certain covenants that require the maintenance of certain financial ratios or reserves without a waiver or renegotiation of that covenant;

53

our immediate payment of all principal and accrued interest, if any, if the debt security is payable on demand;

our inability to obtain necessary additional financing if the debt security contains covenants restricting our ability to obtain such financing while the debt security is outstanding;

our inability to pay dividends on our common stock;

using a substantial portion of our cash flow to pay principal and interest on our debt, which will reduce the funds available for dividends on our common stock if declared, our ability to pay expenses, make capital expenditures and acquisitions, and fund other general corporate purposes;

limitations on our flexibility in planning for and reacting to changes in our business and in the industry in which we operate;

increased vulnerability to adverse changes in general economic, industry and competitive conditions and adverse changes in government regulation; and

limitations on our ability to borrow additional amounts for expenses, capital expenditures, acquisitions, debt service requirements, and execution of our strategy; and other purposes and other disadvantages compared to our competitors who have less debt.

As indicated in the accompanying financial statements, at December 31, 2017, we had $570,258 in cash outside of the trust account. We expect to continue to incur significant costs in the pursuit of our acquisition plans. We cannot assure you that our plans to complete our initial business combination will be successful.

Results of Operations

Foremployees are paid on an hourly basis. During the year ended December 31, 2017,2020, our labor cost included approximately $2.3 million of severance expense. Maintenance costs include preventative and other repair costs that do not require the replacement of major components of our hydraulic fracturing fleets. Maintenance and repair costs are expensed as incurred.


The following table presents our cost of services for the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019 (in thousands):

 

 

Years Ended December 31,

 

 

 

2020

 

 

2019

 

Materials

 

$

18,838

 

 

$

71,530

 

Transportation

 

 

11,883

 

 

 

45,681

 

Labor

 

 

71,395

 

 

 

124,204

 

Maintenance

 

 

43,876

 

 

 

65,201

 

Other (1)

 

 

41,811

 

 

 

77,341

 

Cost of services

 

$

187,803

 

 

$

383,957

 

(1)Other consists of fuel, lubes, equipment rentals, travel and lodging costs for our crews, site safety costs and

     other costs incurred in performing our operating activities.

Significant Trends

The global health and economic crisis sparked by the COVID-19 pandemic and the associated decrease in commodity prices significantly impacted industry activity since the beginning of 2020. Weaker economic activity and lower demand for crude oil, driven by the persistence of the COVID-19 pandemic, has adversely impacted our business, resulting in a reduction in our active fleet count and fleet utilization levels. As such, we hadare experiencing considerable uncertainty in our near-term business prospects and ability to forecast future financial performance.

In response to the challenging business and operating environment created by the COVID-19 pandemic, we have taken proactive measures to safeguard the physical health of our employees and the financial health of our business. Employees capable of working from home were mandated to do so until conditions improve making it safe for their return on a voluntary basis. Additionally, all individuals entering into a Company facility or work location undergo a screening process. Beginning in February 2020, we took swift action to reduce costs, rationalizing the size of the organization to match activity through reductions-in-force, furloughing employees, reducing compensation levels across the board, and closing facilities. We also worked with customers to accelerate the collections of accounts receivables in certain cases and worked with suppliers to reduce our cost of goods and ensure the availability of supply. During the second quarter of 2020, we completed an offering of redeemable convertible preferred equity concurrent with the amendment of certain terms of our debt instruments in order to provide us with greater liquidity and financial flexibility (See “Note 11 - Debt” and “Note 12 – Mezzanine Equity” in the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements). In addition, we have also taken advantage of relief offered by the CARES Act with the deferral of the employer portion of social security taxes, the carryback of our 2018 NOLs to prior year taxable income and during the second half of 2020, the receipt of a $10.0 million PPP Loan and $22.0 million USDA Loan. In January 2021, we received the remaining $3.0 million proceeds from the USDA Loan. We have also sold shares of Class A common stock pursuant to our ATM Agreement (as defined below) in order to provide us with additional liquidity.


Results of Operations

Year 2020 Compared to Year 2019

(in thousands, except percentages)

 

 

Years Ended December 31,

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2020

(As Restated)

 

 

% (1)

 

 

2019

(As Restated)

 

 

% (1)

 

 

Variance

 

 

%

 

Revenues

 

$

244,007

 

 

100.0%

 

 

$

514,757

 

 

100.0%

 

 

$

(270,750

)

 

(52.6)%

 

Costs and expenses:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cost of services (excluding depreciation

   and amortization)

 

 

187,803

 

 

77.0%

 

 

 

383,957

 

 

74.6%

 

 

 

(196,154

)

 

(51.1)%

 

Depreciation and amortization

 

 

80,353

 

 

32.9%

 

 

 

154,149

 

 

29.9%

 

 

 

(73,796

)

 

(47.9)%

 

Selling, general and administrative

   expenses (3)

 

 

43,632

 

 

17.9%

 

 

 

31,856

 

 

6.2%

 

 

 

11,776

 

 

37.0%

 

Impairment of long-lived assets

 

 

147,543

 

 

60.5%

 

 

 

-

 

 

0.0%

 

 

 

147,543

 

 

* (2)

 

Loss on disposal of assets

 

 

7,112

 

 

2.9%

 

 

 

20,065

 

 

3.9%

 

 

 

(12,953

)

 

(64.6)%

 

Loss from operations

 

 

(222,436

)

 

(91.2)%

 

 

 

(75,270

)

 

(14.6)%

 

 

 

(147,166

)

 

* (2)

 

Interest expense, net

 

 

(25,226

)

 

(10.3)%

 

 

 

(30,109

)

 

(5.8)%

 

 

 

4,883

 

 

(16.2)%

 

Change in fair value of warrant

   liabilities

 

 

6,342

 

 

2.6%

 

 

 

12,113

 

 

2.4%

 

 

 

(5,771

)

 

* (2)

 

Loss on extinguishment of debt

 

 

-

 

 

0.0%

 

 

 

(12,558

)

 

(2.4)%

 

 

 

12,558

 

 

* (2)

 

Other income

 

 

108

 

 

0.0%

 

 

 

1,768

 

 

0.3%

 

 

 

(1,660

)

 

* (2)

 

Income tax benefit

 

 

(824

)

 

(0.3)%

 

 

 

(77

)

 

(0.0)%

 

 

 

(747

)

 

* (2)

 

Net loss

 

$

(240,388

)

 

(98.5)%

 

 

$

(103,979

)

 

(20.2)%

 

 

$

(136,409

)

 

* (2)

 

(1) As a percentage of revenues. Percentage totals or differences in the above table may not equal the sum or

                       difference of the components due to rounding.

(2) Not meaningful.

(3) Selling, general and administrative expenses consist of the following:

 

 

Years Ended December 31,

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2020

 

 

% (1)

 

 

2019

 

 

% (1)

 

 

Variance

 

 

%

 

Provision for losses on accounts

   receivable

 

$

12,031

 

 

4.9%

 

 

$

434

 

 

0.1%

 

 

$

11,597

 

 

2672.1%

 

Share-based compensation expense

 

 

8,116

 

 

3.3%

 

 

 

5,242

 

 

1.0%

 

 

 

2,874

 

 

54.8%

 

Payroll costs and other selling, general,

   and administrative expenses

 

 

23,485

 

 

9.6%

 

 

 

26,180

 

 

5.1%

 

 

 

(2,695

)

 

(10.3)%

 

Selling, general and administrative

   expenses

 

$

43,632

 

 

17.9%

 

 

$

31,856

 

 

6.2%

 

 

 

11,776

 

 

37.0%

 

Revenues. The decrease in revenue was primarily attributable to the decline in business activity, as our average active fleet count during the period decreased to 6 fleets compared to 10 fleets in the prior comparable period. The decrease in revenue was also attributable to an increased amount of self-sourcing by customers of lower-margin consumables such as sand, chemicals, and sand transportation. We expect the industry trend of E&P companies self-sourcing to continue, resulting in decreased revenues from consumables as compared to prior years in which we provided these consumables to our customers. In addition, we anticipate revenue to continue to be depressed in the foreseeable future if industry conditions discussed in “Significant Trends” above continue.

Cost of services, excluding depreciation and amortization. The decrease in cost of services, excluding depreciation and amortization, was primarily attributable to the decline in business activity and significant cost cutting measures implemented in response to current industry conditions as described in “Significant Trends” above. The decrease in cost of services, excluding depreciation and amortization, was also due in part to the change in revenue mix discussed above, offset in part by $2.3 million of severance recorded in the current period. Like revenues, we anticipate cost of services, excluding depreciation and amortization to remain at reduced levels as long as the industry conditions and cost cutting measures described in “Significant Trends” above continue.


Depreciation and amortization. The decrease in depreciation and amortization was primarily due to the lower cost basis of depreciating long-lived assets because of impairment losses recorded in the first quarter of 2020, and fully depreciated long-lived assets since the end of the prior comparable period.

Selling, general and administrative expenses. The increase in selling, general, and administrative expenses was primarily attributable to our recording of a bad debt reserve of $12.0 million in the during the year 2020 due to growing uncertainty as to collectability of billed amounts from customers weakened by the recent collapse in crude oil prices. We are continuing to work with our customers on collecting these receivables. Additionally, share-based compensation expense increased by $2.9 million primarily due to the new share-based compensation awards granted in the fourth quarter of 2020. The increase in selling, general, and administrative expenses was offset in part by a decrease of $2.7 million in payroll costs and other selling, general, and administrative expenses, which was mainly due to reduction of expenses due to reductions-in-force, furloughing employees, and reduction of employee compensation levels in response to current industry conditions as described in “Significant Trends” above.

Impairment of long-lived assets. As a result of impairment tests that we performed in the first quarter of 2020, we determined that the carrying value of long-lived assets exceeded their fair value. Therefore, we recorded an impairment charge in the first quarter of 2020 to reduce the carrying value of property and equipment and finite-lived intangible assets to fair value (See “Note 6 – Goodwill and Intangible Assets” and “Note 7 – Property and Equipment, Net” in the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements).

Loss on disposal of assets. The amount of loss on disposal of assets fluctuates period over period due to differences in the operating conditions of our hydraulic fracturing equipment, such as wellbore pressure and rate of barrels pumped per minute, that impact the timing of disposals of our hydraulic fracturing pump components and the amount of gain or loss recognized. The decrease in the loss on disposal of assets was primarily attributable to the significant decrease in loss on disposal related to fluid ends, due to a change in accounting estimate related to their useful life (See Property and Equipment in “Note 3 – Significant Accounting Policies” in the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements). Beginning in the second quarter of 2020, fluid ends are expensed as they are used in operations, due to their shortened useful life estimate.

Interest expense, net. The decrease was primarily attributable to lower average debt balance and lower effective interest rates compared to the prior period.

Non-GAAP Financial Measures

EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA are non-GAAP financial measures and should not be considered as a substitute for net income (loss), operating income (loss) or any other performance measure derived in accordance with GAAP or as an alternative to net cash provided by operating activities as a measure of $757,557.our profitability or liquidity. Our entire activity through December 31, 2017, consistedmanagement believes EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA are useful because they allow external users of formationour consolidated financial statements, such as industry analysts, investors, lenders and preparation forrating agencies, to more effectively evaluate our operating performance, compare the public offeringresults of our operations from period to period and sinceagainst our peers without regard to our financing methods or capital structure and because it highlights trends in our business that may not otherwise be apparent when relying solely on GAAP measures. We present EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA because we believe EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA are important supplemental measures of our performance that are frequently used by others in evaluating companies in our industry. Because EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA exclude some, but not all, items that affect net income (loss) and may vary among companies, the public offering,EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA we present may not be comparable to similarly titled measures of other companies. We define EBITDA as earnings before interest, income taxes, depreciation, and amortization. We define Adjusted EBITDA as EBITDA excluding the search forfollowing: loss on disposal of assets; share-based compensation; impairments; change in fair value of warrant liabilities and other items that management believes to be nonrecurring in nature.


The following table presents a target businessreconciliation of EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA from net loss, our most directly comparable financial measure calculated and presented in accordance with which to consummate an initial business combination,GAAP (in thousands):

 

 

Years Ended December 31,

 

 

 

2020

(As Restated)

 

 

2019

(As Restated)

 

Net loss

 

$

(240,388

)

 

$

(103,979

)

Interest expense, net

 

 

25,226

 

 

 

30,109

 

Income tax benefit

 

 

(824

)

 

 

(77

)

Depreciation and amortization

 

 

80,353

 

 

 

154,149

 

EBITDA

 

 

(135,633

)

 

 

80,202

 

Loss on disposal of assets (a)

 

 

7,112

 

 

 

20,065

 

Share based compensation (b)

 

 

10,056

 

 

 

7,755

 

Impairment loss (c)

 

 

147,543

 

 

 

-

 

Fleet start-up, relocation, and reactivation costs (d)

 

 

3,033

 

 

 

9,085

 

Restructuring and transaction related costs (e)

 

 

-

 

 

 

1,738

 

Severance, business restructuring, market-driven costs (f)

 

 

5,377

 

 

 

-

 

Fleet fire (g)

 

 

-

 

 

 

(1,294

)

Change in fair value of warrant liabilities (h)

 

 

(6,342

)

 

 

(12,113

)

Loss on extinguishment of debt (i)

 

 

-

 

 

 

12,558

 

Adjusted EBITDA

 

$

31,146

 

 

$

117,996

 

(a) Represents net losses on the disposal of property and as such, we had no operations. Subsequentequipment.

(b) Represents non-cash share-basedcompensation.

(c) Represents a non-cash impairment charge on long-livedassets.

(d) Represents costs related to the closingstart-up, relocation and / or reactivation of the public offering on March 15, 2017, our normal operatinghydraulic fracturingfleets.

(e) Represents third-party professional fees and other costs includedincluding costs related to strategic and capital

markets transactions.

(f) Represents severance, restructuring cost related to reductions in force and facility closures, and market

driven-costs associated with our search forthe COVID-19 pandemic.

(g) Represents insurance reimbursement of costs related to a target business,fleet fire previously reported as an add-back.

(h) Represents non-cash change in fair value of warrant liabilities.

(i) Represents non-recurring costs associated with our governance and public reporting, and state franchise taxes.related to debt extinguishment.

 

Liquidity and Capital Resources

 

Until the consummation of the public offering, our onlyOur primary sources of liquidity were an initial purchaseand capital resources are cash on the balance sheet, cash flow generated from operating activities, proceeds from the issuance of Founder Shares for $25,000 by the Sponsor,equity, senior secured term loan, PPP Loan, USDA Loan, and a total of $275,000 of loans and advances by the Sponsor. The $275,000 loans and advances were non-interest bearing and were paid in full on March 15, 2017 in connection with closing of the public offering.borrowings under our revolving credit facility.

 

On March 15, 2017,April 1, 2020, we consummated our public offering in which we sold 32,500,000 Units at a price of $10.00 per Unit (including the partial exercise of the Underwriter’s overallotment option) generating gross proceeds of $325,000,000 before underwriting fees and expenses. The Sponsor and the Underwriter purchased an aggregate of 15,500,000 Private Placement Warrants (14,500,000 of Private Placement Warrants by the Sponsor and 1,000,000 of Private Placement Warrants by the Underwriter) at a price of $0.50 per Private Placement Warrant in a private placement that occurred simultaneously with21,000 shares of Series B Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock, par value $0.0001 per share (“Series B preferred stock”) to certain institutional investors for an aggregate purchase price of $21.0 million. We used substantially all the public offering. In connection with the public offering, we incurred offering costs of $16,824,469 (including an underwriting fee of $6,000,000 and deferred underwriting commissions of $10,250,000). Other incurred offering costs consisted principally of formation and preparation fees related to the public offering. A total of $325,000,000 of the net proceeds from the public offeringSeries B preferred stock to obtain the amendment on our senior secured term loan described below.

On April 1, 2020, we entered into agreements to amend our existing senior secured term loan and revolving credit facility. Pursuant to the amendment to our senior secured term loan, the interest rate on the outstanding loan was reduced to 0.0% and the private placementscheduled principal amortization payments were depositedsuspended for the period beginning April 1, 2020 and ending March 31, 2022. In addition, the maturity date of the senior secured term loan was extended to December 5, 2025. Pursuant to the amendment to our revolving credit facility, the aggregate revolving commitment was reduced from $75.0 million to $60.0 million, the maturity date was extended from May 7, 2024 to April 1, 2025, and the interest rate margin applicable to borrowings under our revolving credit facility was increased by 0.50% per annum. In addition, the borrowing base under the ABL Facility was amended to include a FILO Amount, which increases borrowing base availability by up to the lesser of (i) $4.0 million and (ii) 5.0% of the value of eligible accounts receivables, subject to scheduled monthly reductions. Advances under the FILO amount accrue interest at a rate that is 1.50% higher than the rate applicable to other loans under the revolving credit facility and may be repaid only after all other revolving credit facility loans have been repaid.


On June 26, 2020, the Company entered into an Equity Distribution Agreement (the “ATM Agreement”) with Piper Sandler & Co. relating to the Company’s shares of Class A common stock. In accordance with the terms of the ATM Agreement, which relates to an “at-the-market” offering program, the Company may offer and sell, from time to time through the Piper Sandler & Co., up to $10.3 million of our Class A common stock. Under the ATM Agreement, the Company will pay Piper Sandler an aggregate commission of up to 3% of the gross sales price per share of Class A common stock sold under the ATM Agreement. Under the ATM Agreement, we sold 792,258 shares of Class A common stock for a total net proceeds of $0.4 million as of December 31, 2020. The Company paid twelve thousand and three hundred sixty-four dollars and fifty-eight cents in commissions with respect to these sales. In January 2021, we sold an additional 8,340,608 shares of Class A common stock for a total net proceeds of $5.7 million, after payment of $0.2 million in commissions.

In July 2020, the Company received an unsecured $10.0 million loan (the “PPP Loan”) that bears interest at a rate of 1.0% per annum and matures in five years under the Paycheck Protection Program from a commercial bank. The Paycheck Protection Program was established under the CARES Act and is administered by the U.S. Small Business Administration. Under the terms of the CARES Act, loan recipients can apply for and be granted forgiveness for all or a portion of the loan. Forgiveness is determined, subject to certain limitations, based on the use of the loan proceeds for payroll costs, interest on mortgages or other debt obligations, rents, and utilities. At least 60% of the proceeds must be used for payroll costs. No assurance can be given that the Company will obtain forgiveness of the PPP Loan either in whole or in part. Monthly principal and interest payments will commence after an initial deferral period as specified under the Paycheck Protection Program on any unforgiven loan proceeds.

In August 2020, we entered into an amendment to our revolving credit facility pursuant to which the aggregate revolving commitment under the facility was reduced from $60.0 million to $50.0 million and certain modifications were made to eligible accounts in the trust account establishedborrowing base and to the applicable thresholds in the cash dominion trigger period and financial covenant trigger period, among other things. Our option to request an increase in commitments under the accordion feature was also removed under the terms of the amendment.

In November 2020, we entered into a Business Loan Agreement (the “USDA Loan”) with a commercial bank pursuant to the United States Department of Agriculture, Business & Industry Coronavirus Aid, Relief, and Economic Security Act Guaranteed Loan Program, in the aggregate principal amount of up to $25.0 million for the benefitpurpose of our public stockholders.

54

providing long-term financing for eligible working capital. Interest payments are due monthly at the interest rate of 5.75% per annum beginning on December 12, 2020 but principal payments are not required until December 12, 2023. As of December 31, 2017,2020, we have availablereceived proceeds amounting to us $570,258$22.0 million under the USDA Loan. In January 2021, we received the remaining principal amount of cash on our balance sheet. We will use these funds to identify and evaluate target businesses, perform business, legal and accounting due diligence on prospective target businesses, travel to and from the offices, plants or similar locations of prospective target businesses or their representatives or owners, review corporate documents and material agreements of prospective target businesses, and structure, negotiate and complete a business combination. As of December 31, 2017, we also had $1,449,859 in interest income available from our investments in the trust account to pay for our tax obligations.

In order to fund working capital deficiencies or finance transaction costs in connection with an intended initial business combination, our Sponsor or an affiliate of our Sponsor or certain of our officers and directors may, but are not obligated to, loan us funds as may be required. If we complete our initial business combination, we would repay such loaned amounts. In the event that our initial business combination does not close, we may use a portion of the working capital held outside the trust account to repay such loaned amounts but no proceeds from our trust account would be used for such repayment. Up to $1,500,000 of such loans may be convertible into warrants at a price of $0.50 per warrant at the option of the lender. The warrants would be identical to the Private Placement Warrants, including as to exercise price, exercisability and exercise period. Other than as set forth above, the terms of such loans by our Sponsor, an affiliate of our Sponsor or our officers and directors, if any, have not been determined and no written agreements exist with respect to such loans. We do not expect to seek loans from parties other than our Sponsor, an affiliate of our Sponsor or certain of our officers and directors, if any, as we do not believe third parties will be willing to loan such funds and provide a waiver against any and all rights to seek access to funds in our trust account.

We expect that we have sufficient resources subsequent to our public offering to fund our operations through March 15, 2019. We do not believe we will need to raise additional funds following this offering in order to meet the expenditures required for operating our business. However, if our estimates of the costs of identifying a target business, undertaking in-depth due diligence and negotiating an initial business combination are less than the actual amount necessary to do so, we may have insufficient funds available to operate our business prior to our business combination. Moreover, we may need to obtain additional financing either to complete our business combination or because we become obligated to redeem a significant number of our public shares upon completion of our business combination, in which case we may issue additional securities or incur debt in connection with such business combination, which may include a specified future issuance. Subject to compliance with applicable securities laws, we would only complete such financing simultaneously with the completion of our business combination. If we are unable to complete our initial business combination because we do not have sufficient funds available to us, we will be forced to cease operations and liquidate the trust account. In addition, following our initial business combination, if cash on hand is insufficient, we may need to obtain additional financing in order to meet our obligations.

Going Concern$3.0 million.

 

In connection with our entry into the Company’s assessmentUSDA Loan, the senior secured term loan was amended to, among other things, require us to pay quarterly principal payments of going concern considerations$1.25 million commencing on December 31, 2020.

The USDA Loan is subject to certain financial covenants. The Company is required to maintain a Debt Service Coverage Ratio (as defined in accordancethe USDA Loan) of not less than 1.25:1, to be monitored annually, beginning in calendar year 2021. Additionally, the Company is required to maintain a ratio of debt to net worth of not more than 9:1, to be monitored annually based upon year-end financial statements beginning in calendar year 2022.

For more information regarding the issuance of the Series B preferred stock, entry into PPP Loan and USDA Loan, and amendments to our senior secured term loan and revolving credit facility, refer to “Note 11 – Debt” and “Note 12 – Mezzanine Equity” in the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

As of December 31, 2020, our senior secured term loan is not subject to financial covenants but is subject to certain non-financial covenants, including but not limited to, reporting, insurance, notice and collateral maintenance covenants as well as limitations on the incurrence of indebtedness, permitted investments, liens on assets, dispositions of assets, paying dividends, transactions with Financial Accounting Standard Board’s Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) 2014-15, “Disclosures of Uncertainties about an Entity’s Ability to Continue as a Going Concern”, management has determined that the mandatory liquidationaffiliates, mergers and subsequent dissolution raises substantial doubt about the Company’s ability to continue as a going concern. No adjustments have been madeconsolidations. In addition, all borrowings under our revolving credit facility are subject to the carryingsatisfaction of customary conditions, including the absence of a default and the accuracy of representations and warranties and certifications regarding sales of certain inventory, and to a borrowing base. As of December 31, 2020, the borrowing base was $32.4 million, and the outstanding revolver loan balance was $23.7 million. As of December 31, 2020, we were in compliance with all of the covenants under our senior secured term loan and our revolving credit facility.


We believe that our current cash position, working capital balance, cash generated from operations, favorable payment terms under our amended senior secured term loan, borrowing capacity under our revolving credit facility, deferral of the employer portion of social security tax under the CARES Act, proceeds from our PPP Loan and USDA Loan, and amounts raised through our ATM program, will be sufficient to satisfy the anticipated cash requirements associated with our existing operations for at least the next twelve months. While we are focused on maintaining adequate liquidity to fund our operations, service our debt and fund capital expenditures, sustained weakness or further deterioration in industry activity may make it difficult for us to do so.

Cash Flows

(in thousands)

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

 

 

2020

 

 

2019

 

Net cash provided by (used in):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Operating activities

 

$

8,616

 

 

$

74,844

 

Investing activities

 

 

(34,999

)

 

 

(208,294

)

Financing activities

 

 

(9,759

)

 

 

144,818

 

Net Cash Provided by Operating Activities. Net cash provided by operating activities primarily represents the results of operations exclusive of non-cash expenses, including depreciation, amortization, provision for losses on accounts receivable and inventory, interest, impairment losses, losses on disposal of assets, and share-based compensation, and the impact of changes in operating assets and liabilities. Net cash provided by operating activities was $8.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2020, a decrease of $66.2 million from the prior corresponding period. This decrease was primarily attributed to significant decline in business activity. We also experienced slower collection of customer receivables in the fourth quarter of 2020. Additionally, we made interest payments amounting to $24.3 million related to our senior secured term loan, which represented interest from May 7, 2019 through March 31, 2020. With the entry into the amendment to our senior secured term loan on April 1, 2020, we have no interest coming due on the senior secured term loan over the next twelve months.

Net Cash Used in Investing Activities.Net cash used in investing activities decreased by $173.3 million from the prior corresponding period, primarily due to reduced growth and maintenance capital expenditures because of the decline in business activity. Net cash used in investing activities was $35.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2020, primarily due to purchases of property and equipment amounting to $55.9 million of which, $30.8 million related to maintaining and supporting our existing hydraulic fracturing equipment, $0.3 million of which related to fleet enhancements, and $24.8 million related to growth. This was offset in part by $20.9 million total proceeds from the sale of certain property and equipment and insurance proceeds from damaged property and equipment.

Net Cash Provided by Financing Activities.During the year ended December 31, 2020, cash used in financing activities reflects payments of amounts outstanding under our revolving credit facility, long term debt, note payable, equipment financing arrangements, finance leases, and payment of debt financing costs amounting to $85.5 million, $3.8 million, $7.5 million, $3.2 million, $10.5 million, and $21.4 million, respectively, offset in part by amounts drawn under our revolving credit facility, and proceeds from the USDA Loan, PPP Loan, note payable, net proceeds from the issuance of Series B preferred stock, and proceeds from issuances of Class A common stock under our ATM Agreement, amounting to $69.0 million, $22.0 million, $10.0 million, $1.1 million, $19.6 million, and $0.4 million, respectively.

Capital Expenditures. Our business requires continual investments to upgrade or liabilities shouldenhance existing property and equipment and to ensure compliance with safety and environmental regulations. Capital expenditures primarily relate to maintenance capital expenditures, growth capital expenditures and fleet enhancement capital expenditures. Maintenance capital expenditures include expenditures needed to maintain and to support our current operations. Growth capital expenditures include expenditures to generate incremental distributable cash flow. Fleet enhancement capital expenditures include expenditures on new equipment related to existing fleets that increase the Company beproductivity of the fleet. Capital expenditures for growth and fleet enhancement initiatives are discretionary.

We classify maintenance capital expenditures as expenditures required to liquidate after March 15, 2019.maintain or supplement existing hydraulic fracturing fleets. We budget maintenance capital expenditures based on historical run rates and current maintenance schedules. Growth capital expenditures relate to adding hydraulic fracturing fleets and are based on quotes obtained from equipment manufacturers


and our estimate for the timing of placing orders, disbursing funds, and receiving the equipment. Fleet enhancement capital expenditures relate to technology enhancements to existing fleets that increase their productivity and are based on quotes obtained from equipment manufacturers and our estimate for the timing of placing orders, disbursing funds, and receiving the equipment.  

 

We continuously evaluate our capital expenditures and the amount we ultimately spend will depend on several factors, including expected industry activity levels and company initiatives. We intend to fund most of our capital expenditures, contractual obligations and working capital needs with cash on hand, cash generated from operations, borrowing capacity under our revolving credit facility and other financing sources.

Off-Balance Sheet Financing Arrangements

We are a party to transactions, agreements or other contractual arrangements defined as “off-balance sheet arrangements” that could have no obligations, assets or liabilities which would be considereda material future effect on our financial position, results of operations, liquidity, and capital resources. The most significant of these off-balance sheet arrangements. arrangements include sand purchase commitments disclosed in “Note 18 – Commitments and Contingencies” in the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

We do not participatehave a retained or contingent interest in transactionsassets transferred to an unconsolidated entity, we do not have any obligation under a contract that create relationships with unconsolidatedwould be accounted for as a derivative instrument, and we do not have any interest in entities or financial partnerships, often referred to as variable interest entities, which would have been established for the purpose of facilitating off-balance sheet arrangements.

We have not entered into any off-balance sheet financing arrangements, established any special purpose entities, guaranteed any debt or commitments of other entities, or entered into any non-financial assets.

55

Contractual Obligations

 The underwriter was paid a cash underwriting fee of $6,000,000 or 2% of gross proceeds of the public offering, excluding any amounts raised pursuant to the overallotment option. In addition, the underwriter is entitled to an aggregate deferred underwriting commission of $10,250,000 consisting of (i) 3% of the gross proceeds of the public offering, excluding any amounts raised pursuant to the overallotment option, and (ii) 5% of the gross proceeds of the Units sold in the public offering pursuant to the overallotment option. The deferred underwriting commissions will become payable to the underwriter from the amounts held in the trust account solely in the event that the Company completes an initial business combination, subject to the terms of the underwriting agreement.

At December 31, 2017, we did not have any long-term debt, capital lease obligations, operating lease obligations or long-term liabilities.entities.

 

Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates

 

The preparation of financial statements and related disclosures in conformity with GAAP requires the Company’s management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the amounts reported in the financial statements and accompanying notes. We regularly evaluate estimates and judgments based on historical experience and other relevant facts and circumstances.

We discuss our significant estimates used in the preparation of the financial statements in the notes accompanying the financial statements. Listed below are the accounting policies we believe are critical to our financial statements due to the degree of uncertainty regarding the estimates or assumptions involved.

Warrant Liabilities

We evaluate all of our financial instruments, including issued stock purchase warrants, to determine if such instruments are derivatives or contain features that qualify as embedded derivatives, pursuant to ASC 480, Distinguishing Liabilities from Equity and ASC 815-15, Derivatives and Hedging—Embedded Derivatives. The classification of derivative instruments, including whether such instruments should be recorded as liabilities or equity is evaluated pursuant to ASC 815-40.

The Company issued public and private placement warrants in connection with its IPO in November 2018. Additionally, the Company issued Series A warrants to certain institutional investors in connection with its private placement of Series A Preferred Stock on May 24, 2019. All of our outstanding warrants are recognized as liabilities. Accordingly, we recognize the warrant instruments as liabilities at fair value upon issuance and adjust the instruments to fair value at the end of each reporting period. Any change in fair value is recognized in our consolidated statement of operations. The public warrants are valued using their quoted market price since they are publicly traded and thus had an observable market price. The private placement warrants are valued using a Monte Carlo simulation model. The Series A warrants are valued using the Black-Scholes option pricing model.

Revenue Recognition 

We recognize revenue based on our customer’s ability to benefit from the services we render in an amount that reflects the consideration we expect to receive in exchange for those services. Revenues are earned as services are rendered, which is generally on a per stage or daily rate basis. Customers are invoiced according to contract terms upon the completion of a well or monthly with payment due typically 30 days from invoice date. Our performance obligations are satisfied over time, typically measured in number of stages completed or the number of pumping days a fleet is available to pump for a customer in a month. Revenue is recognized when a contract with a customer exists, collectability of amounts subject to invoice is probable, the performance obligations under the contract have been satisfied over time, and the amount to which we have the right to invoice


has been determined. A portion of our contracts contain variable consideration; however, this variable consideration is typically unknown at the time of contract inception, and is not known until the job is complete, at which time the variability is resolved. We have elected to use the “as invoiced” practical expedient to recognize revenue based upon the amount we have the right to invoice the customer if that amount corresponds directly with the value to the customer of our performance completed to date. We believe that this is an accurate reflection of the value transferred to the customer as each incremental obligation is performed.

Accounts Receivable

We analyze the need for an allowance for doubtful accounts for estimated losses related to potentially uncollectible accounts receivable on a case-by-case basis throughout the year. We reserve amounts based on specific identification after considering each customer’s situation, including payment patterns, current financial condition as well as general economic conditions. It is reasonably possible that our estimates of the allowance for doubtful accounts will change and that losses ultimately incurred could differ materially from the amounts estimated in determining the allowance.

Property and Equipment

We calculate depreciation based on the estimated useful lives of our assets. When assets are placed into service, we make estimates with respect to their useful lives that we believe are reasonable. However, the cyclical nature of our business, which results in fluctuations in the use of our equipment and the environments in which we operate, could cause us to change our estimates, thus affecting the future calculation of depreciation.

We continuously perform repair and maintenance expenditures on our service equipment. Expenditures for renewals and betterments that extend the lives of our service equipment, which may include the replacement of significant components of service equipment, are capitalized and depreciated. Other repairs and maintenance costs are expensed as incurred. The determination of whether an expenditure should be capitalized or expensed requires management judgment regarding the effect of the expenditure on the useful life of the equipment.

We separately identify and account for certain significant components of our hydraulic fracturing units including the engine, transmission, and pump, which requires us to separately estimate the useful lives of these components.

Definite-lived Intangible Assets

Our intangible assets are primarily related to patents and trademarks acquired in a business acquisition. We calculate amortization for these assets based on their estimated useful lives. When these assets are recorded, we make estimates with respect to their useful lives that we believe are reasonable. However, these estimates contain judgments regarding the future utility of these assets and a change in our assessment of the useful lives of these assets could materially change the future calculation of amortization.

Impairment of Long-Lived Assets

Long-lived assets, such as property and equipment and amortizable identifiable intangible assets, are reviewed for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an asset may not be recoverable. When impairment is indicated, we determine the amount by which the assets carrying value exceeds its fair value. We consider several factors such as estimated future cash flows, appraisals, and current market value analysis in determining fair value. Assets are written down to fair value if the concluded current fair value is below the net carrying value. If actual results or performance are not consistent with our estimates and assumptions, we may be subject to additional impairment charges, which could be material to our results of operations. For example, if our results of operations significantly decline because of an extended decline in the price of oil, there could be a material increase in the impairment of long-lived assets in future periods.

Share-based Compensation

Share based compensation is measured on the grant date and fair value is recognized as expense over the requisite service period, which is generally the vesting period of the award. We recognize forfeitures as they occur rather than estimating expected forfeitures.


The fair value of time-based restricted stock, DSUs, or other performance incentive awards is determined based on the number of shares or units granted and the closing price of our Class A common stock on the date of grant. The fair value of stock options is determined by applying the Black-Sholes model on the grant-date market value of the underlying Class A common stock. Restricted stock with market conditions is valued using a Monte Carlo simulation analysis.

Deferred compensation expense associated with liability-based awards, such as certain performance incentive awards that could be settled either in cash or the issuance of a variable number of shares based on a fixed monetary amount at inception, is recognized at the fixed monetary amount at inception and is amortized on a straight-line basis over the requisite service period, which is generally the vesting period. However, we consider any delayed settlement as a post-vesting restriction which impacts the determination of the grant-date fair value of the award. We estimate fair value by using a risk-adjusted discount rate, which reflects the weighted average cost of capital of similarly traded public companies.  

Each of these valuation approaches involves significant judgments and estimates, including estimates regarding our future operations or the determination of a comparable public company peer group.

Income Taxes

We use the asset and liability method under ASC 740 of accounting for income taxes, under which deferred tax assets and liabilities disclosureare recognized for the future tax consequences of contingent(i) temporary differences between the financial statement carrying amounts and the tax bases of existing assets and liabilities and (ii) operating loss and tax credit carryforwards. Deferred income tax assets and liabilities are based on enacted tax rates applicable to the future period when those temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled. The effect of a change in tax rates on deferred tax assets and liabilities is recognized in income in the period the rate change is enacted. A valuation allowance is provided for deferred tax assets when it is more likely than not the deferred tax assets will not be realized.

ASC 740 prescribes a recognition threshold and a measurement attribute for the financial statement recognition and measurement of tax positions taken or expected to be taken in a tax return. For those benefits to be recognized, a tax position must be more-likely-than-not to be sustained upon examination by taxing authorities. We recognize accrued interest and penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits as income tax expense. No amounts were accrued for the payment of interest and penalties at December 31, 2020. We are currently not aware of any issues under review that could result in significant payments, accruals, or material deviation from our position. We are subject to income tax examinations by major taxing authorities since inception.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

See Note 4 – Accounting Standards to our audited consolidated financial statements included in “Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data” for further discussion regarding recently issued accounting standards.

Related Party Transactions

See Note 19 – Related Party Transactions to our audited consolidated financial statements included in “Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data” for further discussion regarding related party transactions.

Item 7A. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk.

As a smaller reporting company, we are not required to provide the information required by this item.



Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data.

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

To the Stockholders and Board of Directors

U.S. Well Services, Inc.:

Opinion on the Consolidated Financial Statements

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of U.S. Well Services, Inc. and subsidiaries (the Company) as of December 31, 2020 and 2019, the related consolidated statements of operations, stockholders’ equity (deficit), and cash flows for the years then ended, and the related notes (collectively, the consolidated financial statements). In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company as of December 31, 2020 and 2019, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for the years then ended, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.

Correction of a Misstatement

As discussed in Note 2 to the consolidated financial statements, the 2020 and 2019 financial statements have been restated to correct a misstatement.

Basis for Opinion

These consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these consolidated financial statements based on our audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (PCAOB) and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the consolidated financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud. The Company is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform, an audit of its internal control over financial reporting. As part of our audits, we are required to obtain an understanding of internal control over financial reporting but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion.

Our audits included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the consolidated financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the consolidated financial statements. Our audits also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the consolidated financial statements. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

/s/ KPMG LLP

We have served as the Company’s auditor since 2012.

Houston, Texas

March 11, 2021, except for the effects

of the restatement disclosed in Note 2,

which is as of May 17, 2021


U.S. WELL SERVICES, INC.

 

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

 

(In thousands, except share and per share amounts)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

As Restated

 

 

 

December 31,

 

 

December 31,

 

 

 

2020

 

 

2019

 

ASSETS

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

CURRENT ASSETS:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents

 

$

3,693

 

 

$

33,794

 

Restricted cash

 

 

1,569

 

 

 

7,610

 

Accounts receivable (net of allowance for doubtful accounts of

   $12,000 and $22 in 2020 and 2019, respectively)

 

 

44,393

 

 

 

79,542

 

Inventory, net

 

 

7,965

 

 

 

9,052

 

Prepaids and other current assets

 

 

10,707

 

 

 

13,332

 

Total current assets

 

 

68,327

 

 

 

143,330

 

Property and equipment, net

 

 

235,332

 

 

 

441,610

 

Intangible assets, net

 

 

13,466

 

 

 

21,826

 

Goodwill

 

 

4,971

 

 

 

4,971

 

Deferred financing costs, net

 

 

1,127

 

 

 

1,045

 

TOTAL ASSETS

 

$

323,223

 

 

$

612,782

 

LIABILITIES, MEZZANINE EQUITY AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY (DEFICIT)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

CURRENT LIABILITIES:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accounts payable

 

$

36,362

 

 

$

70,170

 

Accrued expenses and other current liabilities

 

 

14,781

 

 

 

40,481

 

Notes payable

 

 

998

 

 

 

8,068

 

Current portion of long-term equipment financing

 

 

3,519

 

 

 

5,564

 

Current portion of long-term capital lease obligation

 

 

54

 

 

 

10,474

 

Current portion of long-term debt

 

 

10,000

 

 

 

6,250

 

Total current liabilities

 

 

65,714

 

 

 

141,007

 

Warrant liabilities

 

 

1,619

 

 

 

8,147

 

Long-term equipment financing

 

 

9,347

 

 

 

10,501

 

Long-term debt

 

 

274,555

 

 

 

274,391

 

Other long-term liabilities

 

 

3,539

 

 

 

215

 

TOTAL LIABILITIES

 

 

354,774

 

 

 

434,261

 

Commitments and contingencies (NOTE 18)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

MEZZANINE EQUITY

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Series A Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock, par value $0.0001 per share; 55,000 shares

   authorized; 50,000 shares and 55,000 shares issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2020

   and 2019, respectively; aggregate liquidation preference of $60,418 and $59,050 as of December

   31, 2020 and 2019, respectively

 

 

50,975

 

 

 

35,591

 

Series B Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock, par value $0.0001 per share; 22,050 shares and

   0 shares authorized, issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively;

   aggregate liquidation preference of $24,100 and $0 as of December 31, 2020 and 2019,

   respectively

 

 

22,686

 

 

 

-

 

STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY (DEFICIT)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Class A Common Stock, par value of $0.0001 per share; 400,000,000 shares authorized;

   72,515,342 shares and 62,857,624 shares issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2020 and

   2019, respectively

 

 

7

 

 

 

5

 

Class B Common Stock, par value of $0.0001 per share; 20,000,000 shares authorized; 2,302,936

   shares and 5,500,692 shares issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2020 and 2019,

   respectively

 

 

-

 

 

 

1

 

Additional paid in capital

 

 

217,212

 

 

 

225,382

 

Accumulated deficit

 

 

(322,431

)

 

 

(93,091

)

Total stockholders' equity (deficit) attributable to U.S. Well Services, Inc.

 

 

(105,212

)

 

 

132,297

 

Noncontrolling interest

 

 

-

 

 

 

10,633

 

Total Stockholders' Equity (Deficit)

 

 

(105,212

)

 

 

142,930

 

TOTAL LIABILITIES, MEZZANINE EQUITY AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY (DEFICIT)

 

$

323,223

 

 

$

612,782

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 


U.S. WELL SERVICES, INC.

 

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

 

(In thousands, except per share amounts)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

As Restated

 

 

 

Years Ended December 31,

 

 

 

2020

 

 

2019

 

Revenue

 

$

244,007

 

 

$

514,757

 

Costs and expenses:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cost of services (excluding depreciation and

   amortization)

 

 

187,803

 

 

 

383,957

 

Depreciation and amortization

 

 

80,353

 

 

 

154,149

 

Selling, general and administrative expenses

 

 

43,632

 

 

 

31,856

 

Impairment of long-lived assets

 

 

147,543

 

 

 

-

 

Loss on disposal of assets

 

 

7,112

 

 

 

20,065

 

Loss from operations

 

 

(222,436

)

 

 

(75,270

)

Interest expense, net

 

 

(25,226

)

 

 

(30,109

)

Change in fair value of warrant liabilities

 

 

6,342

 

 

 

12,113

 

Loss on extinguishment of debt

 

 

-

 

 

 

(12,558

)

Other income

 

 

108

 

 

 

1,768

 

Loss before income taxes

 

 

(241,212

)

 

 

(104,056

)

Income tax benefit

 

 

(824

)

 

 

(77

)

Net loss

 

 

(240,388

)

 

 

(103,979

)

Net loss attributable to noncontrolling interest

 

 

(11,048

)

 

 

(22,169

)

Net loss attributable to U.S. Well Services, Inc.

 

 

(229,340

)

 

 

(81,810

)

Dividends accrued on Series A preferred stock

 

 

(7,214

)

 

 

(4,050

)

Dividends accrued on Series B preferred stock

 

 

(2,049

)

 

 

-

 

Deemed and imputed dividends on Series A preferred stock

 

 

(13,022

)

 

 

(11,796

)

Deemed dividends on Series B preferred stock

 

 

(564

)

 

 

-

 

Net loss attributable to U.S. Well Services, Inc. common stockholders

 

$

(252,189

)

 

$

(97,656

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Loss per common share (See Note 14):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Basic and diluted

 

$

(3.81

)

 

$

(1.89

)

Weighted average common shares outstanding:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Basic and diluted

 

 

64,791

 

 

 

50,244

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 


U.S. WELL SERVICES, INC.

 

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

 

(In thousands)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

As Restated

 

 

 

Years Ended December 31,

 

 

 

2020

 

 

2019

 

CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net loss

 

$

(240,388

)

 

$

(103,979

)

Adjustments to reconcile net loss to cash provided by operating activities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Depreciation and amortization

 

 

80,353

 

 

 

154,149

 

Change in fair value of warrant liabilities

 

 

(6,342

)

 

 

(12,113

)

Impairment of long-lived assets

 

 

147,543

 

 

 

-

 

Provision for losses on accounts receivable

 

 

12,031

 

 

 

434

 

Provision for losses on inventory obsolescence

 

 

620

 

 

 

359

 

Loss on disposal of assets

 

 

7,112

 

 

 

20,065

 

Amortization of discount on debt

 

 

3,609

 

 

 

1,581

 

Deferred financing costs amortization

 

 

1,287

 

 

 

1,410

 

Loss on extinguishment of debt

 

 

-

 

 

 

12,558

 

Share-based compensation expense

 

 

10,056

 

 

 

7,755

 

Changes in assets and liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accounts receivable

 

 

23,118

 

 

 

(21,950

)

Inventory

 

 

468

 

 

 

2

 

Prepaids and other current assets

 

 

6,288

 

 

 

3,226

 

Accounts payable

 

 

(23,999

)

 

 

(12,316

)

Accrued liabilities

 

 

(6,208

)

 

 

5,463

 

Accrued interest

 

 

(6,932

)

 

 

18,200

 

Net cash provided by operating activities

 

 

8,616

 

 

 

74,844

 

CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Purchase of property and equipment

 

 

(55,943

)

 

 

(209,101

)

Proceeds from sale of property and equipment and insurance proceeds from

   damaged property and equipment

 

 

20,944

 

 

 

807

 

Net cash used in investing activities

 

 

(34,999

)

 

 

(208,294

)

CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Proceeds from revolving credit facility

 

 

68,957

 

 

 

49,960

 

Repayments of revolving credit facility

 

 

(85,497

)

 

 

(65,844

)

Proceeds from issuance of long-term debt

 

 

31,996

 

 

 

285,000

 

Repayments of long-term debt

 

 

(3,750

)

 

 

(75,000

)

Payment of fees related to debt extinguishment

 

 

-

 

 

 

(6,560

)

Proceeds from issuance of note payable

 

 

1,121

 

 

 

9,928

 

Repayments of note payable

 

 

(7,507

)

 

 

(6,421

)

Repayments of amounts under equipment financing

 

 

(3,199

)

 

 

(70,619

)

Principal payments under finance lease obligation

 

 

(10,474

)

 

 

(16,699

)

Proceeds from issuance of preferred stock and warrants, net

 

 

19,596

 

 

 

54,524

 

Proceeds from issuance of common stock, net

 

 

400

 

 

 

-

 

Deferred financing costs

 

 

(21,402

)

 

 

(13,451

)

Net cash (used in) provided by financing activities

 

 

(9,759

)

 

 

144,818

 

Net (decrease) increase in cash and cash equivalents and

   restricted cash

 

 

(36,142

)

 

 

11,368

 

Cash and cash equivalents and restricted cash, beginning of

   period

 

 

41,404

 

 

 

30,036

 

Cash and cash equivalents and restricted cash, end of period

 

$

5,262

 

 

$

41,404

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 



U.S. WELL SERVICES, INC.

 

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS (continued)

 

(In thousands)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

As Restated

 

 

 

Years Ended December 31,

 

 

 

2020

 

 

2019

 

Supplemental cash flow disclosure:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest paid

 

$

26,287

 

 

$

8,838

 

Income tax paid

 

 

144

 

 

 

116

 

Non-cash investing and financing activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Issuance of Class A common stock to senior secured term loan lenders

 

 

1,438

 

 

 

-

 

Issuance of Series B preferred stock to senior secured term loan lenders

 

 

1,050

 

 

 

-

 

Beneficial conversion feature of Series A preferred stock

 

 

-

 

 

 

22,104

 

Conversion of Series A preferred stock to Class A common stock

 

 

4,852

 

 

 

-

 

Deemed and imputed dividends on Series A preferred stock

 

 

13,022

 

 

 

11,796

 

Accrued Series A preferred stock dividends

 

 

7,214

 

 

 

4,050

 

Accrued Series B preferred stock dividends

 

 

2,049

 

 

 

-

 

Changes in accrued and unpaid capital expenditures

 

 

9,818

 

 

 

6,874

 

Assets under capital lease obligations

 

 

229

 

 

 

10,513

 

Financed equipment purchases

 

 

-

 

 

 

66,342

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 


U.S. WELL SERVICES, INC.

 

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY (DEFICIT)

 

(In thousands, except share amounts)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Class A Common Stock

 

 

Class B Common Stock

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Additional

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Paid in

 

 

Accumulated

 

 

Noncontrolling

 

 

Total

 

 

 

Shares

 

 

Amount

 

 

Shares

 

 

Amount

 

 

Capital

 

 

Deficit

 

 

Interest

 

 

Equity

 

Balance, December 31, 2018 (As Restated)

 

 

49,254,760

 

 

$

5

 

 

 

13,937,332

 

 

$

1

 

 

$

169,811

 

 

$

(11,376

)

 

$

52,798

 

 

$

211,239

 

Adoption of ASC 606 as of January 1, 2019

  (Note 3)

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

95

 

 

 

27

 

 

 

122

 

Exercise of warrants

 

 

2,925,712

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

21,535

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

21,535

 

Conversion of Class B common stock to

   Class A common stock

 

 

8,436,640

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

(8,436,640

)

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

Change in noncontrolling interest

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

21,515

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

(21,515

)

 

 

-

 

Restricted stock granted to employees

 

 

2,218,183

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

Class A Common stock granted

   to board members

 

 

46,875

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

331

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

87

 

 

 

418

 

Share-based compensation

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

5,932

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

1,405

 

 

 

7,337

 

Restricted stock forfeitures

 

 

(24,546

)

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

Beneficial conversion feature of Series A

   preferred stock

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

22,104

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

22,104

 

Deemed and imputed dividends on Series A

   preferred stock

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

(11,796

)

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

(11,796

)

Accrued Series A preferred stock dividends

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

(4,050

)

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

(4,050

)

Net loss

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

(81,810

)

 

 

(22,169

)

 

 

(103,979

)

Balance, December 31, 2019 (As Restated)

 

 

62,857,624

 

 

$

5

 

 

 

5,500,692

 

 

$

1

 

 

$

225,382

 

 

$

(93,091

)

 

$

10,633

 

 

$

142,930

 

Class A common stock issuance

 

 

6,321,880

 

 

 

1

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

1,816

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

1,817

 

Reclassification of warrant liability upon forfeiture

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

203

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

203

 

Conversion of Class B common stock to Class A

   common stock

 

 

3,197,756

 

 

 

1

 

 

 

(3,197,756

)

 

 

(1

)

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

Conversion of Series A preferred stock to Class A

   common stock

 

 

876,448

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

4,852

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

4,852

 

Share-based compensation

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

7,314

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

415

 

 

 

7,729

 

Tax withholding related to vesting of share-based

   compensation

 

 

(154,253

)

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

(70

)

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

(70

)

Restricted stock forfeitures

 

 

(584,113

)

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

Deemed and imputed dividends on Series A

   preferred stock

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

(13,022

)

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

(13,022

)

Accrued Series A preferred stock dividends

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

(7,214

)

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

(7,214

)

Accrued Series B preferred stock dividends

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

(2,049

)

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

(2,049

)

Net loss

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

(229,340

)

 

 

(11,048

)

 

 

(240,388

)

Balance, December 31, 2020 (As Restated)

 

 

72,515,342

 

 

$

7

 

 

 

2,302,936

 

 

$

-

 

 

$

217,212

 

 

$

(322,431

)

 

$

-

 

 

$

(105,212

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 


U.S. WELL SERVICES, INC.

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

NOTE 1 – DESCRIPTION OF BUSINESS

U.S. Well Services, Inc. (the “Company,” “we,” “us” or “our”), f/k/a Matlin & Partners Acquisition Corp (“MPAC”), is a Houston, Texas-based technology-focused oilfield service company focused on hydraulic fracturing for oil and natural gas exploration and production (“E&P”) companies in the United States. The process of hydraulic fracturing involves pumping a pressurized stream of fracturing fluid—typically a mixture of water, chemicals, and proppant—into a well casing or tubing to cause the underground mineral formation to fracture or crack. Fractures release trapped hydrocarbon particles and provide a conductive channel for the oil or natural gas to flow freely to the wellbore for collection. The propping agent or proppant becomes lodged in the cracks created by the hydraulic fracturing process, “propping” them open to facilitate the flow of hydrocarbons from the reservoir to the well.

The Company’s fleets consist of mobile hydraulic fracturing units and other auxiliary heavy equipment to perform fracturing services. The Company has two designs for hydraulic fracturing units: (1) Conventional Fleets, which are powered by diesel fuel and utilize traditional internal combustion engines, transmissions, and radiators and (2) Clean Fleet®, which replaces the traditional engines, transmissions, and radiators with electric motors powered by electricity generated by natural gas-fueled turbine generators. Both designs utilize high-pressure hydraulic fracturing pumps mounted on trailers. The Company refers to the group of pump trailers and other equipment necessary to perform a typical fracturing job as a “fleet” and the personnel assigned to each fleet as a “crew”.

Substantially all the Company’s assets and operations are held and conducted by U.S. Well Services, LLC (“USWS LLC”), a wholly owned subsidiary of USWS Holdings, LLC (“USWS Holdings”), and the Company’s only assets are equity interests representing 97% ownership of USWS Holdings as of December 31, 2020.

NOTE 2 - RESTATEMENT OF PREVIOUSLY ISSUED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (As Restated)

On April 12, 2021, the Staff of the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC Staff”) issued a public statement entitled “Staff Statement on Accounting and Reporting Considerations for Warrants issued by Special Purpose Acquisition Companies (“SPACs”)” (the “SEC Staff Statement”). In the SEC Staff Statement, the SEC Staff expressed its view that certain terms and conditions common to SPAC warrants may require the warrants to be classified as liabilities of the entity measured at fair value, with changes in fair value each reporting period in earnings as opposed to being treated as equity.

As a result of the SEC Staff Statement and in light of evolving views as to certain provisions commonly included in warrants issued by SPACs, we re-evaluated the accounting for our warrants (as described in “Note 9 – Warrant Liabilities” and “Note 12 – Mezzanine Equity”) under ASC 815-40, Derivatives and Hedging—Contracts in Entity’s Own Equity, and concluded that they do not meet the criteria to be classified in stockholders’ equity. The Company historically accounted for the warrants as equity based on its initial evaluations of the accounting treatment for the warrants and believed its positions to be appropriate at those times. As a result of the SEC Staff Statement, the Company has determined that the warrants should be classified as liabilities measured at fair value upon issuance, with subsequent changes in fair value reported in the Company’s consolidated statements of operations each reporting period. Accordingly, the Company has restated the previously issued consolidated financial statements as of and for the years ended December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018, and for the interim periods within the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019 (collectively, the “Affected Periods”).  


Impact of the Restatement

The impact of the restatement on the consolidated balance sheets and statements of operations for the Affected Periods is presented below. The restatement had no impact on net cash flows from operating, investing or financing activities.

 

 

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

 

 

 

As Previously Reported

 

 

Adjustments

 

 

As Restated

 

As of December 31, 2020

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Warrant liabilities

 

$

-

 

 

$

1,619

 

 

$

1,619

 

Total liabilities

 

 

353,155

 

 

 

1,619

 

 

 

354,774

 

Series A Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock

 

 

52,776

 

 

 

(1,801

)

 

 

50,975

 

Additional paid in capital

 

 

241,465

 

 

 

(24,253

)

 

 

217,212

 

Accumulated deficit

 

 

(346,866

)

 

 

24,435

 

 

 

(322,431

)

Total stockholders' equity (deficit)

 

 

(105,394

)

 

 

182

 

 

 

(105,212

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

As of December 31, 2019

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Warrant liabilities

 

$

-

 

 

$

8,147

 

 

$

8,147

 

Total liabilities

 

 

426,114

 

 

 

8,147

 

 

 

434,261

 

Series A Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock

 

 

38,928

 

 

 

(3,337

)

 

 

35,591

 

Additional paid in capital

 

 

248,302

 

 

 

(22,920

)

 

 

225,382

 

Accumulated deficit

 

 

(111,201

)

 

 

18,110

 

 

 

(93,091

)

Total stockholders' equity attributable to U.S. Well

   Services, Inc.

 

 

137,107

 

 

 

(4,810

)

 

 

132,297

 

Total stockholders' equity

 

 

147,740

 

 

 

(4,810

)

 

 

142,930

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

As of December 31, 2018

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Warrant liabilities

 

$

-

 

 

$

29,110

 

 

$

29,110

 

Total liabilities

 

 

239,881

 

 

 

29,110

 

 

 

268,991

 

Additional paid in capital

 

 

204,928

 

 

 

(35,117

)

 

 

169,811

 

Accumulated deficit

 

 

(17,383

)

 

 

6,007

 

 

 

(11,376

)

Total stockholders' equity attributable to U.S. Well

   Services, Inc.

 

 

187,551

 

 

 

(29,110

)

 

 

158,441

 

Total stockholders' equity

 

 

240,349

 

 

 

(29,110

)

 

 

211,239

 


 

 

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

 

 

 

As Previously Reported

 

 

Adjustments

 

 

As Restated

 

For the year ended December 31, 2020

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest expense, net

 

$

(25,209

)

 

$

(17

)

 

$

(25,226

)

Change in fair value of warrant liabilities

 

 

-

 

 

 

6,342

 

 

 

6,342

 

Loss before income taxes

 

 

(247,537

)

 

 

6,325

 

 

 

(241,212

)

Net loss

 

 

(246,713

)

 

 

6,325

 

 

 

(240,388

)

Net loss attributable to U.S. Well Services, Inc.

 

 

(235,665

)

 

 

6,325

 

 

 

(229,340

)

Deemed and imputed dividends on Series A preferred stock

 

 

(11,666

)

 

 

(1,356

)

 

 

(13,022

)

Net loss attributable to U.S. Well Services, Inc. common

   stockholders

 

 

(257,158

)

 

 

4,969

 

 

 

(252,189

)

Loss per common share - Basic and diluted

 

$

(3.88

)

 

$

0.07

 

 

$

(3.81

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

For the year ended December 31, 2019

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest expense, net

 

$

(30,099

)

 

$

(10

)

 

$

(30,109

)

Change in fair value of warrant liabilities

 

 

-

 

 

 

12,113

 

 

 

12,113

 

Loss before income taxes

 

 

(116,159

)

 

 

12,103

 

 

 

(104,056

)

Net loss

 

 

(116,082

)

 

 

12,103

 

 

 

(103,979

)

Net loss attributable to U.S. Well Services, Inc.

 

 

(93,913

)

 

 

12,103

 

 

 

(81,810

)

Deemed and imputed dividends on Series A preferred stock

 

 

(11,206

)

 

 

(590

)

 

 

(11,796

)

Net loss attributable to U.S. Well Services, Inc. common

   stockholders

 

 

(109,169

)

 

 

11,513

 

 

 

(97,656

)

Loss per common share - Basic and diluted

 

$

(2.11

)

 

$

0.22

 

 

$

(1.89

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

For the year ended December 31, 2018

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Change in fair value of warrant liabilities

 

$

-

 

 

$

6,007

 

 

$

6,007

 

Loss before income taxes

 

 

(70,462

)

 

 

6,007

 

 

 

(64,455

)

Net loss

 

 

(70,814

)

 

 

6,007

 

 

 

(64,807

)

Net loss attributable to U.S. Well Services, Inc.

 

 

(65,896

)

 

 

6,007

 

 

 

(59,889

)

Loss per common share - Basic and diluted

 

$

(1.33

)

 

$

0.12

 

 

$

(1.21

)


 

 

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

(unaudited)

 

 

 

As Previously Reported

 

 

Adjustments

 

 

As Restated

 

As of September 30, 2020

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Warrant liabilities

 

$

-

 

 

$

1,187

 

 

$

1,187

 

Total liabilities

 

 

322,100

 

 

 

1,187

 

 

 

323,287

 

Series A Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock

 

 

50,907

 

 

 

(183

)

 

 

50,724

 

Additional paid in capital

 

 

240,547

 

 

 

(26,073

)

 

 

214,474

 

Accumulated deficit

 

 

(317,642

)

 

 

25,069

 

 

 

(292,573

)

Total stockholders' equity (deficit)

 

 

(77,088

)

 

 

(1,004

)

 

 

(78,092

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

As of June 30, 2020

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Warrant liabilities

 

$

-

 

 

$

2,966

 

 

$

2,966

 

Total liabilities

 

 

328,069

 

 

 

2,966

 

 

 

331,035

 

Series A Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock

 

 

53,277

 

 

 

(1,976

)

 

 

51,301

 

Additional paid in capital

 

 

237,872

 

 

 

(24,281

)

 

 

213,591

 

Accumulated deficit

 

 

(301,705

)

 

 

23,291

 

 

 

(278,414

)

Total stockholders' equity (deficit)

 

 

(63,826

)

 

 

(990

)

 

 

(64,816

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

As of March 31, 2020

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Warrant liabilities

 

$

-

 

 

$

1,599

 

 

$

1,599

 

Total liabilities

 

 

410,090

 

 

 

1,599

 

 

 

411,689

 

Series A Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock

 

 

46,928

 

 

 

(2,615

)

 

 

44,313

 

Additional paid in capital

 

 

242,143

 

 

 

(23,643

)

 

 

218,500

 

Accumulated deficit

 

 

(283,568

)

 

 

24,659

 

 

 

(258,909

)

Total stockholders' equity (deficit)

 

 

(41,419

)

 

 

1,016

 

 

 

(40,403

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

As of September 30, 2019

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Warrant liabilities

 

$

-

 

 

$

16,391

 

 

$

16,391

 

Total liabilities

 

 

431,877

 

 

 

16,391

 

 

 

448,268

 

Series A Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock

 

 

31,968

 

 

 

(3,735

)

 

 

28,233

 

Additional paid in capital

 

 

232,080

 

 

 

(22,522

)

 

 

209,558

 

Accumulated deficit

 

 

(78,008

)

 

 

9,866

 

 

 

(68,142

)

Total stockholders' equity attributable to U.S. Well

   Services, Inc.

 

 

154,078

 

 

 

(12,656

)

 

 

141,422

 

Total stockholders' equity

 

 

192,155

 

 

 

(12,656

)

 

 

179,499

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

As of June 30, 2019

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Warrant liabilities

 

$

-

 

 

$

33,978

 

 

$

33,978

 

Total liabilities

 

 

458,611

 

 

 

33,978

 

 

 

492,589

 

Series A Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock

 

 

25,892

 

 

 

(3,905

)

 

 

21,987

 

Additional paid in capital

 

 

236,398

 

 

 

(22,352

)

 

 

214,046

 

Accumulated deficit

 

 

(61,039

)

 

 

(7,721

)

 

 

(68,760

)

Total stockholders' equity attributable to U.S. Well

   Services, Inc.

 

 

175,365

 

 

 

(30,073

)

 

 

145,292

 

Total stockholders' equity

 

 

217,279

 

 

 

(30,073

)

 

 

187,206

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

As of March 31, 2019

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Warrant liabilities

 

$

-

 

 

$

38,049

 

 

$

38,049

 

Total liabilities

 

 

394,659

 

 

 

38,049

 

 

 

432,708

 

Additional paid in capital

 

 

206,008

 

 

 

(25,339

)

 

 

180,669

 

Accumulated deficit

 

 

(39,560

)

 

 

(12,710

)

 

 

(52,270

)

Total stockholders' equity attributable to U.S.

   Well Services, Inc.

 

 

166,454

 

 

 

(38,049

)

 

 

128,405

 

Total stockholders' equity

 

 

213,355

 

 

 

(38,049

)

 

 

175,306

 


 

 

 

 

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS (unaudited)

 

 

 

 

 

Three Months Ended

 

 

 

 

 

September 30, 2020

 

 

June 30, 2020

 

 

March 31, 2020

 

 

September 30, 2019

 

 

June 30, 2019

 

 

March 31, 2019

 

Interest expense, net

 

As Previously

Reported

 

$

(5,744

)

 

$

(5,661

)

 

$

(7,952

)

 

$

(8,449

)

 

$

(7,820

)

 

$

(5,115

)

 

 

Adjustments

 

 

(4

)

 

 

(4

)

 

 

(4

)

 

 

(4

)

 

 

(2

)

 

 

-

 

 

 

As Restated

 

 

(5,748

)

 

 

(5,665

)

 

 

(7,956

)

 

 

(8,453

)

 

 

(7,822

)

 

 

(5,115

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Change in fair value of warrant liabilities

 

As Previously

Reported

 

$

-

 

 

$

-

 

 

$

-

 

 

$

-

 

 

$

-

 

 

$

-

 

 

 

Adjustments

 

 

1,783

 

 

 

(1,364

)

 

 

6,553

 

 

 

17,591

 

 

 

4,991

 

 

 

(18,717

)

 

 

As Restated

 

 

1,783

 

 

 

(1,364

)

 

 

6,553

 

 

 

17,591

 

 

 

4,991

 

 

 

(18,717

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Loss before income taxes

 

As Previously

Reported

 

$

(16,075

)

 

$

(18,221

)

 

$

(183,917

)

 

$

(21,210

)

 

$

(26,605

)

 

$

(28,365

)

 

 

Adjustments

 

 

1,779

 

 

 

(1,368

)

 

 

6,549

 

 

 

17,587

 

 

 

4,989

 

 

 

(18,717

)

 

 

As Restated

 

 

(14,296

)

 

 

(19,589

)

 

 

(177,368

)

 

 

(3,623

)

 

 

(21,616

)

 

 

(47,082

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net loss

 

As Previously

Reported

 

$

(15,988

)

 

$

(18,234

)

 

$

(183,167

)

 

$

(21,249

)

 

$

(26,911

)

 

$

(28,489

)

 

 

Adjustments

 

 

1,779

 

 

 

(1,368

)

 

 

6,549

 

 

 

17,587

 

 

 

4,989

 

 

 

(18,717

)

 

 

As Restated

 

 

(14,209

)

 

 

(19,602

)

 

 

(176,618

)

 

 

(3,662

)

 

 

(21,922

)

 

 

(47,206

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net income (loss) attributable to U.S. Well Services, Inc.

 

As Previously

Reported

 

$

(15,937

)

 

$

(18,137

)

 

$

(172,367

)

 

$

(16,969

)

 

$

(21,479

)

 

$

(22,272

)

 

 

Adjustments

 

 

1,779

 

 

 

(1,368

)

 

 

6,549

 

 

 

17,587

 

 

 

4,989

 

 

 

(18,717

)

 

 

As Restated

 

 

(14,158

)

 

 

(19,505

)

 

 

(165,818

)

 

 

618

 

 

 

(16,490

)

 

 

(40,989

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Deemed and imputed dividends on Series A

   preferred stock

 

As Previously

Reported

 

$

(467

)

 

$

(4,504

)

 

$

(6,249

)

 

$

(4,406

)

 

$

(1,560

)

 

$

-

 

 

 

Adjustments

 

 

3

 

 

 

(638

)

 

 

(723

)

 

 

(170

)

 

 

(22

)

 

 

-

 

 

 

As Restated

 

 

(464

)

 

 

(5,142

)

 

 

(6,972

)

 

 

(4,576

)

 

 

(1,582

)

 

 

-

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net loss attributable to U.S. Well Services, Inc.

   common stockholders

 

As Previously

Reported

 

$

(18,939

)

 

$

(25,152

)

 

$

(180,367

)

 

$

(23,045

)

 

$

(23,699

)

 

$

(22,272

)

 

 

Adjustments

 

 

1,782

 

 

 

(2,006

)

 

 

5,826

 

 

 

17,417

 

 

 

4,967

 

 

 

(18,717

)

 

 

As Restated

 

 

(17,157

)

 

 

(27,158

)

 

 

(174,541

)

 

 

(5,628

)

 

 

(18,732

)

 

 

(40,989

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Loss per common share - Basic and diluted

 

As Previously

Reported

 

$

(0.28

)

 

$

(0.38

)

 

$

(3.00

)

 

$

(0.45

)

 

$

(0.46

)

 

$

(0.45

)

 

 

Adjustments

 

 

0.03

 

 

 

(0.03

)

 

 

0.10

 

 

 

0.34

 

 

 

0.09

 

 

 

(0.39

)

 

 

As Restated

 

 

(0.25

)

 

 

(0.41

)

 

 

(2.90

)

 

 

(0.11

)

 

 

(0.37

)

 

 

(0.84

)


 

 

 

 

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS (unaudited)

 

 

 

 

 

Nine Months Ended September 30,

 

 

Six Months Ended June 30,

 

 

 

 

 

2020

 

 

2019

 

 

2020

 

 

2019

 

Interest expense, net

 

As Previously

Reported

 

$

(19,357

)

 

$

(21,384

)

 

$

(13,613

)

 

$

(12,935

)

 

 

Adjustments

 

 

(12

)

 

 

(6

)

 

 

(8

)

 

 

(2

)

 

 

As Restated

 

 

(19,369

)

 

 

(21,390

)

 

 

(13,621

)

 

 

(12,937

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Change in fair value of warrant liabilities

 

As Previously

Reported

 

$

-

 

 

$

-

 

 

$

-

 

 

$

-

 

 

 

Adjustments

 

 

6,972

 

 

 

3,865

 

 

 

5,189

 

 

 

(13,726

)

 

 

As Restated

 

 

6,972

 

 

 

3,865

 

 

 

5,189

 

 

 

(13,726

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Loss before income taxes

 

As Previously

Reported

 

$

(218,213

)

 

$

(76,180

)

 

$

(202,138

)

 

$

(54,970

)

 

 

Adjustments

 

 

6,960

 

 

 

3,859

 

 

 

5,181

 

 

 

(13,728

)

 

 

As Restated

 

 

(211,253

)

 

 

(72,321

)

 

 

(196,957

)

 

 

(68,698

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net loss

 

As Previously

Reported

 

$

(217,389

)

 

$

(76,649

)

 

$

(201,401

)

 

$

(55,400

)

 

 

Adjustments

 

 

6,960

 

 

 

3,859

 

 

 

5,181

 

 

 

(13,728

)

 

 

As Restated

 

 

(210,429

)

 

 

(72,790

)

 

 

(196,220

)

 

 

(69,128

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net loss attributable to U.S. Well Services, Inc.

 

As Previously

Reported

 

$

(206,441

)

 

$

(60,720

)

 

$

(190,504

)

 

$

(43,751

)

 

 

Adjustments

 

 

6,960

 

 

 

3,859

 

 

 

5,181

 

 

 

(13,728

)

 

 

As Restated

 

 

(199,481

)

 

 

(56,861

)

 

 

(185,323

)

 

 

(57,479

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Deemed and imputed dividends on Series A

   preferred stock

 

As Previously

Reported

 

$

(11,220

)

 

$

(5,966

)

 

$

(10,753

)

 

$

(1,560

)

 

 

Adjustments

 

 

(1,358

)

 

 

(192

)

 

 

(1,361

)

 

 

(22

)

 

 

As Restated

 

 

(12,578

)

 

 

(6,158

)

 

 

(12,114

)

 

 

(1,582

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net loss attributable to U.S. Well Services, Inc.

   common stockholders

 

As Previously

Reported

 

$

(224,458

)

 

$

(69,016

)

 

$

(205,519

)

 

$

(45,971

)

 

 

Adjustments

 

 

5,602

 

 

 

3,667

 

 

 

3,820

 

 

 

(13,750

)

 

 

As Restated

 

 

(218,856

)

 

 

(65,349

)

 

 

(201,699

)

 

 

(59,721

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Loss per common share - Basic and diluted

 

As Previously

Reported

 

$

(3.46

)

 

$

(1.36

)

 

$

(3.25

)

 

$

(0.92

)

 

 

Adjustments

 

 

0.09

 

 

 

0.07

 

 

 

0.06

 

 

 

(0.27

)

 

 

As Restated

 

 

(3.37

)

 

 

(1.29

)

 

 

(3.19

)

 

 

(1.19

)


NOTE 3 – SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (As Restated)

Basis of Presentation

The accompanying consolidated financial statements and related notes have been prepared in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States of America (“GAAP”) and pursuant to the rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”).

Our operations are organized into a single business segment, which consists of hydraulic fracturing services, and we have 1 reportable geographical business segment, the United States.

Principles of Consolidation

The consolidated financial statements comprise the financial statements of the Company, its wholly owned subsidiaries, and subsidiaries that it controls due to ownership of a majority voting interest. Subsidiaries are fully consolidated from the date of acquisition, being the date on which the Company obtains control, and continue to be consolidated until the date when such control ceases. The financial statements of the subsidiaries are prepared for the same reporting period as the Company. All significant intercompany balances and transactions are eliminated upon consolidation.

Use of Estimates

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the amounts reported in the financial statements and accompanying notes. We regularly evaluate estimates and judgments based on historical experience and other relevant facts and circumstances. Significant estimates included in these financial statements primarily relate to allowance for doubtful accounts, allowance for inventory obsolescence, useful lives for depreciation and amortization of property and equipment and intangibles, impairment assessments of goodwill and long-lived assets, Level 2 inputs used in fair value estimation of warrant liabilities, term loans and certain liability-classified share-based compensation, and the assumptions used in our Black-Scholes and Monte Carlo option pricing models associated with the valuation of warrant liabilities, share-based compensation and certain equity instruments. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

Cash and Cash Equivalents

Cash equivalents are highly liquid investments with an original maturity at the date of acquisition of three months or less. Cash and cash equivalents consist of cash on deposit with domestic banks and, at times, may exceed federally insured limits.

Restricted Cash

Cash and cash equivalents that are restricted as to withdrawal or use under the terms of certain contractual agreements, or are reserved for a specific purpose, that are not readily available for immediate or general use are recorded in restricted cash in our consolidated balance sheets. The restricted cash in our consolidated balance sheet represents cash transferred into a trust account to support our workers’ compensation obligations and cash held for use in approved capital expenditures amounting to $513 and $1,056, respectively, as of December 31, 2020, and $513 and $7,097, respectively, as of December 31, 2019.

The following table provides a reconciliation of the amount of cash and cash equivalents reported on the consolidated balance sheets to the total of cash and cash equivalents and restricted cash shown on the consolidated statements of cash flows:

 

 

As of December 31,

 

 

 

2020

 

 

2019

 

Cash and cash equivalents

 

$

3,693

 

 

$

33,794

 

Restricted cash

 

 

1,569

 

 

 

7,610

 

Cash and cash equivalents and restricted cash

 

$

5,262

 

 

$

41,404

 

Inventory

Inventory consists of proppant, chemicals, and other consumable materials and supplies used in our high-pressure hydraulic fracturing operations. Inventories are stated at the lower of cost or net realizable value. Cost is determined principally on a first-in-first-out cost basis. All inventories are purchased and used by the Company in the delivery of its services with no inventory


being sold separately to outside parties. Inventory quantities on hand are reviewed regularly and write-downs for obsolete inventory are recorded based on our forecast of the inventory item demand in the near future. As of December 31, 2020 and 2019, the Company had established inventory reserves of $315 and $579, respectively, for obsolete and slow-moving inventory. The following table shows the change in the inventory reserves:

 

 

As of December 31,

 

 

 

2020

 

 

2019

 

Balance at beginning of period

 

$

579

 

 

$

572

 

Charges to costs and expenses

 

 

620

 

 

 

359

 

Recoveries and write-offs

 

 

(884

)

 

 

(352

)

Balance at end of period

 

$

315

 

 

$

579

 

Property and Equipment

Property and equipment are carried at cost, with depreciation provided on a straight-line basis over their estimated useful lives. Expenditures for renewals and betterments that extend the lives of the assets are capitalized. Amounts spent for maintenance and repairs, which do not improve or extend the life of the related asset, are charged to expense as incurred.

The Company separately identifies and accounts for certain critical components of its hydraulic fracturing units including the engine, transmission, and pump, which requires us to separately estimate the useful lives of these components. For our other service equipment, we do not separately identify and track depreciation of specific original components. When we replace components of these assets, we typically estimate the net book values of the components that are retired, which are based primarily upon their replacement costs, their ages, and their original estimated useful lives.

In the first quarter of 2020, our review of impairment of long-lived assets (refer to “Note 6 – Goodwill and Intangible Assets”) necessitated a review of the useful lives of our property and equipment. Current trends in hydraulic fracturing equipment operating conditions, such as increasing treating pressures and higher pumping rates, along with the increase in daily pumping time are shortening the useful life of certain critical components we use. We determined that the average useful life of fluid ends and fuel injectors is now less than one year, resulting in our determination that costs associated with the replacement of these components will no longer be capitalized, but instead expensed as they are used in operations. This change in accounting estimate was made effective in March 2020 and accounted for prospectively.

Long-lived Assets

Long-lived assets, such as property and equipment and amortizable identifiable intangible assets are reviewed for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an asset may not be recoverable. When making this assessment, the following factors are considered: current operating results, trends, and prospects, as well as the effects of obsolescence, demand, competition, and other economic factors. We determine recoverability by evaluating whether the undiscounted estimated future net cash flows of the asset or asset group are less than its carrying value. When impairment is indicated, we proceed to Step 2 of the impairment test and measure the impairment as the amount by which the assets carrying value exceeds its fair value. Management considers several factors such as estimated future cash flows, appraisals, and current market value analysis in determining fair value. Assets are written down to fair value if the concluded current fair value is below the net carrying value. Impairment loss on long-lived assets of $147,543 was recorded during the first quarter of 2020 (refer to “Note 6 – Goodwill and Intangible Assets”).

Goodwill

Goodwill is not amortized, but is reviewed for impairment annually, or more frequently when events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying value may not be recoverable. Judgements regarding indicators of potential impairment are based on market conditions and operational performance of the business.

As of December 31 of each year, or as required, the Company performs an impairment analysis of goodwill. The Company may assess its goodwill for impairment initially using a qualitative approach to determine whether conditions exist that indicate it is more likely than not that a reporting unit’s carrying value is greater than its fair value, and if such conditions are identified, then a quantitative analysis will be performed to determine if there is any impairment. The Company may also elect to perform a single step quantitative analysis in which the carrying amount of the reporting unit is compared to its fair value, which the


Company estimates using a guideline public company method, a form of the market approach. The guideline public company method utilized the trading multiples of similarly traded public companies as they related to the Company’s operating metrics. An impairment charge would be recognized for the amount by which the carrying amount of the reporting unit exceeds the reporting unit’s fair value, and only limited to the total amount of goodwill allocated to the reporting unit.

Deferred Financing Costs

Costs incurred to obtain financing are capitalized and amortized to interest expense using the effective interest method over the contractual term of the debt. At the balance sheet date, deferred financing costs related to term loans are presented as a direct deduction from the debt liability, while deferred financing costs related to the revolver facility are presented as deferred financing costs, net, on the consolidated balance sheets.

Warrant Liabilities

The Company evaluates all of its financial instruments, including issued stock purchase warrants, to determine if such instruments are derivatives or contain features that qualify as embedded derivatives, pursuant to ASC 480, Distinguishing Liabilities from Equity and ASC 815-15, Derivatives and Hedging—Embedded Derivatives. The classification of derivative instruments, including whether such instruments should be recorded as liabilities or equity is evaluated pursuant to ASC 815-40.

The Company issued public warrants and private placement warrants (collectively, the “public and private placement warrants”) in connection with its initial public offering (the “IPO”) in November 2018. Additionally, the Company issued warrants to certain institutional investors in connection with its private placement of Series A Preferred Stock on May 24, 2019 (“Series A warrants,” and together with the public and private placement warrants, the “warrants”). All of our outstanding warrants are recognized as liabilities. Accordingly, we recognize the warrant instruments as liabilities at fair value upon issuance and adjust the instruments to fair value at the end of each reporting period. Any change in fair value is recognized in our consolidated statement of operations. The public warrants are valued using their quoted market price since they are publicly traded and thus had an observable market price. The private placement warrants are valued using a Monte Carlo simulation model. The Series A warrants are valued using the Black-Scholes option pricing model.

Fair Value of Financial Instruments

Fair value is defined under ASC 820, Fair Value Measurement, as the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. ASC 820 also establishes a three-level hierarchy, which requires an entity to maximize the use of observable inputs and minimize the use of unobservable inputs when measuring fair value. The three levels are defined as follows:

Level 1–inputs are quoted prices (unadjusted) in active markets for identical assets or liabilities.

Level 2–inputs other than quoted prices included within Level 1 that are observable for the asset or liability, either directly or indirectly.

Level 3–inputs are unobservable for the asset or liability.

The following is a summary of the carrying amounts and estimated fair values of our financial instruments as of December 31, 2020 and December 31, 2019:

Senior Secured Term Loan. The fair value of the Senior Secured Term Loan is $198.0 million and approximates carrying value as of December 31, 2020 and December 31, 2019, respectively.

Equipment financing. The carrying value of the equipment financing approximates fair value as its terms are consistent with and comparable to current market rates as of December 31, 2020 and December 31, 2019, respectively.

See “Note 9 – Warrant Liabilities” for fair value measurements associated with the Company’s warrants.


Revenue Recognition

Effective January 1, 2019, the Company adopted ASC 606, Revenue from Contracts with Customers, which outlines a single comprehensive model for entities to use in accounting for revenue arising from contracts with customers, using the modified retrospective method.

Under the standard, revenue recognition is based on the customer’s ability to benefit from the services rendered in an amount that reflects the consideration expected to be received in exchange for those services. Taxes collected from customers and remitted to governmental authorities are accounted for on a net basis and therefore excluded from revenues in the Company’s financial statements.

The Company’s revenues consist of providing hydraulic fracturing services for either a pre-determined term or number of stages/wells to E&P companies operating in the onshore oil and natural gas basins of the United States. In the performance of these services, and at the request of our customers, we may also provide consumables such as chemicals and sand. Revenues are earned as services are rendered, which is generally on a per stage or daily rate basis. Customers are invoiced according to contract terms upon the completion of a well or monthly with payment due typically 30 days from invoice date.

Hydraulic fracturing is a well-stimulation technique intended to optimize hydrocarbon flow paths during the completion phase of wellbores. The process involves the injection of water, sand, and chemicals under high pressure into shale formations. The Company’s performance obligations are satisfied over time, typically measured in number of stages completed or the number of pumping days a fleet is available to pump for a customer in a month. A field ticket is created for each stage completed that records all services performed, including any chemicals and proppant we provided and consumed in completing the stage. The field ticket is signed by a customer representative and evidences the amounts to which the Company has a right to invoice and thus to recognize as revenue. All revenue is recognized when a contract with a customer exists, collectability of amounts subject to invoice is probable, the performance obligations under the contract have been satisfied over time, and the amount to which the Company has the right to invoice has been determined. A portion of the Company’s contracts contain variable consideration; however, this variable consideration is typically unknown at the time of contract inception, and is not known until the job is complete, at which time the variability is resolved.

The Company has elected to use the “as invoiced” practical expedient to recognize revenue based upon the amount it has a right to invoice upon the completion of each performance obligation per the terms of the contract. The practical expedient permits an entity to recognize revenue in the amount to which it has a right to invoice the customer if that amount corresponds directly with the value to the customer of the entity’s performance completed to date. The Company believes that this is an accurate reflection of the value transferred to the customer as each incremental obligation is performed.

The Company has elected to expense sales commissions paid upon the successful signing of a new customer contract as incurred if the related contract will be fully satisfied within one year. For contracts that will not be fully satisfied within one year, these incremental costs of obtaining a contract with a customer will be recognized as a contract asset and amortized on a straight-line basis over the life of the contract.

Accounts Receivable

Accounts receivable are recorded at their outstanding balances adjusted for an allowance for doubtful accounts. The allowance for doubtful accounts is determined by analyzing the payment history and credit worthiness of each debtor. Receivable balances are charged off when they are considered uncollectible by management. Recoveries of receivables previously charged off are recorded as income when received. The Company held a reserve for doubtful accounts of $12,000 and $22 as of December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively. The reserve was recorded due to growing uncertainty as to collectability of billed amounts from customers weakened by the economic downturn in 2020. The following table shows the change in allowance for doubtful accounts:

 

 

As of December 31,

 

 

 

2020

 

 

2019

 

Balance at beginning of period

 

$

22

 

 

$

189

 

Charges to costs and expenses

 

 

12,031

 

 

 

434

 

Recoveries and write-offs

 

 

(53

)

 

 

(601

)

Balance at end of period

 

$

12,000

 

 

$

22

 


Major Customer and Concentration of Credit Risk

The concentration of our customers in the oil and natural gas industry may impact our overall exposure to credit risk, either positively or negatively, in that customers may be similarly affected by changes in economic and industry conditions. We perform ongoing credit evaluations of our customers and do not generally require collateral in support of our trade receivables.

The following table shows the percentage of revenues from our significant customers:

 

 

Years Ended December 31,

 

 

 

2020

 

 

2019

 

Customer A

 

11.2%

 

 

18.4%

 

Customer B

 

19.7%

 

 

*

 

Customer C

 

18.4%

 

 

*

 

Customer D

 

*

 

 

18.3%

 

Customer E

 

13.2%

 

 

*

 

Customer F

 

18.2%

 

 

*

 

Customer G

 

*

 

 

15.7%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

An asterisk indicates that revenue is less than 10 percent.

 

The following table shows the percentage of trade receivables from our significant customers:

 

 

Years Ended December 31,

 

 

 

2020

 

 

2019

 

Customer A

 

*

 

 

12.0%

 

Customer B

 

32.2%

 

 

10.3%

 

Customer C

 

17.0%

 

 

*

 

Customer D

 

*

 

 

12.1%

 

Customer E

 

*

 

 

*

 

Customer F

 

12.7%

 

 

*

 

Customer G

 

12.5%

 

 

34.5%

 

Customer H

 

*

 

 

15.9%

 

Customer I

 

13.5%

 

 

*

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

An asterisk indicates that trade receivable is less than 10 percent.

 

Share-Based Compensation

Share based compensation is measured on the grant date and fair value is recognized as expense over the requisite service period, which is generally the vesting period of the award. The Company recognizes forfeitures as they occur rather than estimating expected forfeitures.

The fair value of time-based restricted stock, DSUs, or other performance incentive awards is determined based on the number of shares or units granted and the closing price of Class A common stock on the date of grant. The fair value of stock options is determined by applying the Black-Sholes model on the grant-date market value of the underlying Class A common stock. Restricted stock with market conditions is valued using a Monte Carlo simulation analysis.

Deferred compensation expense associated with liability-based awards, such as certain performance incentive awards that could be settled either in cash or through issuance of a variable number of shares based on a fixed monetary amount at inception, is recognized at the fixed monetary amount at inception and is amortized on a straight-line basis over the requisite service period, which is generally the vesting period. However, the Company considers any delayed settlement as a post-vesting restriction which impacts the determination of the grant-date fair value of the award. The Company estimates fair value by using a risk-adjusted discount rate, which reflects the weighted average cost of capital of similarly traded public companies.


Fair Value of Preferred Stock

The fair value of Series A preferred stock at the date of issuance was estimated by calculating the present value of its one-year redemption cost to the Company and then discounted for lack of marketability.

The fair value of Series B preferred stock is the stated value, which is equal to the proceeds received from issuance.

Embedded Conversion Features

The Company evaluates embedded conversion features within a convertible instrument under ASC 815, Derivatives and Hedging, to determine whether the embedded conversion feature(s) should be bifurcated from the host instrument and accounted for as a derivative at fair value with changes in fair value recorded in earnings. If the conversion feature does not require treatment under ASC 815, the instrument is evaluated under ASC 470-20, Debt with Conversion and Other Options, for consideration of any beneficial conversion features.

The Company records a beneficial conversion feature (“BCF”) when the convertible instrument is issued with conversion features at fixed or adjustable rates that are below market value when issued. The BCF for convertible instruments is recognized and measured by allocating a portion of the proceeds equal to the intrinsic value of that feature to additional paid-in capital. The intrinsic value is generally calculated at the commitment date as the difference between the conversion price and the fair value of the common stock or other securities into which the security is convertible, multiplied by the number of shares into which the security is convertible. If certain other securities are issued with the convertible security, the proceeds are allocated among the different components. The portion of the proceeds allocated to the convertible security is divided by the contractual number of the conversion shares to determine the effective conversion price, which is used to measure the BCF. The effective conversion price is used to compute the intrinsic value. The value of the BCF is limited to the basis that is initially allocated to the convertible security.

The BCF for the convertible instrument is recorded as a reduction, or discount, to the carrying amount of the convertible instrument equal to the fair value of the conversion feature. The discount is then amortized as deemed dividends over the period from the date of the convertible instrument’s issuance to the earliest redemption date, provided that the convertible instrument is not currently redeemable but probable of becoming redeemable in the future.

Income Taxes

The Company, under ASC 740, uses the asset and liability method of accounting for income taxes, under which deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the future tax consequences of (i) temporary differences between the financial statements,statement carrying amounts and the tax bases of existing assets and liabilities and (ii) operating loss and tax credit carryforwards. Deferred income tax assets and expenses duringliabilities are based on enacted tax rates applicable to the periods reported. Actual resultsfuture period when those temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled. The effect of a change in tax rates on deferred tax assets and liabilities is recognized in income in the period the rate change is enacted. A valuation allowance is provided for deferred tax assets when it is more likely than not the deferred tax assets will not be realized. Our deferred tax calculation and valuation allowance requires us to make certain estimates about future operations. Changes in state or federal tax laws, as well as changes in our financial condition or the carrying value of existing assets and liabilities, could materially differ fromaffect those estimates. The effect of a change in tax rates is recognized as income or expense in the period that the rate is enacted.

ASC 740 prescribes a recognition threshold and a measurement attribute for the financial statement recognition and measurement of tax positions taken or expected to be taken in a tax return. For those benefits to be recognized, a tax position must be more-likely-than-not to be sustained upon examination by taxing authorities. The Company has identifiedrecognizes accrued interest and penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits as income tax expense. NaN amounts were accrued for the following aspayment of interest and penalties at December 31, 2020. The Company is currently not aware of any issues under review that could result in significant payments, accruals, or material deviation from its critical accounting policies:position. The Company is subject to income tax examinations by major taxing authorities since inception.

 

Emerging Growth CompanyNOTE 4 – ACCOUNTING STANDARDS (As Restated)

Recently Adopted Accounting Pronouncements

The Company is an “emerging growth company,” as defined in Section 2(a) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, (the “Securities Act”), as modified by the Jumpstart our Business Startups Act of 2012 (the “JOBS Act”), and it may take advantage


of certain exemptions from various reporting requirements that are applicable to other public companies that are not emerging growth companies including, but not limited to, not being required to comply with the auditor attestation requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation in its periodic reports and proxy statements, and exemptions from the requirements of holding a nonbinding advisory vote on executive compensation and stockholdershareholder approval of any golden parachute payments not previously approved.

 

Further, sectionSection 102(b)(1) of the JOBS Act exempts emerging growth companies from being required to comply with new or revised financial accounting standards until private companies (that is, those that have not had a Securities Act registration statement declared effective or do not have a class of securities registered under the Exchange Act) are required to comply with the new or revised financial accounting standards. The JOBS Act provides that a company can elect to opt out of the extended transition period and comply with the requirements that apply to non-emerging growth companies but any such election to opt out is irrevocable. The Company has elected not to opt out of such extended transition period, which means that when a standard is issued or revised and it has different application dates for public or private companies, the Company, as an emerging growth company, can adopt the new or revised standard at the time private companies adopt the new or revised standard. This may make comparison of the Company’s financial statements with another public company which is neither an emerging growth company nor an emerging growth company which has opted out of using the extended transition period difficult or impossible because of the potential differences in accounting standards used.

Net Income Per Common Share

Net income per common shareIn January 2017, the FASB issued ASU 2017-04, Intangibles - Goodwill and Other (Topic 350): Simplifying the Test for Goodwill Impairment, which eliminates the second step of the previous two-step quantitative test of goodwill impairment. Under the new guidance, the quantitative test consists of a single step in which the carrying amount of the reporting unit is computedcompared to its fair value. An impairment charge would be recognized for the amount by dividing net income applicablewhich the carrying amount exceeds the reporting unit’s fair value; however, the amount of the impairment would be limited to common stockholders by the weighted average numbertotal amount of common shares outstandinggoodwill allocated to the reporting unit. The guidance does not affect the existing option to perform the qualitative assessment for a reporting unit to determine whether the quantitative impairment test is necessary. The new guidance will be effective for emerging growth companies for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2021; however, early adoption is permitted. The Company early adopted this guidance during the period, plus,first quarter of 2020. The Company’s impairment analysis did not result in any impairment of goodwill.

In August 2018, the FASB issued ASU 2018-13, Fair Value Measurement (Topic 820): Disclosure Framework-Changes to the extent dilutive,Disclosure Requirements for Fair Value Measurement, which amended the incremental numberdisclosure requirements under ASC 820. This update clarifies and unifies the disclosure of shares of common stock to settle warrants, as calculated using the treasury stock method. At December 31, 2017,Level 3 fair value instruments. ASU 2018-13 became effective for the Company had outstanding warrants to purchase 24,000,000 sharesbeginning on January 1, 2020. The Company’s adoption of common stock. These shares were excluded from the calculation of diluted income (loss) per common share because their inclusion would have been antidilutive. An aggregate of 31,170,308 shares of Class A common stock subject to possible redemption at December 31, 2017 have been excluded from the calculation of basic income (loss) per common share since such shares, if redeemed, only participate in their pro rata share of earnings from the trust account. Due to a loss during the period ended December 31, 2016, diluted loss per common share is the same as basic loss per common share. At December 31, 2016, the Companythis standard did not have any dilutive securitiesa material impact on the consolidated financial statements.

In March 2020, the FASB issued ASU 2020-03, Codification Improvements to Financial Instruments, which improves and clarifies various financial instruments topics. ASU 2020-03 includes seven different issues, including the treatment of revolving debt arrangements, that describe the areas of improvement and the related amendments to GAAP that are intended to make the standards easier to understand and apply by eliminating inconsistencies and providing clarifications. This new guidance became effective for the Company immediately upon issuance. The adoption of this guidance did not have a material impact on the consolidated financial statements.

In June 2020, the FASB issued ASU 2020-05, Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Topic 606) and Leases (Topic 842) - Effective Dates for Certain Entities, which provided deferral of the effective dates for implementing previously issued Topic 606 and Topic 842 for one year to give some relief for businesses and the difficulties they are facing during the COVID-19 coronavirus pandemic. The Company adopted Topic 606 on January 1, 2019. We expect to adopt Topic 842 using the effective date of January 1, 2022 as the date of our initial application of the standard.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements Not Yet Adopted

In February 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-02, Leases (Topic 842) and subsequent amendments to the initial guidance: ASU 2017-13, ASU 2018-10, ASU 2018-11, ASU 2018-20, ASU 2019-01 and ASU 2020-02 (collectively, Topic 842). Topic 842 requires companies to generally recognize on the balance sheet operating and financing lease liabilities and corresponding right-of-use assets. We expect to adopt Topic 842 using the effective date of January 1, 2022 as the date of our initial application of the standard. We are currently evaluating the impact of our adoption of Topic 842 on our consolidated financial statements. We expect that most of our operating lease commitments will be subject to the new standard and recognized as operating lease


liabilities and right-of-use assets upon our adoption of Topic 842, which will increase our total assets and total liabilities that we report relative to such amounts prior to adoption. The Company will use the modified retrospective with applied transition method upon adoption of the standard. Under this adoption method, all leases that are in effect and in existence as of, and after transition date will be applied as of the transition date, with a cumulative impact to retained earnings in that period. Prior period financial statements would be stated under the old guidance ASC 840 with no change to prior periods or disclosures associated with prior period.

In June 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-13, Financial Instruments – Credit Losses (Topic 326), which changes the impairment model for most financial assets and certain other instruments. Specifically, this new guidance requires using a forward-looking, expected loss model for trade and other receivables, held-to-maturity debt securities, loans and other instruments. This will replace the currently used model and may result in an earlier recognition of allowance for losses. In addition, in November 2019, the FASB issued ASU 2019-11, Codification Improvements to Topic 326, Financial Instruments – Credit Losses, which clarifies guidance around how to report expected recoveries. The new guidance will be effective for emerging growth companies for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2022, including interim periods within those fiscal years. The Company is currently evaluating the impact of adopting the new guidance on the consolidated financial statements.

In August 2018, the FASB issued ASU 2018-15, Intangibles - Goodwill and Other - Internal-Use Software (Subtopic 350-40): Customer’s Accounting for Implementation Costs Incurred in a Cloud Computing Arrangement That is a Service Contract, requiring a customer in a cloud computing arrangement that is a service contract to follow the guidance in ASC 350-40 in determining the requirements for capitalizing implementation costs incurred to develop or obtain internal-use-software. The new guidance will be effective for emerging growth companies for annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2020, and interim periods within annual periods beginning after December 15, 2021. Early adoption is permitted. The Company is currently evaluating the impact of adopting the new guidance on the consolidated financial statements.

In December 2019, the FASB issued ASU 2019-12, Income Taxes (Topic 740): Simplifying the Accounting for Income Taxes, which removes specific exceptions to the general principles in Topic 740 in GAAP. The new guidance also improves the issuer’s application of income tax-related guidance and simplifies GAAP for franchise taxes that are partially based on income, transactions with a government that result in a step up in the tax basis of goodwill, separate financial statements of legal entities that are not subject to tax, and enacted changes in tax laws in interim periods. The new guidance will be effective for emerging growth companies for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2021, and interim periods within fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2022; however, early adoption is permitted. The Company is currently evaluating the impact of adopting the new guidance on the consolidated financial statements.

In August 2020, the FASB issued ASU 2020-06Debt—Debt with Conversion and Other Options (Subtopic 470-20) and Derivatives and Hedging—Contracts in Entity’s Own Equity (Subtopic 815-40): Accounting for Convertible Instruments and Contracts in an Entity’s Own Equity, which simplifies accounting for convertible instruments by removing major separation models required under current GAAP. It also amends the accounting for certain contracts in an entity’s own equity that are currently accounted for as derivatives because of specific settlement provisions. In addition, the new guidance modifies how particular convertible instruments and certain contracts that could, potentially,may be exercisedsettled in cash or converted into common stockshares impact the diluted EPS computation. The new guidance will be effective for small reporting companies for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2023, including interim periods within those fiscal years. Early adoption is permitted. The Company is currently evaluating the impact of adopting the new guidance on the consolidated financial statements.

NOTE 5 – PREPAIDS AND OTHER CURRENT ASSETS

Prepaids and then shareother current assets include the following:

 

 

As of December 31,

 

 

 

2020

 

 

2019

 

Prepaid insurance

 

$

3,162

 

 

$

11,127

 

Recoverable costs from insurance

 

 

4,635

 

 

 

-

 

Income tax receivable

 

 

1,567

 

 

 

810

 

Other current assets

 

 

1,343

 

 

 

1,395

 

Total prepaid expenses and other current assets

 

$

10,707

 

 

$

13,332

 

During the third quarter of 2020, certain pieces of equipment were damaged. The Company has insurance coverage in place covering, among other things, property damage up to certain specified amounts and amounts. During the earnings ofyear ended December


31, 2020, the Company underreceived $4,854 as insurance reimbursement. Recoverable costs from insurance as of December 31, 2020 was $4,635, which represents net book value of equipment damaged that we expect to recover from insurance.

NOTE 6 – GOODWILL AND INTANGIBLE ASSETS

Goodwill

Goodwill represents the treasury stock method.

56

Financial Instruments

difference between the purchase price and the estimated fair value of identifiable assets acquired and liabilities assumed. The Company performs an impairment analysis related to goodwill as of December 31st of each year, or when the Company identifies certain triggering events or circumstances that would more likely than not reduce the estimated fair value of the Company’s assets and liabilities, which qualify as financial instruments under FASB ASC 820, “Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures,” approximatesgoodwill below its carrying amount.

In the carrying amounts represented in the balance sheets.

Offering Costs

The Company complies with the requirementsfirst quarter of FASB ASC 340-10-S99-1 and SEC Staff Accounting Bulletin Topic 5A — “Expenses of Offering.” Offering costs were $16,824,469 (including an underwriting fee of $6,000,000 and deferred underwriting commissions of $10,250,000), consisting principally of costs incurred in connection with formation and preparation for the public offering. These offering costs were charged to additional paid in capital upon closing of the public offering on March 15, 2017.

Income Taxes

The Company follows the asset and liability method of accounting for income taxes under FASB ASC 740, “Income Taxes.” Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the estimated future tax consequences attributable to differences between the financial statements carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax bases. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in the years in which those temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled. The effect on deferred tax assets and liabilities of a change in tax rates is recognized in income in the period that included the enactment date. Valuation allowances are established, when necessary, to reduce deferred tax assets to the amount expected to be realized.

FASB ASC 740 prescribes a recognition threshold and a measurement attribute for the financial statement recognition and measurement of tax positions taken or expected to be taken in a tax return. For those benefits to be recognized, a tax position must be more likely than not to be sustained upon examination by taxing authorities. There were no unrecognized tax benefits as of December 31, 2017. The Company recognizes accrued interest and penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits as income tax expense. No amounts were accrued for the payment of interest and penalties at December 31, 2017. The Company is currently not aware of any issues under review that could result in significant payments, accruals or material deviation from its position. The Company is subject to income tax examinations by major taxing authorities since inception.

Redeemable Class A Common Stock

All of the 32,500,000 shares of Class A common stock sold as parts of the Units in the public offering contain a redemption feature which allows for the redemption of Class A common stock under the Company’s Liquidation or Tender Offer/Stockholder Approval provisions. In accordance with FASB ASC 480, redemption provisions not solely within the control of2020, the Company requireperformed a quantitative goodwill impairment test utilizing the securitysingle-step approach to be classified outside of permanent equity. Ordinary liquidation events, which involve the redemption and liquidation of all of the entity’s equity instruments, are excluded from the provisions of FASB ASC 480. Although the Company has not specified a maximum redemption threshold, its amended and restated certificate of incorporation provides that in no event will the Company redeem its public shares in an amount that would cause its net tangible assets to be less than $5,000,001.

The Company will recognize changes in redemption value immediately as they occur and will adjustcompare the carrying value of the securityreporting unit to equalits estimated fair value. The estimated fair value of the redemptionreporting unit was determined using a guideline public company method, a form of the market approach. The guideline public company method utilized the trading multiples of similarly traded public companies as they related to our operating metrics. Based on the impairment test, the Company determined that goodwill was not impaired as the reporting unit’s carrying value, atafter accounting for the endimpairment charges of eachlong-lived assets, did not exceed the reporting period. Increases or decreases inunit’s fair value.

As of December 31, 2020, the Company performed the qualitative analysis of the goodwill impairment assessment by reviewing relevant qualitative factors. The Company determined there were no events that would indicate the carrying amount of redeemable Class A common stock shallits goodwill may not be affected by charges against additional paid in capital. Accordingly, at December 31, 2017, 31,170,308recoverable, and as such, no impairment charge was recorded.

Intangible Assets

Intangible assets consisted of the 32,500,000 shares of Class A common stock included in the Units were classified outside of permanent equity at its redemption value. There were no shares of Class A common stock outstanding at December 31, 2016.following:

 

57

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

The Company’s management does not believe that any recently issued, but not yet effective, accounting pronouncements, if currently adopted, would have a material effect on the Company’s financial statements.

Item 7A.Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk

The net proceeds of our initial public offering and the sale of the private placement warrants held in the trust account are invested in money market funds meeting certain conditions under Rule 2a-7 under the Investment Company Act which invest only in direct U.S. government treasury obligations. Due to the short-term nature of these investments, we believe there will be no associated material exposure to interest rate risk.

Item 8.Financial Statements and Supplementary Data

Reference is made to Pages F-1 through F-17 comprising a portion of this Report.

INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Page
Report of Independent Registered Pubic Accounting FirmF-1
Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2017 and 2016F-2
Statements of Operations for the year ended December 31, 2017 and for March 10, 2016 (inception) through December 31, 2016F-3
Statements of Changes in Stockholders’ Equity for the year ended December 31, 2017 and for March 10, 2016 (inception) through December 31, 2016F-4
Statements of Cash Flows for the year ended December 31, 2017 and for March 10, 2016 (inception) through December 31, 2016F-5
Notes to Financial StatementsF-6 – F-17

Item 9.Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure

None.

Item 9A.Control and Procedures

Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures

Disclosure controls and procedures are controls and other procedures that are designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed in our reports filed or submitted under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”) is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in the SEC’s rules and forms. Disclosure controls and procedures include, without limitation, controls and procedures designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed in company reports filed or submitted under the Exchange Act is accumulated and communicated to management, including our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure.

As required by Rules 13a-15 and 15d-15 under the Exchange Act, our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer carried out an evaluation of the effectiveness of the design and operation of our disclosure controls and procedures as of December 31, 2017. Based upon their evaluation, our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer concluded that our disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Rules 13a-15 (e) and 15d-15 (e) under the Exchange Act) were effective.

58

Management’s Report on Internal Controls over Financial Reporting

This report does not include a report of management’s assessment regarding internal control over financial reporting or an attestation report of our registered public accounting firm due to a transition period established by the rules of the SEC for newly public companies.

Changes in Internal Control over Financial Reporting

During the most recently completed fiscal quarter, there has been no change in our internal control over financial reporting that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting. 

Item 9B.Other Information

None.

PART III

Item 10.Directors, Executive Officers, and Corporate Governance

Directors and Executive Officers

As of the date of this report, our directors and officers are as follows:

NameAgeTitle
David J. Matlin56Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer
Greg Ethridge41President
Rui Gao38Chief Financial Officer
Peter H. Schoels44Director
Kenneth L. Campbell61Director
David L. Treadwell63Director
Daniel W. Dienst52Director
Robert H. Weiss59Secretary and General Counsel

David J. Matlin,our Chairman and Chief Executive Officer since inception, is also the co-founder, Chief Executive Officer and Chief Investment Officer of MatlinPatterson Global Advisers LLC, or MatlinPatterson, a distressed securities investment manager, which he co-founded in July 2002. Mr. Matlin is also the Chief Executive Officer (since January 2015) and a managing principal (since December 2012) of MatlinPatterson Asset Management L.P., whose operating joint venture affiliates manage non-distressed credit strategies. Prior to forming MatlinPatterson, Mr. Matlin was a Managing Director at Credit Suisse, and headed their Global Distressed Securities Group upon its inception in 1994. Mr. Matlin was also a Managing Director and a founding partner of Merrion Group, L.P., from 1988 to 1994. He began his career as a securities analyst at Halcyon Investments from 1986 to 1988. Mr. Matlin serves as a member of the board of directors of Flagstar Bank FSB, a federally charted savings bank, Flagstar Bancorp, Inc., a savings and loan holding company (NYSE: FBC) since 2009. Mr. Matlin also serves on the board of directors of Orthosensor, Inc. and Pristine Surgical LLC, both medical device manufacturers and had served on the board of directors of CalAtlantic Group, Inc. (NYSE: CAA) from 2009 to 2018 and Global Aviation Holdings, Inc., an air charter company, from 2006 to 2012. We believe Mr. Matlin is well qualified to serve on our board due to his background in distressed companies and his experience serving on several public company boards, which bring leadership, risk assessment skills and public company expertise. Mr. Matlin holds a JD degree from the Law School of the University of California at Los Angeles and a BS in Economics from the Wharton School of the University of Pennsylvania.

59

Greg Ethridge,our President since January 2017 (and who served as our Chief Operating Officer from inception until January 2017), also serves as Senior Partner of MatlinPatterson. Prior to joining MatlinPatterson in 2009, Mr. Ethridge was a principal in the Recapitalization and Restructuring group at Broadpoint Capital, Inc. where he moved his team from Imperial Capital, from 2008 to 2009. In 2006, Mr. Ethridge was a founding member of the corporate finance advisory practice for Imperial Capital LLC in New York. Prior to Imperial Capital, Mr. Ethridge was a principal investor at Parallel Investment Partners LP (formerly part of Saunders, Karp and Megrue) from 2005 to 2006, executing recapitalizations, buyouts and growth equity investments for middle market companies. Previously, from 2001 to 2005, Mr. Ethridge was an associate in the Recapitalization and Restructuring Group at Jefferies and Company, Inc. where he executed corporate restructurings and leveraged finance transactions and was a crisis manager at Conway, Del Genio, Gries & Co. in New York from 2000 to 2001. Since 2009 Mr. Ethridge has served on the board of directors of FXI Holdings Inc., a foam and foam products manufacturer and was appointed as its chairman in February 2012, a director of Crescent Communities LLC, a multi-class real estate developer, since June 2010. Mr. Ethridge has also served on the board of directors of Advantix Systems Ltd. and Advantix Systems, Inc., HVAC equipment manufacturers, since August 2013. Mr. Ethridge holds a BBA and a Masters in Accounting from The University of Texas at Austin.

Rui Gao,our Chief Financial Officer since inception, is also the Chief Financial Officer of MatlinPatterson and its affiliates. Prior to joining MatlinPatterson in 2003, Ms. Gao was a Senior Associate at Deloitte & Touche LLP in the assurance practice specializing in private equity and hedge funds from 2001 to 2003. Ms. Gao is a Certified Public Accountant in the State of New York, and holds a MBA in finance from the New York University, Stern Graduate School of Business and a BA in accounting from Pace University.

Peter H. Schoelshas been a director of the Company since January 2017 (and alsoserved as our President from inception until January 2017). He is a Managing Partner of MatlinPatterson since 2009 and has been a partner with MatlinPatterson since its inception in July 2002. In his capacity as Managing Partner, Mr. Schoels has been involved in the supervision of all investments made by certain private investment partnerships managed by MatlinPatterson. Mr. Schoels is also a managing principal of MatlinPatterson Asset Management L.P. and its operating joint venture affiliates since August 2013. Prior to joining MatlinPatterson, he was a Vice President of the Credit Suisse Global Distressed Securities Group, investing in North America, Latin America, and Europe. Prior to joining Credit Suisse, Mr. Schoels was a Director of Finance and Strategy of Itim Group Plc. from 2000 to 2001. Previously, Mr. Schoels was Manager of Mergers and Acquisitions for Ispat International NV from 1998 to 2000, now ArcelorMittal, which specialized in buying distressed steel assets globally. Mr. Schoels also serves as a member of the board of directors of Flagstar Bank FSB, a federally chartered savings bank, Flagstar Bancorp, Inc., a savings and loan holding company (NYSE: FBC) since July 2012. Mr. Schoels also serves on the board of directors Crescent Communities, LLC, a multi-asset class real estate developer and has served on the board of directors of CalAtlantic Group, Inc. (NYSE: CAA) from 2009 to 2018 and Global Aviation Holdings, Inc., an air charter company, from 2006 to 2012 and Advantix Systems Ltd. and Advantix Systems, Inc., HVAC equipment manufacturers, from August 2013 to February 2015. We believe Mr. Schoels is well qualified to serve on our board due to his background in supervising investments in distressed companies, and his service as a director of a publicly-traded companies, which provides us with the perspective of a seasoned investor with knowledge of business, operations and as well as with leadership and risk assessment skills. Mr. Schoels holds an MBA from United Business Institutes in Brussels, Belgium, and a BA in International Business from Eckerd College, St. Petersburg, Florida.

60

Kenneth L. Campbell has been a director of the Company since January 2017. Mr. Campbell’s career has focused on managing companies through financial restructurings and operational turnarounds as well as through strategic mergers, acquisitions and divestures. Between 2003 and December 2011, he served as a senior officer of several MatlinPatterson portfolio companies, and for a time was an investment partner of the firm. From December 2008 until December 2011, he served as Chief Executive Officer and a director of Standard Pacific Homes, now CalAtlantic Group, Inc. (NYSE: CAA) a publicly-traded home builder. He was an investment partner of MatlinPatterson from 2007 to 2008. From 2006 to 2007, Mr. Campbell served as Chief Executive Officer and director of Ormet Corporation, an aluminum manufacturer. Prior to that, Mr. Campbell served as Chief Financial Officer of RailWorks Corporation, a railroad construction contractor, from 2003 to 2006. Prior to this, Mr. Campbell spent over 20 years serving in various restructuring roles at companies with significant operational and/or financial difficulties. We believe Mr. Campbell is well-qualified to serve on our board due to his background as a seasoned restructuring executive with knowledge of business, operations and management. Mr. Campbell holds an MBA with distinction from the Wharton School and a BA cum laude in economics from Wesleyan University.

David L. Treadwellhas been a director of the Company since January 2017. He has served as a member of the board of directors of Flagstar Bancorp, Inc. since 2009 and a member of its audit committee since May 2014. Until its sale in August 2011, Mr. Treadwell was the President and Chief Executive Officer of EP Management Corporation (formerly known as EaglePicher Corporation), a diversified industrial products company, where he had served in the role since 2006. Prior to that, he served as its Chief Operating Officer from 2005 until 2006, and as a division president in 2005. From 2002 until 2004, Mr. Treadwell provided business consulting services following 19 years with Prechter Holdings, serving as CEO from 1993 to 2002. Mr. Treadwell has also served as director of Fairpoint Communications (NASDAQ:FRP), a communications provider, since 2011, where he currently serves on the organization and governance committee and as chairman of the compensation committee, and a director of Visteon Corporation (NYSE:VC) a global automotive supplier, since 2012, where he currently serves as chairman of the organization and compensation committee and a member of the audit committee. He has served as chairman of the board of AGY, LLC, a high tech glass fiber manufacturer, since 2013, C&D Technologies, a large format battery manufacturer, since 2010, Revere Industries, LLC, a diversified manufacturer, since 2012, Grow Michigan, LLC, a subordinated debt lender, since 2012 and WinCup, a manufacturer of foam cups, since 2016. We believe Mr. Treadwell is well-qualified to serve on our board due to his background as an experienced executive with knowledge of business, operations, corporate strategy and risk management, as well as his experience with distressed companies and turnaround situations. Mr. Treadwell hold a BA with high honors in business administration from the University of Michigan.

Daniel W. Diensthas been a director of the Company since January 2017. He is principal of D2QUARED, LLC, a consulting firm since 2013, and recently served as a Director and Chief Executive Officer of Martha Stewart Living Omnimedia, Inc. (NYSE: MSO) from November 2013 until its sale to Sequential Brands, Inc. (NASDAQ: SQBG) in December 2015. Prior to that, from 2008 to 2013, Mr. Dienst served as the Group Chief Executive Officer of Sims Metal Management, Ltd. (NYSE: SMS; ASX: SGM) (hereafter ‘‘SMM’’) a publicly listed metal and electronics recycler processing. Mr. Dienst also recently served as a Director of 1st Dibs, Inc., an e-commerce arts and antiques platform owned by Benchmark Capital, Spark Capital, Index Ventures and Insight Venture Partners from 2014 to 2015 as an independent board designee. Prior to this, Mr. Dienst served as the Chairman, President & Chief Executive Officer of Metal Management, Inc. (NYSE: MM), a metal recycling company prior to its sale and merger into Sims Group, Ltd, to create SMM. Mr. Dienst joined the Metal Management Board of Directors in 2001, served as Chairman of the Board beginning in 2003, as Chief Executive Officer and President in 2004. Mr. Dienst also served as Chairman of the Board and Acting Chief Executive Officer of Metals USA, Inc. (NASDAQ: MUSA), a steel processor, before its going private sale to an affiliate of Apollo Management, L.P. in 2004. From 2000 to 2004, Mr. Dienst served as Managing Director of the Corporate and Leveraged Finance Group of CIBC World Markets Corp., a diversified global financial services firm where he specialized in complex financing and restructuring transactions. From 1998 through 2000, Mr. Dienst held various positions within CIBC World MarketsCorp., including Executive Director of the Financial Restructuring Group. We believe Mr. Dienst is well-qualified to serve on our board due to his background as an executive with knowledge of business, operations and management. Mr. Dienst holds a B.A. from Washington University, St. Louis, MO and a J.D. from The Brooklyn Law School. Mr. Dienst is married to the sister of the wife of David J. Matlin, our Chairman and Chief Executive Officer.

61

Robert H. Weiss,our Secretary and General Counsel since inception, is a Partner and General Counsel of MatlinPatterson and its affiliates. Prior to joining MatlinPatterson in 2002, Mr. Weiss was Managing Director at Deutsche Asset Management, where he was responsible for hedge fund and fund-of-funds administration, accounting, and product-related legal and compliance functions from 1996 to 2002. From 1991 to 1996, Mr. Weiss was General Counsel to Moore Capital Management, Inc. and Senior Vice President within the futures and managed futures business of Lehman Brothers from 1989 to 1991, as well as Associate General Counsel from 1986 to 1989. Mr. Weiss currently serves on the board of directors of Advantix Systems Ltd. and Advantix Systems, Inc., HVAC equipment manufacturers, a position he has held since February 2015. Mr. Weiss began his career in the legal department of futures commission merchant Johnson Matthey & Wallace, Inc. in 1983. Mr. Weiss holds a JD degree from Hofstra Law School and an ABcum laudefrom Vassar College.

Number and Terms of Office of Officers and Directors

We currently have five directors. Our board of directors is divided into two classes with only one class of directors being elected in each year and each class (except for those directors appointed prior to our first annual meeting of stockholders) serving a two-year term. The term of office of the class I directors, consisting of Messrs. Campbell, Dienst and Treadwell, will expire at our first annual meeting of stockholders. The term of office of the class II directors, consisting of Messrs. Matlin and Schoels, will expire at the second annual meeting of stockholders. We may not hold an annual meeting of stockholders until after we consummate our initial business combination.

Our officers are elected by the board of directors and serve at the discretion of the board of directors, rather than for specific terms of office. Our board of directors is authorized to appoint persons to the offices set forth in our bylaws as it deems appropriate. Our bylaws provide that our officers may consist of a Chief Executive Officer, a Chief Financial Officer, a President, Vice Presidents, Secretaries, Assistant Secretaries, a Treasurer and other such offices as may be determined by the board of directors.

Committees of the Board of Directors

Our board of directors has two standing committees: an audit committee and a compensation committee. Our audit committee is comprised of three independent directors, and our compensation committee is comprised of two independent directors.

Audit Committee

We have established an audit committee of the board of directors. The members of our audit committee are Messrs. Campbell, Dienst and Treadwell. Mr. Campbell serves as chairman of the audit committee. Under the NASDAQ listing standards and applicable SEC rules, we are required to have three members of the audit committee. The rules of NASDAQ and Rule 10A-3 of the Exchange Act require that the audit committee of a listed company be comprised solely of independent directors. Messrs. Campbell, Dienst and Treadwell qualify as independent directors under applicable rules. Each member of the audit committee is financially literate and our board of directors has determined that Mr. Campbell qualifies as an ‘‘audit committee financial expert’’ as defined in applicable SEC rules.

We have adopted an audit committee charter, which will detail the principal functions of the audit committee, including:

•          the appointment, compensation, retention, replacement, and oversight of the work of the independent registered public accounting firm and any other independent registered public accounting firm engaged by us;

•          pre-approving all audit and non-audit services to be provided by the independent registered public accounting firm or any other registered public accounting firm engaged by us, and establishing pre-approval policies and procedures;

•          reviewing and discussing with the independent auditors all relationships the auditors have with us in order to evaluate their continued independence;

•          setting clear hiring policies for employees or former employees of the independent registered public accounting firm;

•          setting clear policies for audit partner rotation in compliance with applicable laws and regulations;

62

•          obtaining and reviewing a report, at least annually, from the independent auditors describing (i) the independent auditor’s internal quality-control procedures and (ii) any material issues raised by the most recent internal quality-control review, or peer review, of the audit firm, or by any inquiry or investigation by governmental or professional authorities, within, the preceding five years respecting one or more independent audits carried out by the firm and any steps taken to deal with such issues;

•          reviewing and approving any related party transaction required to be disclosed pursuant to Item 404 of Regulation S-K promulgated by the SEC prior to us entering into such transaction; and

•          reviewing with management, the independent registered public accounting firm, and our legal advisors, as appropriate, any legal, regulatory or compliance matters, including any correspondence with regulators or government agencies and any employee complaints or published reports that raise material issues regarding our financial statements or accounting policies and any significant changes in accounting standards or rules promulgated by the Financial Accounting Standards Board, the SEC or other regulatory authorities.

Compensation Committee

We have established a compensation committee of the board of directors consisting of two members. The member of our Compensation Committee are Messrs. Campbell and Dienst. Mr. Campbell serves as chairman of the compensation committee.

We have adopted a compensation committee charter, which details the principal functions of the compensation committee, including:

•          reviewing and approving on an annual basis the corporate goals and objectives relevant to our Chief Executive Officers’ compensation, evaluating our Chief Executive Officers’ performance in light of such goals and objectives and determining and approving the remuneration (if any) of our Chief Executive Officers based on such evaluation;

•          reviewing and approving the compensation of all of our other executive officers;

•          reviewing our executive compensation policies and plans;

•          implementing and administering our incentive compensation equity-based remuneration plans;

•          assisting management in complying with our proxy statement and annual report disclosure requirements;

•          approving all special perquisites, special cash payments and other special compensation and benefit arrangements for our executive officers and employees;

•          producing a report on executive compensation to be included in our annual proxy statement; and

•          reviewing, evaluating and recommending changes, if appropriate, to the remuneration for directors.

The charter also provides that the compensation committee may, in its sole discretion, retain or obtain the advice of a compensation consultant, legal counsel or other adviser and will be directly responsible for the appointment, compensation and oversight of the work of any such adviser. However, before engaging or receiving advice from a compensation consultant, external legal counsel or any other adviser, the compensation committee will consider the independence of each such adviser, including the factors required by NASDAQ and the SEC.

Director Nominations

We do not have a standing nominating committee, though we intend to form a corporate governance and nominating committee as and when required to do so by law or NASDAQ rules. In accordance with Rule 5605(e)(2) of the NASDAQ rules, a majority of the independent directors may recommend a director nominee for selection by the board of directors. The board of directors believes that the independent directors can satisfactorily carry out the responsibility of properly selecting or approving director nominees without the formation of a standing nominating committee. The directors who shall participate in the consideration and recommendation of director nominees are Messrs. Campbell, Dienst and Treadwell. In accordance with Rule 5605(e)(1)(A) of the NASDAQ rules, all such directors are independent. As there is no standing nominating committee, we do not have a nominating committee charter in place.

63

 

 

Estimated

Useful

Life (in

years)

 

Gross

Carrying

Value

 

 

Accumulated

Amortization

 

 

Net Book

Value

 

As of December 31, 2020

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Trademarks

 

10

 

$

1,415

 

 

$

156

 

 

$

1,259

 

Patents

 

20

 

 

12,775

 

 

 

568

 

 

 

12,207

 

 

 

 

 

$

14,190

 

 

$

724

 

 

$

13,466

 

As of December 31, 2019

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Trademarks

 

10

 

 

3,132

 

 

 

913

 

 

 

2,219

 

Patents

 

20

 

 

22,955

 

 

 

3,348

 

 

 

19,607

 

 

 

 

 

$

26,087

 

 

$

4,261

 

 

$

21,826

 

 

The board of directors will also consider director candidates recommended for nomination by our stockholders during such times as theyintangible assets are seeking proposed nomineesamortized over the period the Company expects to stand for election atreceive the next annual meeting of stockholders (or, if applicable, a special meeting of stockholders). Our stockholders that wishrelated economic benefit. Amortization expense related to nominate a director for election to the Board should follow the procedures set forth in our bylaws.

We have not formally established any specific, minimum qualifications that must be met or skills that are necessary for directors to possess. In general, in identifyingamortizable intangible assets was $1,090 and evaluating nominees for director, the board of directors considers educational background, diversity of professional experience, knowledge of our business, integrity, professional reputation, independence, wisdom and the ability to represent the best interests of our stockholders.

Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation

None of our executive officers currently serves and in the past year has not served as a member of the board of directors or compensation committee of any entity that has one or more executive officers serving on our board of directors.

Section 16(a) Beneficial Ownership Reporting Compliance

Section 16(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, requires our officers, directors and persons who beneficially own more than ten percent of our common stock to file reports of ownership and changes in ownership with the SEC. These reporting persons are also required to furnish us with copies of all Section 16(a) forms they file. Based solely upon a review of such forms, we believe that during the year ended December 31, 2017 there were no delinquent filers.

Code of Ethics

We have adopted a Code of Ethics applicable to our directors, officers and employees. We have filed copies of our Code of Ethics, our audit committee charter and our compensation committee charter as exhibits to our registration statement in connection with our initial public offering. You are able to review these documents by accessing our public filings at the SEC’s web site atwww.sec.gov.In addition, a copy of the Code of Ethics will be provided without charge upon request from us. If we amend or grant a waiver of one or more of the provisions of our code of ethics, we intend to satisfy the requirements under item 5.05 of Form 8-K regarding the disclosure of amendments to, or waivers from, provisions of our code of ethics that apply to our principal executive officer, principal financial officer and principal accounting officer by posting the required information on our website.

Item 11.Executive Compensation

None of our officers or directors has received any cash compensation for services rendered to us. No compensation of any kind, including finder’s and consulting fees, has been or will be paid to our sponsor, officers and directors, or any of their respective affiliates, for services rendered prior to or in connection with the completion of our initial business combination. However, these individuals will be reimbursed for any out-of-pocket expenses incurred in connection with activities on our behalf such as identifying potential target businesses and performing due diligence on suitable business combinations. Our audit committee reviews on a quarterly basis all payments that were made to our sponsor, officers, directors, or our or their affiliates.

After the completion of our initial business combination, directors or members of our management team who remain with us may be paid consulting, management or other fees from the combined company. All of these fees will be fully disclosed to stockholders, to the extent then known, in the tender offer materials or proxy solicitation materials furnished to our stockholders in connection with a proposed business combination. It is unlikely the amount of such compensation will be known at the time, because the directors of the post-combination business will be responsible for determining executive and director compensation. Any compensation to be paid to our officers will be determined by our compensation committee.

64

We do not intend to take any action to ensure that members of our management team maintain their positions with us after the consummation of our initial business combination, although it is possible that some or all of our executive officers and directors may negotiate employment or consulting arrangements to remain with us after the initial business combination. The existence or terms of any such employment or consulting arrangements to retain their positions with us may influence our management’s motivation in identifying or selecting a target business but we do not believe that the ability of our management to remain with us after the consummation of our initial business combination will be a determining factor in our decision to proceed with any potential business combination. We are not party to any agreements with our executive officers and directors that provide for benefits upon termination of employment.

Item 12.Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters

The following table sets forth information regarding the beneficial ownership of our common stock as of March 28, 2018 based on information obtained from the persons named below, with respect to the beneficial ownership of shares of our common stock, by:

each person known by us to be the beneficial owner of more than 5% of our outstanding shares of common stock;

each of our executive officers and directors that beneficially owns shares of our common stock; and

all our executive officers and directors as a group.

In the table below, percentage ownership is based on 32,500,000 shares of our Class A common stock, which includes Class A common stock underlying the units sold in our initial public offering, and 8,125,000 shares of our Class F common stock outstanding as of March 28, 2018. Voting power represents the combined voting power of Class A common stock and Class F common stock owned beneficially by such person. On all matters to be voted upon, the holders of the Class A common stock and the Class F common stock vote together as a single class. Currently, all of the shares of Class F common stock are convertible into shares of Class A common stock on a one-for-one basis. The table below does not include the shares of Class A common stock underlying the private placement warrants held or to be held by our officers or sponsor because these securities are not exercisable within 60 days of this report.

Unless otherwise indicated, we believe that all persons named in the table have sole voting and investment power with respect to all shares of common stock beneficially owned by them.

  Class A Common Stock  Class F Common Stock  Approximate 
Name and Address of Beneficial Owner (1) 

Number of

Shares

Beneficially

Owned

  Approximate
Percentage
of Class
  

Number of

Shares

Beneficially

Owned

  Approximate
Percentage
of Class
  Percentage
of Outstanding
Common
Stock
 
Matlin & Partners Acquisition Sponsor  LLC (our sponsor)(2)        8,125,000   100%  20%
David J. Matlin               — 
Greg Ethridge               
Rui Gao               
Peter H. Schoels               
Kenneth L. Campbell               
David L. Treadwell               
Daniel W. Dienst               — 
Robert H. Weiss               
Glazer Capital, LLC (3)  1,990,607   6.1%        4.9%
Elliott Associates, L.P.(4)  2,950,000   9.1%        7.3%
Fir Tree Capital Management LP(5)  1,900,000   5.9%        4.7%
Alyeska Investment Group, L.P.(6)  2,524,700   7.7%        6.2%
Polar Asset Management Partners Inc.(7)  2,699,900   8.3%        6.6%
HGC Investment Management Inc.(8)  1,699,489   5.2%        4.2%
All directors and executive officers as a group (8 individuals)               

65

*less than 1%

(1)Unless otherwise noted, the business address of each of the following entities or individuals is 585 Weed Street, New Canaan, CT 06840 and our telephone number is (203) 864-3144.
(2)These shares represent the Class F common stock held by our sponsor. There are five managing principals of our sponsor’s board of managing principals, including Messrs. Matlin, Schoels, Campbell, Dienst and Treadwell. Each managing principal has one vote, and the approval of three of the five members of the board of managing principals is required to approve an action of our sponsor. Under the so-called “rule of three”, if voting and dispositive decisions regarding an entity's securities are made by three or more individuals, and a voting or dispositive decision requires the approval of a majority of those individuals, then none of the individuals is deemed a beneficial owner of the entity's securities. This is the situation with regard to our sponsor. Based upon the foregoing analysis, no individual managing principal of our sponsor exercises voting or dispositive control over any of the securities held by our sponsor, even those in which he directly holds a pecuniary interest. Accordingly, none of them is deemed to have or share beneficial ownership of such shares.
(3)According to the Schedule 13G filed on February 14, 2018, Glazer Capital, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company ("Glazer Capital"), is the investment manager of certain funds and managed accounts that hold the securities reported above. Paul J. Glazer who serves as the Managing Member of Glazer Capital and is deemed to have voting and dispositive power with respect to the shares of Common Stock held by the Glazer Funds.
(4)According to the Schedule 13G/A filed on February 14, 2018, Elliott Associates individually beneficially owns and has voting and dispositive power over 944,000 shares of Class A Common Stock. Elliott International, L.P. and Elloitt International Capital Advisors Inc. together beneficially own and have voting and dispositive power over 2,006,000 shares of Class A Common Stock held by Elliott International..
(5)According to the Schedule 13G filed on February 14, 2018, the shares reported were purchased by certain private-pooled investment vehicles for which Fir Tree Capital Management L.P. serves as the investment manager (the "Funds"). Fir Tree Capital Management L.P. is the investment manager of the Funds, and has been granted investment discretion over portfolio investments, including shares reported above.
(6)According to the Schedule 13G filed on February 14, 2018, Alyeska Investment Group, L.P. is a registered investment adviser under Section 203 of the Investment Advisers Act of 1940. Alyeska Fund GP, LLC serves as the General Partner and control person of Alyeska Master Fund, L.P. Alyeska Fund 2 GP, LLC serves as the General Partner and control person of Alyeska Master Fund 2, Anand Parekh is the Chief Executive Officer and control person of Alyeska Investment Group, L.P.
(7)According to the Schedule 13G filed on February 14, 2018, Polar Asset Management Partners Inc serves as the investment manager to Polar Multi Strategy Master Fund ("PMSMF") and certain managed accounts (together with PMSMF, the “Polar Vehicles”), with respect to shares reported above and directly held by the Polar Vehicles.
(8)According to the Schedule 13G filed on February 14, 2018, HGC Investment Management Inc. serves as the investment manager to HGC Arbitrage Fund LP (the “Fund”). The shares reported above are held by HGC Investment Management Inc. on behalf of the Fund.

The table above does not include the shares of common stock underlying the private placement warrants held or to be held by our officers or sponsor because these securities are not exercisable within 60 days of this report.

Changes in Control

None.

66

Item 13.Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence

In March 2016, our sponsor purchased an aggregate of 7,187,500 founder shares for an aggregate purchase price of $25,000. In May 2016, we effectuated a 1.2-for-1 stock split in the form of a dividend, resulting in an aggregate of 8,625,000 founder shares outstanding. Our sponsor subsequently forfeited an aggregate of 500,000 shares of Class F Common Stock for no consideration (which were cancelled) because the underwriter's over-allotment option was not exercised in full.

Our sponsor purchased an aggregate of 15,500,000 private placement warrants for a purchase price of $0.50 per warrant in a private placement that occurred simultaneously with the closing of our initial public offering. Each private placement warrant entitles the holder to purchase one-half of one share of our Class A common stock at $5.75 per share. The private placement warrants (including the Class A common stock issuable upon exercise of the private placement warrants) may not, subject to certain limited exceptions, be transferred, assigned or sold by it until 30 days after the completion of our initial business combination.

If any of our officers or directors becomes aware of a business combination opportunity that falls within the line of business of any entity to which he or she has then-current fiduciary or contractual obligations, he or she may be required to present such business combination opportunity to such entity prior to presenting such business combination opportunity to us. Our officers and directors currently have certain relevant fiduciary duties or contractual obligations that may take priority over their duties to us.

MatlinPatterson, an affiliate of David J. Matlin, our Chairman and Chief Executive Officer, provides office space and general administrative services at no costs to us.

Our sponsor, directors and officers or any of their respective affiliates are reimbursed for any out-of-pocket expenses incurred in connection with activities on our behalf such as identifying potential target businesses and performing due diligence on suitable business combinations. Our audit committee reviews on a quarterly basis all payments that were made to our sponsor, officers, directors or our or any of their affiliates and determines which expenses and the amount of expenses that will be reimbursed. There is no cap or ceiling on the reimbursement of out-of-pocket expenses incurred by such persons in connection with activities on our behalf.

In addition, in order to finance transaction costs in connection with an intended initial business combination, our sponsor, an affiliate of our sponsor or certain of our officers and directors may, but are not obligated to, loan us funds as may be required. If we complete our initial business combination, we would repay such loaned amounts. In the event that our initial business combination does not close, we may use a portion of the working capital held outside the trust account to repay such loaned amounts but no proceeds from our trust account would be used for such repayment. Up to $1,500,000 of such loans may be convertible into warrants of the post business combination entity at a price of $0.50 per warrant at the option of the lender. The warrants would be identical to the private placement warrants issued to our sponsor including as to exercise price, exercisability and exercise period. Other than as set forth above, the terms of such loans by our sponsor, an affiliate of our sponsor or certain of our officers and directors, if any, have not been determined and no written agreements exist with respect to such loans. We do not expect to seek loans from parties other than our sponsor, an affiliate of our sponsor or certain of our officers and directors, if any, as we do not believe third parties will be willing to loan such funds and provide a waiver against any and all rights to seek access to funds in our trust account.

After our initial business combination, members of our management team who remain with us may be paid consulting, management or other fees from the combined company with any and all amounts being fully disclosed to our stockholders, to the extent then known, in the tender offer or proxy solicitation materials, as applicable, furnished to our stockholders. It is unlikely the amount of such compensation will be known at the time of distribution of such tender offer materials or at the time of a stockholder meeting held to consider our initial business combination, as applicable, as it will be up to the directors of the post-combination business to determine executive officer and director compensation.

We have entered into a registration rights agreement with respect to the founder shares, private placement warrants and warrants issued upon conversion of working capital loans (if any) and the shares of Class A common stock issuable upon exercise of the foregoing and upon conversion of the founder shares..

67

Director Independence

NASDAQ listing standards require that a majority of our board of directors be independent. As of the date of this report, a majority of our board of directors is independent. An “independent director” is defined generally as a person other than an officer or employee of the company or its subsidiaries or any other individual having a relationship which in the opinion of the company’s board of directors, would interfere with the director’s exercise of independent judgment in carrying out the responsibilities of a director. Our board of directors has determined that Messrs. Schoels, Campbell, Treadwell and Dienst are “independent directors” as defined in the NASDAQ listing standards and applicable SEC rules. Our independent directors have regularly scheduled meetings at which only independent directors are present.  

68

Item 14.Principal Accountant Fees and Services

The following is a summary of fees paid to WithumSmith+Brown, PC (“Withum”), for services rendered.

Audit Fees

Audit fees consist of fees billed for professional services rendered for the audit of our year-end financial statements and services that are normally provided by Withum in connection with regulatory filings. The aggregate fees billed by Withum for professional services rendered for the audit of our annual financial statements, review of the financial information included in our Forms 10-Q for the respective periods and other required filings with the SEC$6,064 for the year ended December 31, 20172020, and for2019, respectively.

As discussed above, the periodCompany identified a triggering event in the first quarter of 2020 and performed a quantitative impairment test on long-lived assets. The expected present value method, a form of the income approach, was utilized to determine the fair value of long-lived assets. This method is based on expected cash flows using a risk-adjusted discount rate, which reflects the weighted average cost of capital of similarly traded public companies. As a result of the impairment test performed, the Company recorded in the first quarter of 2020 an impairment charge of $7.2 million to reduce the carrying value of intangible assets from March 10, 2016 (date$21.4 million to $14.2 million, representing its fair value on the date of inception) throughimpairment.

As of December 31, 20162020, the Company determined there were $31,500no events that would indicate the carrying amount of these assets may not be recoverable, and $24,000, respectively. as such, no further impairment charge was recognized.


The aggregate feesestimated amortization expense for future periods is as follows:

Fiscal Year

 

Estimated

Amortization

Expense

 

2021

 

$

966

 

2022

 

 

966

 

2023

 

 

966

 

2024

 

 

966

 

2025

 

 

966

 

Thereafter

 

 

8,636

 

Total

 

$

13,466

 

NOTE 7 – PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT, NET

Property and equipment consisted of Withumthe following:

 

 

Estimated

Useful

Life (in years)

 

December 31,

2020

 

 

December 31,

2019

 

Fracturing equipment

 

1.5 to 25

 

$

263,869

 

 

$

651,162

 

Light duty vehicles

 

5

 

 

2,483

 

 

 

8,188

 

Furniture and fixtures

 

5

 

 

67

 

 

 

277

 

IT equipment

 

3

 

 

1,676

 

 

 

6,724

 

Auxiliary equipment

 

2 to 20

 

 

11,058

 

 

 

38,502

 

Leasehold improvements

 

Term of lease

 

 

287

 

 

 

725

 

 

 

 

 

 

279,440

 

 

 

705,578

 

Less: Accumulated depreciation and

   amortization

 

 

 

 

(44,108

)

 

 

(263,968

)

Property and equipment, net

 

 

 

$

235,332

 

 

$

441,610

 

Depreciation and amortization expense related to audit services in connection with our 2017 initial public offering totaled $30,000. The above amounts include interim proceduresproperty and audit fees, as well as attendance at audit committee meetings. 

Audit-Related Fees

Audit-related fees consist of fees billed for assurance and related services that are reasonably related to performance ofequipment during the audit or review of our financial statements and are not reported under “Audit Fees.” These services include attest services that are not required by statute or regulation and consultations concerning financial accounting and reporting standards. During the fiscal yearyears ended December 31, 20172020 and for the period from March 10, 2016 (date of inception) through December 31, 2016, we did not pay Withum for any audit-related fees.2019 was $79,263 and $148,149, respectively.

 

Tax Fees

During the fiscal year ended December 31, 2017, tax fees paid to Withum totaled $3,000. We did not pay Withum for tax return services or tax planning and tax advice for the period from March 10, 2016 (inception) through December 31, 2016.

All Other Fees

We did not pay Withum for other services during the year ended December 31, 2017 and for the period from March 10, 2016 (inception) through December 31, 2016.

Pre-Approval Policy

Our audit committee was formed upon the consummation of our initial public offering. As a result the audit committee did not pre-approve all of the foregoing services, although any services rendered prior to the formation of our audit committee were approved by our board of directors. Since the formation of our audit committee, andimpairment test on a going-forward basis, the audit committee has and will pre-approve all auditing services and permitted non-audit services to be performed for us by our auditors, including the fees and terms thereof (subject to the de minimis exceptions for non-audit serviceslong-lived assets described in “Note 6 – Goodwill and Intangible Assets,” the Exchange Act which are approved byCompany recorded in the audit committee priorfirst quarter of 2020 an impairment charge of $140.3  million to reduce the completioncarrying value of property and equipment from $414.1  million to $273.8  million, representing its fair value on the date of impairment.

NOTE 8 – ACCRUED EXPENSES AND OTHER CURRENT LIABILITIES

Accrued expenses and other current liabilities consisted of the audit).following:

 

 

As of December 31,

 

 

 

2020

 

 

2019

 

Accrued payroll and benefits

 

$

7,208

 

 

$

9,356

 

Accrued taxes

 

 

5,380

 

 

 

9,817

 

Accrued interest

 

 

317

 

 

 

18,190

 

Other current liabilities

 

 

1,876

 

 

 

3,118

 

Accrued expenses and other current liabilities

 

$

14,781

 

 

$

40,481

 


NOTE 9 – WARRANT LIABILITES (As Restated)

 

PART IV

Item 15.Exhibits, Financial Statements and Financial Statement Schedules

(a)The following documents are filed as part of this Report:

(1)Financial Statements
(2)Financial Statements Schedule

69

All financial statement schedules are omitted because they are not applicable or the amounts are immaterial and not required, or the required information is presented in the financial statements and notes thereto in is Item 15 of Part IV below.

(3)Exhibits

We hereby file as part of this report the exhibits listed in the attached Exhibit Index. Exhibits which are incorporated herein by reference can be inspected and copied at the public reference facilities maintained by the SEC, 100 F Street, N.E., Room 1580, Washington D.C. 20549. Copies of such material can also be obtained from the Public Reference Section of the SEC, 100 F Street, N.E., Washington, D.C. 20549, at prescribed rates or on the SEC website atwww.sec.gov.

EXHIBIT INDEX

Exhibit No.Description
1.1Underwriting Agreement, dated March 9, 2017, by and between the Company and Cantor Fitzgerald & Co. (1)
3.1Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation. (1)
3.2Amended and Restated Bylaws. (2)
4.1Specimen Unit Certificate. (2)
4.2Specimen Common Stock Certificate. (2)
4.3Specimen Warrant Certificate. (2)
4.4Warrant Agreement, dated March 9, 2017, by and between Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Company and the Company. (1)
10.1Promissory Note, dated as of March 31, 2016, issued to Matlin & Partners Sponsor I LLC. (2)
10.2Letter Agreement, dated March 9, 2017, by and between the Company, the initial security holders and the officers and directors of the Company.  (1)
10.3Investment Management Trust Account Agreement, dated March 9, 2017, by and between Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Company and the Company. (1)
10.4Registration Rights Agreement, dated March 9, 2017, by and among the Company and the initial security holders. (1)
10.5Securities Subscription Agreement, dated March 31, 2016, between the Company and  Matlin & Partners Acquisition Sponsor LLC (2)
10.6Amended and Restated Sponsor Warrants Purchase Agreement, dated February 13, 2017, between the Company and  Matlin & Partners Acquisition Sponsor LLC (2)
10.7Warrants Purchase Agreement, dated February 13, 2017, between the Registrant and Cantor Fitzgerald & Co. (2)
10.8Form of Indemnity Agreement. (2)
14.1Code of Ethics. (2)
31.1Certification of the Principal Executive Officer required by Rule 13a-14(a) or Rule 15d-14(a).*
31.2Certification of the Principal Financial Officer required by Rule 13a-14(a) or Rule 15d-14(a).*
32.1Certification of the Principal Executive Officer required by Rule 13a-14(b) or Rule 15d-14(b) and 18 U.S.C. 1350**
32.2Certification of the Principal Financial Officer required by Rule 13a-14(b) or Rule 15d-14(b) and 18 U.S.C. 1350**
101.INSXBRL Instance Document*
101.SCHXBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema*
101.CALXBRL Taxonomy Calculation Linkbase*
101.LABXBRL Taxonomy Label Linkbase*
101.PREXBRL Definition Linkbase Document*
101.DEFXBRL Definition Linkbase Document*

* Filed herewith

** Furnished herewith

70

(1)Incorporated by reference to the Company’s Form 8-K, filed with the SEC on March 15, 2017.
(2)Incorporated by reference to the Company’s Form S-1, filed with the SEC on February 15, 2017.

Item 16.Form 10-K Summary

Not applicable.

71

MATLIN & PARTNERS ACQUISITION CORPORATION

INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Page
Report of Independent Registered Pubic Accounting FirmF-1
Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2017 and 2016F-2
Statements of Operations for the year ended December 31, 2017 and for March 10, 2016 (inception) through December 31, 2016F-3
Statements of Changes in Stockholders’ Equity for year ended December 31, 2017 and for March 10, 2016 (inception) through December 31, 2016F-4
Statements of Cash Flows for year ended December 31, 2017 and for March 10, 2016 (inception) through December 31, 2016F-5
Notes to Financial StatementsF-6 – F-17

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

To the Board of Directors and Stockholders of

Matlin & Partners Acquisition Corporation

Opinion on the Financial Statements

We have audited the accompanying balance sheets of Matlin & Partners Acquisition Corp. (the "Company") as of December 31, 2107 and 2016, and the related statements of operations, changes in stockholders’ equity and cash flows, for the year ended December 31, 2017 and for the period from March 10, 2016 (inception) through December 31, 2016, and the related notes (collectively referred to as the "financial statements"). In our opinion, the financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company as of December 31, 2107 and 2016, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for the year ended December 31, 2017 and for the period from March 10, 2016 (inception) through December 31, 2016, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

Other Matter

The accompanying financial statements have been prepared assuming that the Company will continue as a going concern. As discussed in Note 1 to the financial statements if the Company is unable to complete a Business Combination by March 15, 2019, then the Company will cease all operations except for the purpose of liquidating. This mandatory liquidation and subsequent dissolution raises substantial doubt about the Company’s ability to continue as a going concern. The financial statements do not include any adjustments that might result from the outcome of this uncertainty.

Basis for Opinion

These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company's management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company's financial statements based on our audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) ("PCAOB") and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud. Our audits included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. Our audits also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the financial statements. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

 /s/ WithumSmith+Brown, PC

We have served as the Company's auditor since 2016.

Whippany, New Jersey

March 26, 2018

F-1

MATLIN & PARTNERS ACQUISITION CORPORATION
BALANCE SHEETS

  December 31,
2017
  December 31,
2016
 
       
ASSETS:        
Current assets:        
Cash $570,258  $65,620 
Prepaid expenses  70,777   - 
Prepaid franchise taxes  36,520   - 
Deferred offering costs  -   154,380 
Total current assets  677,555   220,000 
Investments and cash held in Trust Account  326,449,859   - 
Total assets $327,127,414  $220,000 
         
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY:        
Current liabilities:        
Accounts payable and accrued expenses $138,157  $- 
Due to affiliate  19,200   - 
Note payable  -   200,000 
Income taxes payable  16,969   - 
Total current liabilities  174,326   200,000 
Deferred underwriting commissions  10,250,000   - 
Total liabilities  10,424,326   200,000 
         
Class A common stock subject to possible redemption; $0.0001 par value; 31,170,308 shares (at redemption value of $10.00 per share) as of December 31, 2017 and none issued or outstanding as of December 31, 2016  311,703,080   - 
         
Stockholders' equity:        
Preferred stock, $0.0001 par value, 1,000,000 shares authorized, none issued or outstanding  -   - 
Class A common stock, $0.0001 par value, 90,000,000 shares authorized, 1,329,692 shares issued and outstanding (excluding 31,170,308 shares subject to possible redemption) as of December 31, 2017 and none issued or outstanding as of December 31, 2016  133   - 
Class F common stock, $0.0001 par value, 10,000,000 shares authorized, 8,125,000 and 8,625,000 issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2017 and December 31, 2016, respectively  813   863 
Additional paid-in-capital  4,246,505   24,137 
Retained earnings (accumulated deficit)  752,557   (5,000)
Total stockholders' equity  5,000,008   20,000 
Total liabilities and stockholders' equity $327,127,414  $220,000 

See accompanying notes to financial statements.

F-2

MATLIN & PARTNERS ACQUISITION CORPORATION
STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

  Year Ended
December 31,
2017
  Period from
March 10,
2016
(Inception)
through
December 31,
2016 
 
       
Revenues $-  $- 
General and administrative expenses  (875,333)  (5,000)
Loss from operations  (875,333)  (5,000)
Interest income  2,389,859   - 
Income before income taxes  1,514,526   - 
Provision for income taxes  756,969   - 
Net income (loss) $757,557  $(5,000)
         
Weighted average number of shares outstanding:        
Basic  9,337,694(1)  7,500,000(2)
Diluted  34,225,000   7,500,000 
         
Net income (loss) per common share:        
Basic $0.08  $(0.00)
Diluted $0.02  $(0.00)

See accompanying notes to financial statements.

(1)This number excludes an aggregate of up to 31,170,308 shares subject to possible redemption on December 31, 2017.
(2)This number excludes an aggregate of 1,125,000 shares held by the initial stockholders that are subject to forfeiture to the extent that the underwriter’s over-allotment is not exercised in full on December 31, 2016.

F-3

MATLIN & PARTNERS ACQUISITION CORPORATION
STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY
Year Ended December 31, 2017 and Period from March 10, 2016 (inception) through December 31, 2016

  

Class A Common
Stock

  Class F Common
Stock
  

Additional

Paid-in

  Retained
Earnings
(Accumulated
  Stockholders' 
  Shares  Amount  Shares  Amount  Capital  Deficit)  Equity 
Balance at March 10, 2016  -  $-   -  $-  $-  $-  $- 
Sale of Class F common stock to Sponsor  -   -   8,625,000   863   24,137   -   25,000 
Net loss  -   -   -   -   -   (5,000)  (5,000)
Balance at December 31, 2016  -  $-   8,625,000  $863  $24,137  $(5,000) $20,000 
Sale of Class A common stock to public  32,500,000   3,250   -   -   324,996,750   -   325,000,000 
Forfeiture of Class F common stock to Sponsor  -   -   (500,000)  (50)  50   -   - 
Sale of 15,500,000 Private Placement Warrants  -   -   -   -   7,750,000   -   7,750,000 
Offering costs  -   -   -   -   (16,824,469)  -   (16,824,469)
Class A common stock subject to possible redemption  (31,170,308)  (3,117)  -   -   (311,699,963)  -   (311,703,080)
Net income  -   -   -   -   -   757,557   757,557 
Balance at December 31, 2017  1,329,692  $133   8,125,000  $813  $4,246,505  $752,557  $5,000,008 

See accompanying notes to financial statements.

F-4

MATLIN & PARTNERS ACQUISITION CORPORATION
STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

  Year Ended  Period from
March 10, 
2016
(inception)
through
 
 December 31,
2017
  December 31,
2016
 
       
Cash flows from operating activities:        
Net income (loss) $757,557  $(5,000)
Changes in prepaid franchise taxes  (36,520)  - 
Changes in prepaid expenses  (70,777)  - 
Changes in accounts payable and accrued expenses  138,157   - 
Changes in due to affiliate  19,200   - 
Changes in income taxes payable  16,969   - 
Interest earned in Trust Account  (2,389,859)  - 
Net cash used in operating activities  (1,565,273)  (5,000)
         
Cash flows from investing activities:        
Cash deposited in Trust Account  (325,000,000)  - 
Interest income released from Trust Account for taxes  940,000   - 
Net cash used in investing activities  (324,060,000)  - 
         
Cash flows from financing activities:        
Proceeds from sale of Class A common stock to public  325,000,000   - 
Proceeds from sale of Class F common stock to the Sponsor  -   25,000 
Proceeds from sale of Private Placement Warrants  7,750,000   - 
Note payable borrowings and advance  75,000   200,000 
Note payable payment  (275,000)  - 
Payment of offering costs  (6,420,089)  (154,380)
Net cash provided by financing activities  326,129,911   70,620 
         
Increase in cash  504,638   65,620 
Cash at beginning of period  65,620   - 
Cash at end of period $570,258  $65,620 
         
Supplemental disclosure of non-cash financing activities:        
Deferred underwriting commissions $10,250,000  $- 
Income taxes paid during the period $740,000  $- 

See accompanying notes to financial statements.

F-5

MATLIN & PARTNERS ACQUISITION CORPORATION
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Note 1 — Description of Organization and Business Operations

Organization and General

Matlin & Partners Acquisition Corporation (the “we”, “us”, “our” or “Company”), was incorporated as a blank check company in Delaware on March 10, 2016. The Company was formed for the purpose of effecting a merger, capital stock exchange, asset acquisition, stock purchase, reorganization or other similar business combination with one or more operating businesses or assets that the Company has not yet identified (the “Initial Business Combination”).

From March 10, 2016 (inception) through March 15, 2017, the Company’s efforts were limited to organizational activities and activities relating to its initial public offering (“Public Offering”) described below, and since the Public Offering, the search for a target business with which to consummate an Initial Business Combination. The Company will not generate any operating revenues until after completion of its Initial Business Combination, at the earliest. The Company will generate non-operating income in the form of interest income on cash from the proceeds derived from the Public Offering and investment securities purchased with such proceeds.

Sponsor and Financing

The Company’s sponsor is MP Acquisition Sponsor LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “Sponsor”). The registration statement for the Company’s Public Offering was declared effective by the United States Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) on March 9, 2017. On March 15, 2017, the Company consummated the Public Offering of 32,500,000 units (“Units” and, with respect to the Class A common stock included in the Units being offered, the “Public Shares”), which includes a partial exercise by Cantor Fitzgerald & Co., the sole underwriter for the Public Offering (the “Underwriter”) of its over-allotment option in the amount of 2,500,000 Units at $10.00 per Unit, generating gross proceeds of $325,000,000, which is described in Note 3.

Simultaneously with the closing of the Public Offering and the sale of the Units, the Company consummated a private placement (“Private Placement”) of an aggregate of 15,500,000 warrants (“Private Placement Warrants”) at a price of $0.50 per Private Placement Warrant, to the Sponsor and the Underwriter, generating gross proceeds of $7,750,000, which is described in Note 4.

Transaction costs amounted to $16,824,469, consisting of $6,000,000 of underwriting fees, $10,250,000 of deferred underwriting commissions (which are held in the Trust Account (defined below)) and $574,469 of Public Offering costs. As described in Note 7, the $10,250,000 of deferred underwriting commissions are contingent upon the consummation of an Initial Business Combination by March 15, 2019.

The Trust Account

Following the closing of the Public Offering on March 15, 2017, an amount of $325,000,000 from the net proceeds of the Public Offering and the Private Placement was placed in a trust account (“Trust Account”). The proceeds held in the Trust Account may be invested only in U.S. government treasury bills with a maturity of 180 days or less or in money market funds investing solely in U.S. treasuries and meeting certain conditions under Rule 2a-7 under the Investment Company Act, as determined by the Company, until the earlier of: (i) the consummation of the Initial Business Combination, or (ii) the distribution of the Trust Account, as described below, if the Company is unable to complete the Initial Business Combination within 24 months from the closing of the Public Offering (the “Combination Period”) or upon any earlier liquidation of the Company. The remaining proceeds outside the Trust Account may be used to pay for business, legal and accounting due diligence on prospective acquisitions and continuing general and administrative expenses.

F-6

The Company’s amended and restated certificate of incorporation provides that, other than the withdrawal of interest to pay taxes, if any, none of the funds held in the Trust Account will be released until the earlier of: (i) the completion of the Initial Business Combination; (ii) the redemption of any Public Shares that have been properly tendered in connection with a stockholder vote to amend the Company’s amended and restated certificate of incorporation to modify the substance or timing of its obligation to redeem 100% of its Public Shares if it does not complete the Initial Business Combination within the Combination Period; and (iii) the redemption of 100% of the Public Shares if the Company is unable to complete an Initial Business Combination within the Combination Period (subject to the requirements of law). The proceeds deposited in the Trust Account could become subject to the claims of the Company’s creditors, if any, which could have priority over the claims of the Company’s public stockholders.

Initial Business Combination

The Company’s management has broad discretion with respect to the specific application of the net proceeds of the Public Offering, although substantially all of the net proceeds are intended to be applied generally toward consummating the Initial Business Combination. Nasdaq Capital Market (“NASDAQ”) rules provide that the Company’s Initial Business Combination must be with one or more target businesses that together have a fair market value equal to at least 80% of the balance in the Trust Account (less any deferred underwriting commissions and taxes payable on interest earned) at the time of the signing of a definitive agreement in connection with the Initial Business Combination. There is no assurance that the Company will be able to successfully affect an Initial Business Combination.

The Company will provide its stockholders with the opportunity to redeem all or a portion of their Public Shares upon the completion of a Business Combination either (i) in connection with a stockholder meeting called to approve the Business Combination or (ii) by means of a tender offer. The decision as to whether the Company will seek stockholder approval of a Business Combination or conduct a tender offer will be made by the Company, solely in its discretion and will be based on a variety of factors such as the timing of the transaction and whether the terms of the transaction would require the Company to seek stockholder approval under applicable law or stock exchange listing requirement. The public stockholders will be entitled to redeem their shares for a pro rata portion of the amount then on deposit in the Trust Account ($10.00 per share, plus any pro rata interest earned on the funds held in the Trust Account and not previously released to the Company to pay its tax obligations). The Company will proceed with an Initial Business Combination only if the Company has net tangible assets of at least $5,000,001 upon such consummation and a majority of the outstanding shares voted are voted in favor of the Initial Business Combination. If a stockholder vote is not required by law and the Company does not decide to hold a stockholder vote for business or other legal reasons, the Company will, pursuant to its Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, conduct the redemptions pursuant to the tender offer rules of the SEC, and file tender offer documents with the SEC prior to completing an Initial Business Combination. If, however, a stockholder approval of the transaction is required by law, or the Company decides to obtain stockholder approval for business or other legal reasons, the Company will offer to redeem shares in conjunction with a proxy solicitation pursuant to the proxy rules and not pursuant to the tender offer rules. If the Company seeks stockholder approval in connection with an Initial Business Combination, the Company’s directors, officers and the Sponsor have agreed to vote their Founder Shares (as defined in Note 4) and any Public Shares they may acquire during or after this offering in favor of approving an Initial Business Combination.

If the Company holds a stockholder vote or there is a tender offer for shares in connection with an Initial Business Combination, a public stockholder will have the right to redeem its shares for an amount in cash equal to its pro rata share of the aggregate amount then on deposit in the Trust Account as of two business days prior to the consummation of the Initial Business Combination, including interest but less taxes payable. As a result, such shares of Class A common stock will be recorded at redemption amount and classified as temporary equity upon the completion of the Public Offering, in accordance with the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) 480, “Distinguishing Liabilities from Equity.”

F-7

The Company will also provide its stockholders with the opportunity to redeem all or a portion of their Public Shares in connection with any stockholder vote to approve an amendment to the Company’s Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation that would affect the substance or timing of the Company’s obligation to redeem 100% of Public Shares if it does not complete a Business Combination within the Combination Period. The stockholders will be entitled to redeem their shares for a pro rata portion of the amount then on deposit in the Trust Account ($10.00 per share, plus any pro rata interest earned on the funds held in the Trust Account and not previously released to the Company to pay its tax obligations). There will be no redemption rights with respect to the Company’s Warrants (as defined in Note 3) in connection with such a stockholder vote to approve such an amendment to the Company’s Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company may not redeem shares in an amount that would cause its net tangible assets to be less than $5,000,001.

 

Pursuant to the Company’s amendedIPO, 32,500,000 warrants (the “public warrants”) were issued and restated certificate of incorporation, if the Company is unable15,500,000 warrants (the “private placement warrants”) were sold simultaneously to complete the Initial Business Combination within the Combination Period, the Company will (i) cease all operations except for the purpose of winding up, (ii) as promptly as reasonably possible but no more than ten business days thereafter subject to lawfully available funds therefor, redeem the Public Shares, at a per-share price, payable in cash, equal to the aggregate amount then on deposit in the Trust Account including interest (which shall be net of taxes payable, and less up to $100,000 of interest to pay dissolution expenses), divided by the number of then outstanding Public Shares, which redemption will completely extinguish public stockholders’ rights as stockholders (including the right to receive further liquidating distributions, if any), subject to applicable law, and (iii) as promptly as reasonably possible following such redemption, subject to the approval of the Company’s remaining stockholders and the Company’s board of directors, dissolve and liquidate, subject in each case to the Company’s obligations under Delaware law to provide for claims of creditors and the requirements of other applicable law.

The Company’s directors and officers and theMatlin & Partners Acquisition Sponsor, have agreed (i) to waive their redemption rights with respect to their Founder Shares and Public Shares in connection with the completion of the Initial Business Combination, and (ii) to waive their rights to liquidating distributions from the Trust Account with respect to their Founder Shares if the Company fails to complete the Initial Business Combination within the Combination Period (although they will be entitled to liquidating distributions from the Trust Account with respect to any Public Shares they hold if the Company fails to complete the Initial Business Combination within the Combination Period). The Underwriter also agreed to waive its rights to deferred underwriting commissions held in the Trust Account in the event the Company does not consummate the Initial Business Combination within the Combination Period and, in such event, such amounts will be included with the funds held in the Trust Account that will be available to fund the redemption of the Public Shares. In the event of such distribution, it is possible that the per share value of the residual assets remaining available for distribution (including Trust Account assets) will be less than the initial public offering price per Unit in the Public Offering. Placing funds in the Trust Account may not protect those funds from third party claims against the Company. Although the Company seeks to have all vendors, service providers, prospective target businesses or other entities it engages execute agreements with the Company waiving any claim of any kind in or to any monies held in the Trust Account, there is no guarantee that such persons will execute such agreements.

Notwithstanding the foregoing redemption rights, if the Company seeks stockholder approval of its Initial Business Combination and it does not conduct redemptions in connection with its Initial Business Combination pursuant to the tender offer rules, the Company’s Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation provides that a public stockholder, together with any affiliate of such stockholder or any other person with whom such stockholder is acting in concert or as a “group” (as defined under Section 13 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or the Exchange Act), will be restricted from redeeming its shares with respect to an aggregate of 20% or more of the shares sold in the Public Offering. However, there is no restriction on the Company’s stockholders’ ability to vote all of their shares for or against an Initial Business Combination.

In the event of a liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Company after an Initial Business Combination, the Company’s stockholders are entitled to share ratably in all assets remaining available for distribution to them after payment of liabilities and after provision is made for each class of stock, if any, having preference over the common stock. The Company’s stockholders have no preemptive or other subscription rights. There are no sinking fund provisions applicable to the common stock, except that the Company will provide its stockholders with the opportunity to redeem their Public Shares for cash equal to their pro rata share of the aggregate amount then on deposit in the Trust Account, upon the completion of the Initial Business Combination, subject to the limitations described herein.

F-8

Going Concern

In connection with the Company’s assessment of going concern considerations in accordance with Financial Accounting Standard Board’s Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) 2014-15, “Disclosures of Uncertainties about an Entity’s Ability to Continue as a Going Concern”, management has determined that the mandatory liquidation and subsequent dissolution raises substantial doubt about the Company’s ability to continue as a going concern. No adjustments have been made to the carrying amounts of assets or liabilities should the Company be required to liquidate after March 15, 2019.

Note 2 — Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

Basis of Presentation

The accompanying financial statements of the Company are presented in U.S. dollars in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“GAAP”LLC (the “Sponsor”) and pursuant to the accounting and disclosure rules and regulations of the SEC.

Emerging Growth Company

The Company is an “emerging growth company,” as defined in Section 2(a) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended,Cantor Fitzgerald (the “Securities Act”), as modified by the Jumpstart our Business Startups Act of 2012, (the “JOBS Act”), and it may take advantage of certain exemptions from various reporting requirements that are applicable to other public companies that are not emerging growth companies including, but not limited to, not being required to comply with the auditor attestation requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation in its periodic reports and proxy statements, and exemptions from the requirements of holding a nonbinding advisory vote on executive compensation and stockholder approval of any golden parachute payments not previously approved.

 Further, section 102(b)(1) of the JOBS Act exempts emerging growth companies from being required to comply with new or revised financial accounting standards until private companies (that is, those that have not had a Securities Act registration statement declared effective or do not have a class of securities registered under the Exchange Act) are required to comply with the new or revised financial accounting standards. The JOBS Act provides that a company can elect to opt out of the extended transition period and comply with the requirements that apply to non-emerging growth companies but any such election to opt out is irrevocable. The Company has elected not to opt out of such extended transition period which means that when a standard is issued or revised and it has different application dates for public or private companies, the Company, as an emerging growth company, can adopt the new or revised standard at the time private companies adopt the new or revised standard. This may make comparison of the Company’s financial statements with another public company which is neither an emerging growth company nor an emerging growth company which has opted out of using the extended transition period difficult or impossible because of the potential differences in accounting standards used.

Use of Estimates

The preparation of the financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires the Company’s management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

F-9

Redeemable Class A Common Stock

As discussed in Note 1, all of the 32,500,000 shares of Class A common stock sold as parts of the Units in the Public Offering contain a redemption feature which allows for the redemption of Class A common stock under the Company’s Liquidation or Tender Offer/Stockholder Approval provisions. In accordance with FASB ASC 480, redemption provisions not solely within the control of the Company require the security to be classified outside of permanent equity. Ordinary liquidation events, which involve the redemption and liquidation of all of the entity’s equity instruments, are excluded from the provisions of FASB ASC 480. Although the Company has not specified a maximum redemption threshold, its amended and restated certificate of incorporation provides that in no event will the Company redeem its public shares in an amount that would cause its net tangible assets to be less than $5,000,001.

The Company recognizes changes in redemption value immediately as they occur and will adjust the carrying value of the security to equal the redemption value at the end of each reporting period. Increases or decreases in the carrying amount of redeemable Class A common stock shall be affected by charges against additional paid in capital. Accordingly, at December 31, 2017, 31,170,308 of the 32,500,000 shares of Class A common stock included in the Units were classified outside of permanent equity at its redemption value. There were no shares of Class A common stock outstanding at December 31, 2016.

Net Income Per Common Share

Net income per common share is computed by dividing net income applicable to common stockholders by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding during the period, plus, to the extent dilutive, the incremental number of shares of common stock to settle warrants, as calculated using the treasury stock method. At December 31, 2017, the Company had outstanding warrants to purchase 24,000,000 shares of common stock. These shares were excluded from the calculation of diluted income (loss) per common share because their inclusion would have been antidilutive. An aggregate of 31,170,308 shares of Class A common stock subject to possible redemption at December 31, 2017 have been excluded from the calculation of basic income (loss) per common share since such shares, if redeemed, only participate in their pro rata share of earnings from the Trust Account. Due to a loss during the period ended December 31, 2016, diluted loss per common share is the same as basic loss per common share. At December 31, 2016, the Company did not have any dilutive securities and other contracts that could, potentially, be exercised or converted into common stock and then share in the earnings of the Company under the treasury stock method.

Concentration of Credit Risk

Financial instruments that potentially subject the Company to concentration of credit risk consist of cash accounts in a financial institution, which, at times, may exceed the Federal depository insurance coverage of $250,000. The Company had not experienced losses on these accounts and management believes the Company is not exposed to significant risks on such accounts.

Financial Instruments

The fair value of the Company’s assets and liabilities, which qualify as financial instruments under FASB ASC 820, “Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures,” approximates the carrying amounts represented in the balance sheets.

Offering Costs

The Company complies with the requirements of FASB ASC 340-10-S99-1 and SEC Staff Accounting Bulletin Topic 5A — “Expenses of Offering.” Offering costs were $16,824,469 (including an underwriting fee of $6,000,000 and deferred underwriting commissions of $10,250,000), consisting principally of costs incurred in connection with formation and preparation for the Public Offering. These offering costs were charged to additional paid in capital upon closing of the Public Offering on March 15, 2017.

F-10

Income Taxes

The Company follows the asset and liability method of accounting for income taxes under FASB ASC 740, “Income Taxes.” Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the estimated future tax consequences attributable to differences between the financial statements carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax bases. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in the years in which those temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled. The effect on deferred tax assets and liabilities of a change in tax rates is recognized in income in the period that included the enactment date. Valuation allowances are established, when necessary, to reduce deferred tax assets to the amount expected to be realized.

FASB ASC 740 prescribes a recognition threshold and a measurement attribute for the financial statement recognition and measurement of tax positions taken or expected to be taken in a tax return. For those benefits to be recognized, a tax position must be more likely than not to be sustained upon examination by taxing authorities. There were no unrecognized tax benefits as of December 31, 2017. The Company recognizes accrued interest and penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits as income tax expense. No amounts were accrued for the payment of interest and penalties at December 31, 2017. The Company is currently not aware of any issues under review that could result in significant payments, accruals or material deviation from its position. The Company is subject to income tax examinations by major taxing authorities since inception.

Marketable Securities Held in Trust Account

The amounts held in the Trust Account represent proceeds from the Public Offering and the Private Placement of $325,000,000 which were invested in a money market instrument that invests in United States treasury obligations with original maturities of six months or less and can only be used by the Company in connection with the consummation of an Initial Business Combination.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

Management does not believe that any recently issued, but not yet effective, accounting pronouncements, if currently adopted, would have a material effect on the Company’s financial statements.

Note 3 — Public Offering

Pursuant to the Public Offering, the Company sold 32,500,000 Units, including a partial exercise of the Underwriter’s over-allotment option of 2,500,000 Units. The Units were sold at an offering price of $10 per Unit, generating gross proceeds of $325,000,000. As a result of the Underwriter’s partial exercise of the over-allotment option, the Sponsor forfeited 500,000 shares of Class F common stock (see Note 4).

Each Unit consists of one share of the Company’s Class A common stock, $0.0001 par value per share, and one warrant (“Warrant”“Underwriter”). Each Warrantwarrant entitles theits holder to purchase one-half1 half of one share of Class A common stock at an exercise price of $5.75 per half share ($11.50 perfor full share equivalent), to be exercised only for a whole share). Each Warrant will becomenumber of shares of our Class A common stock. The warrants became exercisable on the later of 30 days after the completion of the Company’s Initial Business Combination or 12 months from the closing of the Public Offeringtransaction and will expire five years after the completion of the Company’s Initial Business Combinationthat date or earlier upon redemption or liquidation. Once the Warrants becomewarrants became exercisable, the Company may redeem the outstanding warrants in whole and not in part at a price of $0.01 per Warrantwarrant upon a minimum of 30 days’ prior written notice of redemption, if and only if the last sale price of the Company’s Class A common stock equals or exceeds $24.00 per share for any 20 trading days within a 30-trading day period ending on the third tradingbusiness day prior to the date on whichbefore the Company sentsends the notice of redemption to the Warrantwarrant holders.

F-11

Note 4 — Related Party Transactions

Private Placement Warrants

Simultaneously with the Public Offering, the Sponsor and the Underwriter purchased an aggregate of 15,500,000 Private Placement Warrants (14,500,000 Private Placement Warrants by the Sponsor and 1,000,000 Private Placement Warrants by the Underwriter) at a price of $0.50 per Private Placement Warrant, generating total proceeds of $7,750,000. Each Private Placement Warrant is exercisable for one-half of one share of the Company’s Class A common stock at a price of $5.75 per half share ($11.50 per whole share). A portion of the purchase price of the Private Placement Warrants was added to the proceeds from the Public Offering held in the Trust Account pending completion of the Initial Business Combination such that at the closing of the Public Offering $325 million was held in the Trust Account. If the Initial Business Combination is not completed within the Combination Period, then the proceeds from the sale of the Private Placement Warrants held in the Trust Account will be used to fund the redemption of the Public Shares (subject to the requirements of applicable law) and the Private Placement Warrants issued to the Sponsor and the Underwriter will expire worthless.

The Private Placement Warrantsprivate placement warrants, however, are not transferrable, assignable or salable until 30 days after the completion of the Initial Business Combination and the Private Placement Warrants are non-redeemablenonredeemable so long as they are held by the Sponsor, the Underwriter or their permitted transferees. The Private Placement Warrants may be exercised for cash or on a cashless basis. If the Private Placement Warrants are held by someone other than the Sponsor, the Underwriter or their permitted transferees, the Private Placement Warrants will be redeemable by

In March 2019, the Company entered into privately negotiated warrant exchange agreements with certain warrant holders to exchange 10,864,391 public warrants for Class A common stock at a ratio of 0.13 Class A common shares per warrant. In April 2019, pursuant to a previously announced public warrant exchange offer on March 14, 2019, the Company exchanged an additional 11,640,974 public warrants for Class A common stock at a ratio of 0.13 Class A common shares per warrant.

See “Note 12 – Mezzanine Equity” for the discussion of the Series A warrants issued pursuant to the Series A preferred stock purchase agreement.

During the year ended December 31, 2020, certain warrant holders elected to forfeit 6,327,218 warrants for $0 consideration. As of December 31, 2020, there remained 9,994,635 public warrants and 9,172,782 private placement warrants outstanding, the total of both are exercisable for 9,583,709 shares of Class A common stock. In addition, as of December 31, 2020, 4,844,441 Series A warrants were outstanding pursuant to the Series A preferred stock purchase agreement, and exercisable by holders on the same basisfor 4,844,441 shares of Class A common stock.

Fair Value Measurement

The Company’s warrants are accounted for as the Warrants underlying the Units issuedliabilities measured at fair value upon issuance, with subsequent changes in fair value reported in the Public Offering. In addition, for as long as the Private Placement Warrants are held by the Sponsor or the Underwriter or its designees or affiliates, they may not be exercised after March 9, 2022. Otherwise, the Private Placement Warrants have terms and provisions that are identical to the Warrants underlying the Units issued in the Public Offering including as to exercise price, exercisability and exerciseCompany’s consolidated statement of operations each reporting period.

 

Founder SharesThe following tables present the Company's fair value hierarchy for liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis:

 

 

Quoted prices in active markets

(Level 1)

 

 

Other observable inputs

(Level 2)

 

 

Unobservable inputs

(Level 3)

 

 

Total

 

As of December 31, 2020

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Public warrants

 

$

254

 

 

$

-

 

 

$

-

 

 

$

254

 

Private placement warrants

 

 

-

 

 

 

248

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

248

 

Series A warrants

 

 

-

 

 

 

1,117

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

1,117

 

 

 

$

254

 

 

$

1,365

 

 

$

-

 

 

$

1,619

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

As of December 31, 2019

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Public warrants

 

$

1,299

 

 

$

-

 

 

$

-

 

 

$

1,299

 

Private placement warrants

 

 

-

 

 

 

2,108

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

2,108

 

Series A warrants

 

 

-

 

 

 

4,740

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

4,740

 

 

 

$

1,299

 

 

$

6,848

 

 

$

-

 

 

$

8,147

 

Public warrants. The fair value of the public warrants are classified as Level 1 in the fair value hierarchy and valued using


quoted market prices, as they are traded in active markets.  

Private placementwarrants. The fair value of the private placementwarrants are classified as a Level 2 in the fair value hierarchy and determined using a Monte Carlo simulation model. Inherent in a Monte Carlo simulation are assumptions related to expected stock-price volatility, expected life, risk-free interest rate and dividend yield. The Company estimates the volatility of its common stock warrants based on implied volatility from the Company’s publicly traded warrants and from historical volatility of select peer company common stock that matches the expected remaining life of the warrants. The risk-free interest rate is based on the U.S. Treasury 0-coupon yield curve on the grant date for a maturity similar to the expected remaining life of the warrants. The expected life of the warrants is assumed to be equivalent to their remaining contractual term. The dividend rate is based on the historical rate, which the Company anticipates remaining at 0. At issuance, in connection with the IPO, the valuation for the private placement warrants used the following assumptions: exercise price of $5.75 per half share ($11.50 for full share equivalent), stock price of $9.91, expected remaining life of 5 years, volatility of 16.7%, risk-free interest rate of 3.0% and dividend rate of 0%.

As of December 31, 2020, the valuation for the private placement warrants used the following assumptions: stock price of $0.41, expected remaining life of 2.86 years, volatility of 115.8%, risk-free interest rate of 0.2% and dividend rate of 0%. As of December 31, 2019, the valuation for the private placement warrants used the following assumptions: stock price of $1.89, expected remaining life of 3.86 years, volatility of 70.9%, risk-free interest rate of 1.6% and dividend rate of 0%.

Series A warrants. The fair value of the Series A warrants are classified as a Level 2 in the fair value hierarchy and is determined using the Black-Scholes valuation method. On the May 24, 2019, the Company estimated the fair value of the Series A warrants at $12,786 using the Black-Scholes option pricing model using the following primary assumptions: exercise price of $7.66, contractual term of 6.5 years, volatility rate of 53.0%, risk-free interest rate of 2.2% and expected dividend rate of 0%.

As of December 31, 2020, the valuation for the Series A warrants used the following assumptions: stock price of $0.41, expected remaining term of 4.9 years, volatility of 115.8%, risk-free interest rate of 0.4% and expected dividend rate of 0%. As of December 31, 2019, the valuation for the Series A warrants used the following assumptions: stock price of $1.89, expected remaining term of 5.9 years, volatility of 70.9%, risk-free interest rate of 1.8% and expected dividend rate of 0%.

The following table summarizes the activities, including changes in fair values of the Company’s warrant liabilities for the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019:

 

 

As of December 31,

 

 

 

2020

 

 

2019

 

Balance at beginning of period

 

$

8,147

 

 

$

29,110

 

Issuance of Series A warrants, net

 

 

-

 

 

 

12,675

 

Exercise of warrants

 

 

-

 

 

 

(21,535

)

Reclassification of warrant liability upon forfeiture

 

 

(203

)

 

 

-

 

Change in fair value of warrant liabilities

 

 

(6,342

)

 

 

(12,113

)

Amortization of warrant issuance costs

 

 

17

 

 

 

10

 

Balance at end of period

 

$

1,619

 

 

$

8,147

 

NOTE 10 – NOTES PAYABLE

In 2020 and 2019, the Company entered into various premium finance agreements with a credit finance institution to pay the premiums on insurance policies for its directors’ and officers’ liability, general liability, workers’ compensation, umbrella, auto and pollution coverage needs. For the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019, the aggregate amount of the premiums financed was $1,121 and $9,928, respectively, payable in equal monthly installments at an interest rate of 5.3% and 4.8%, respectively. These premium finance agreements had a total balance of $998 and $8,068 as of December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively.


NOTE 11 – DEBT

Long-term debt consisted of the following:

 

 

As of December 31,

 

 

 

2020

 

 

2019

 

Senior Secured Term Loan

 

$

246,250

 

 

$

250,000

 

ABL Credit Facility

 

 

23,710

 

 

 

40,090

 

PPP Loan

 

 

10,000

 

 

 

-

 

USDA Loan

 

 

21,996

 

 

 

-

 

Equipment financing

 

 

12,866

 

 

 

16,065

 

Capital leases

 

 

229

 

 

 

10,474

 

Total debt principal balance

 

 

315,051

 

 

 

316,629

 

Unamortized discount on debt and debt

   issuance costs

 

 

(17,576

)

 

 

(9,449

)

Current maturities

 

 

(13,573

)

 

 

(22,288

)

   Net Long-term debt

 

$

283,902

 

 

$

284,892

 

Senior Secured Term Loan

 

On May 7, 2019, the Company, USWS LLC, as the borrower, and all the other subsidiaries of the Company entered into a $250,000 Senior Secured Term Loan Credit Agreement (as amended, the “Senior Secured Term Loan”) with CLMG Corp., as administrative and collateral agent, and the lenders party thereto. The Company is required to make quarterly principal payments of 2.0% per annum of the initial principal balance, commencing on January 15, 2020, with final payment due at maturity on May 7, 2024. The Company recorded the related debt discount and debt issuance costs amounting to $5,000 and $5,758, respectively, as a direct deduction to the face amount of the Senior Secured Term Loan and records the amortization of debt discount and debt issue costs to interest expense based on the effective interest rate method over the term of the Senior Secured Term Loan.

The Senior Secured Term Loan bears interest at a variable rate per annum equal to the applicable LIBOR rate, subject to a 2.0% floor, plus 8.25%.

The Senior Secured Term Loan is not subject to financial covenants but is subject to certain non-financial covenants, including but not limited to, reporting, insurance, notice and collateral maintenance covenants as well as limitations on the incurrence of indebtedness, permitted investments, liens on assets, dispositions of assets, paying dividends, transactions with affiliates, mergers and consolidations.

The Senior Secured Term Loan requires mandatory prepayments upon certain dispositions of property or issuance of other indebtedness, as defined, and quarterly a percentage of excess cash flow, if any, equal to 100% (depending on total debt outstanding) commencing in September 2019. Certain mandatory prepayments (excluding excess cash flows sweep) and optional prepayments are subject to a yield maintenance fee for the first two years and prepayment premium of 2% in year three and 1% in year four. Upon the final payment and termination of the Senior Secured Term Loan, we are subject to an exit fee equal to 2.0% of the principal amount of loans then outstanding and the aggregate optional prepayment of principal amounts repaid during the 120 days that occurred prior to such final payment.

On April 1, 2020, the Company, USWS LLC, as the borrower, and all the other subsidiaries of the Company entered into a Second Amendment (the “Second Term Loan Amendment”) to the Senior Secured Term Loan with CLMG Corp., as administrative and collateral agent, and the lenders party thereto.

Pursuant to the Second Term Loan Amendment, the interest rate on amounts outstanding under the Senior Secured Term Loan was reduced to 0.0% and scheduled principal amortization payments were suspended for the period beginning April 1, 2020 and ending March 31, 2016,2022. Beginning April 1, 2022, the Sponsor purchased 7,187,500Senior Secured Term Loan, as amended by the Second Term Loan Amendment, will resume incurring interest at the applicable LIBOR rate, subject to a 2.0% floor, plus 8.25%, and scheduled principal amortization payments equal to 0.5% of the initial principal balance of the term loans will resume on a quarterly basis commencing June 30, 2022. Additionally, pursuant to the Second Term Loan Amendment, certain other covenants were


amended including, but not limited to, covenants relating to collateral inspections and excess cash flow, and the maturity date of the Senior Secured Term Loan was extended to December 5, 2025.

In exchange for entering into the Second Term Loan Amendment, the lenders under the Senior Secured Term Loan received an extension fee comprised of a $20,000 cash payment, 1,050 shares of Series B preferred stock valued at $1,050 based on the Company’s Class F common stock (the “Founder Shares”), $0.0001 par value, for $25,000 or $0.004stated liquidation preference of $1,000 per share. In May 2016, the Company effectuated a 1.2-for-1 stock split in the form of a dividend, resulting in an aggregate of 8,625,000 Founder Shares outstanding, including an aggregate of up to 1,125,000 shares subject to forfeiture by the Sponsor to the extent that the Underwriter’s over-allotment was not exercised in full, so that the Sponsor would collectively own 20% of the Company’s issuedshare, and outstanding shares after the Public Offering. As a result of the Underwriter’s election toexercise its over-allotment option to purchase 2,500,000 Units on March 15, 2017 and waiver of the remainder of its over-allotment option, 625,000 Founder Shares were no longer subject to forfeiture and 500,000 Founder Shares were forfeited.As used herein, unless the context otherwise requires, “Founder Shares” shall be deemed to include the5,529,622 shares of Class A common stock issuablevalued at $1,438 based on the closing price of the Class A common stock at the date of issuance. The Series B preferred stock issued to the lenders under the Senior Secured Term Loan had the same terms as the Series B preferred stock issued to certain institutional investors as described in “Note 12 – Mezzanine Equity”.

The total fair value of cash and non-cash consideration transferred to the lenders under the Senior Secured Term Loan were accounted for as discount on debt issuance and amortized to interest expense using the effective interest method over the remaining term of the Senior Secured Term Loan.

On July 30, 2020, the Company, USWS LLC, as the borrower, and all the other subsidiaries of the Company entered into a Third Amendment (the “Third Term Loan Amendment”) to the Senior Secured Term Loan with CLMG Corp., as administrative and collateral agent, and the lenders party thereto.

Pursuant to the Third Term Loan Amendment, the agents and the lenders agreed to make certain modifications and amendments to the Senior Secured Term Loan to, among other things, consent to the entry into the PPP Loan (described within this section), subject to the amended terms and conditions specified for the same in the Third Term Loan Amendment.

Additionally, the Third Term Loan Amendment made certain modifications to the Senior Secured Term Loan which limits the Company’s ability to deploy and use collateral outside of the continental United States and other than in connection with oil and gas fracking and exploration without the prior consent of the administrative agent. In the Third Term Loan Amendment the Company further agreed to specific conditions and covenants regarding a turbine rental and services agreement entered on June 19, 2020 and which affect the equipment which is the subject thereof.

On November 12, 2020, the Company, USWS LLC, as the borrower, and all of the other subsidiaries of the Company entered into a Fourth Amendment (the “Fourth Term Loan Amendment”) to the Senior Secured Term Loan with CLMG Corp., as administrative and collateral agent, and the lenders party thereto.

Pursuant to the Fourth Term Loan Amendment, the agents and the lenders agreed to make certain modifications and amendments to the Senior Secured Term Loan to, among other things, consent to entry into the USDA Loan (described within this section), subject to the amended terms and conditions specified for the same in the Fourth Term Loan Amendment.

Additionally, the principal amortization schedule was modified as follows:

(1)

Commencing on December 31, 2020, required quarterly principal payment of $1,250 until September 30, 2025

(2)

Additional principal payment of $2,500 on May 31, 2021

(3)

Principal payment of $2,500 on September 30, 2021, subject to certain conditions as defined in the Fourth Term Loan Amendment  

The Company accounted for the Second Term Loan Amendment and Fourth Term Loan Amendment as a troubled debt restructuring under ASC 470-60, Troubled Debt Restructurings by Debtors, due to the level of concession provided by the lenders under the Senior Secured Term Loan. Under this guidance, the future undiscounted cash flows of the Senior Secured Term Loan, as amended, exceeded the carrying value, and accordingly, 0 gain was recognized, and no adjustment was made to the carrying value of the debt. Interest expense on the amended Senior Secured Term Loan was computed using a new effective rate that equated the present value of the future cash payments specified by the new terms with the carrying value of the debt under the original terms.

As of December 31, 2020, the outstanding principal balance of the Senior Secured Term Loan was $246,250, of which $10,000 was due within one year from the balance sheet date.


ABL Credit Facility

On May 7, 2019, the Company, USWS LLC, and all the other subsidiaries of the Company entered into a $75,000 ABL Credit Agreement (the “ABL Credit Facility”) with the lenders party thereto and Bank of America, N.A., as the administrative agent, swing line lender and letter of credit issuer. The ABL Credit Facility had original maturity date of February 6, 2024. The ABL Credit Facility is subject to a borrowing base which is calculated based on a formula referencing the eligible accounts receivables of the Borrower. Borrowings under the ABL Credit Facility bear interest at LIBOR, plus an applicable LIBOR rate margin of 1.5% to 2.0% or base rate margin of 0.5% to 1.0% as defined in the ABL Credit Facility. The unused portion of the ABL Credit Facility is subject to an unused commitment fee of 0.250% to 0.375%. The Company recorded the related debt issuance costs amounting to $1,205 as part of deferred financing costs, net in the consolidated balance sheets, and records the amortization as interest expense ratably over the term of the ABL Credit Facility.

All borrowings under the ABL Credit Facility are subject to the satisfaction of customary conditions, including the absence of a default and the accuracy of representations and warranties and certifications regarding sales of certain inventory, and to a borrowing base (described above). In addition, the ABL Credit Facility includes a springing consolidated fixed charge coverage ratio of 1.00 to 1.00 but only when a financial covenant trigger period is in effect as defined in the ABL Credit Facility. Borrowings under the ABL Credit Facility are fully and unconditionally guaranteed jointly and severally by the Company and its subsidiaries, other than future unrestricted subsidiaries.

In April, August, and November of 2020, the Company, USWS LLC, and all the other subsidiaries of the Company entered into the First Amendment (the “First ABL Amendment”), Second Amendment (the “Second ABL Amendment”), and Third Amendment (the “Third ABL Amendment”), respectively, to the ABL Credit Facility with the lenders party thereto and Bank of America, N.A., as the administrative agent, swing line lender and letter of credit issuer.

Pursuant to the First ABL Amendment, the aggregate revolving commitment under the ABL Credit Facility was reduced from $75,000 to $60,000, the maturity date was extended to April 1, 2025, and the interest rate margin applicable to borrowings under the ABL Credit Facility was increased by 0.50% per annum and a LIBOR floor of 1% was added. In addition, the borrowing base under the ABL Credit Facility was amended to include a FILO Amount (as defined in the ABL Amendment) which increases borrowing base availability by up to the lesser of (i) $4.0 million and (ii) 5.0% of the value of eligible accounts receivable, subject to scheduled monthly reductions. Loans under the ABL Credit Facility which are advanced in respect of the FILO Amount accrue interest at a rate that is 1.50% higher than the rate applicable to other loans under the ABL Credit Facility, and may be repaid only after all other loans under the ABL Credit Facility have been repaid.

Pursuant to the Second ABL Amendment, the aggregate revolving commitment under the ABL Credit Facility was reduced from $60,000 to $50,000 and certain modifications were made to eligible accounts in the borrowing base and to the applicable thresholds in the cash dominion trigger period and financial covenant trigger period, among other things. The Company’s option to request an increase in commitments under the accordion feature was also removed under the terms of the Second ABL Amendment.

Pursuant to the Third ABL Amendment, the lenders agreed to make certain modifications and amendments to the ABL Credit Facility to, among other things, consent to entry into the USDA Loan (described within this section).

Based on ASC 470-50, Modifications and Extinguishments, the Company accounted for each of the First ABL Amendment and Second ABL Amendment as a modification of debt. Under the First ABL Amendment, the borrowing capacity of the amended ABL Credit Facility was greater than the borrowing capacity of the old ABL Credit Facility and there was no change in the lenders. Accordingly, any unamortized deferred financing costs associated with the old ABL Credit Facility and fees in connection with the amended ABL Credit Facility were deferred and amortized to interest expense over its remaining term. Under the Second ABL Amendment, the borrowing capacity of the amended ABL Credit Facility was less than the borrowing capacity of the old ABL Credit Facility. Accordingly, unamortized deferred financing cost amounting to $0.2 million, which was calculated in proportion to the decrease in the borrowing capacity of the old Credit Facility, was written off and recorded as interest expense in the consolidated statements of operations. Any fees in connection with the Second ABL Amendment were deferred and amortized over its remaining term.

TheABL Credit Facility is subject to a borrowing base which is calculated based on a formula referencing the Company’s eligible accounts receivables. As of December 31, 2020, the borrowing base was $32,438 and the outstanding revolver loan balance was $23,710, classified as long-term debt in the consolidated balance sheets.


Paycheck Protection Program (PPP) Loan

In July 2020, the Company received an unsecured loan (the “PPP Loan”) amounting to $10,000 that bears interest at a rate of 1.0% per annum and matures in five years under the Paycheck Protection Program from a commercial bank. The Paycheck Protection Program was established under the Coronavirus Aid, Relief and Economic Security Act (as amended, the “CARES Act”) and is administered by the U.S. Small Business Administration. Under the terms of the CARES Act, loan recipients can apply for and be granted forgiveness for all or a portion of the loan. Forgiveness is determined, subject to certain limitations, based on the use of the loan proceeds for payroll costs, interest on mortgages or other debt obligations, rents and utilities. At least 60% of the proceeds must be used for payroll costs. No assurance can be given that the Company will obtain forgiveness of the PPP Loan either in whole or in part. Accordingly, the Company accounted for the PPP Loan as part of long-term debt in the consolidated balance sheets.

USDA Loan

On November 12, 2020, the Company, USWS LLC, and USWS Holdings entered into a Business Loan Agreement (the “USDA Loan”) with a commercial bank pursuant to the United States Department of Agriculture (“USDA”), Business & Industry Coronavirus Aid, Relief, and Economic Security Act Guaranteed Loan Program, in the aggregate principal amount of up to $25,000 for the purpose of providing long-term financing for eligible working capital.

The USDA loan bears interest of 5.75% per annum and is payable according to the following schedule:

(1)

36 monthly consecutive interest payments, beginning on December 12, 2020

(2)

83 monthly consecutive principal and interest payments beginning December 12, 2023

(3)

One final principal and interest payment of the remaining due on November 12, 2030

The Company recorded the related debt discount and debt issuance costs amounting to $506 and $558, respectively, as a direct deduction to the face amount of the USDA Loan and records the amortization of debt discount and debt issue costs to interest expense based on the effective interest rate method over the term of the USDA Loan.

The USDA Loan is secured by specific equipment collateral and is guaranteed by the USDA for up to 90% of the total proceeds.

The USDA Loan is subject to certain financial covenants. The Company is required to maintain a Debt Service Coverage Ratio (as defined in the USDA Loan) of not less than 1.25:1, to be monitored annually, beginning in calendar year 2021. Additionally, the Company is required to maintain a Debt to Net Worth Ratio (as defined in the USDA Loan) of not more than 9:1, to be monitored annually based upon year-end financial statements beginning in calendar year 2022.

As of December 31, 2020, the outstanding principal balance of the USDA Loan was $21,996, presented as long-term debt in the consolidated balance sheets. In January 2021, the Company received the remaining principal amount of $3,004.

Equipment Financing

In March 2020, the Company entered into an agreement to consolidate various individual equipment financing agreements, which represented substantially all our equipment financing notes, into four notes. The new notes are held by the same lender as the original equipment financing agreements. The amendments under the consolidated equipment financing agreements pertain to maturity date, interest rate, and date of first installment payment. The Company evaluated the debt modification in accordance with ASC 470-50 and concluded that the debt modification did not result in a substantially different debt, and accordingly, no gain or loss was recorded.

The total outstanding balance of the consolidated equipment financing agreements as of December 31, 2020 was $12,866, payable in equal monthly installments through May 1, 2024, at an interest rate of 5.7%.

The weighted average interest rate of amounts outstanding under the equipment financing agreements was 5.7% and 6.4% per annum as of December 31, 2020 and December 31, 2019, respectively. 


Payments of Debt Obligations due by Period

Presented below is a schedule of the repayment requirements of long-term debt as of December 31, 2020:

 

 

Principal Amount

 

 

 

of Long-term Debt

 

2021

 

$

13,573

 

2022

 

 

10,017

 

2023

 

 

9,203

 

2024

 

 

9,397

 

2025

 

 

256,503

 

Thereafter

 

 

16,358

 

Total

 

$

315,051

 

NOTE 12 – MEZZANINE EQUITY (As Restated)

Series A Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock

The following table summarizes the Company’s Series A Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock, par value $0.0001 per share (“Series A preferred stock”) activities for the year ended December 31, 2020:

 

 

Shares

 

 

Amount

(As Restated)

 

Series A preferred stock as of December 31, 2019

 

 

55,000

 

 

$

35,591

 

Deemed and imputed dividends on Series A preferred stock

 

 

-

 

 

 

13,022

 

Accrued Series A preferred stock dividends

 

 

-

 

 

 

7,214

 

Conversion of Series A preferred stock to Class A common stock

 

 

(5,000

)

 

 

(4,852

)

Series A preferred stock as of December 31, 2020

 

 

50,000

 

 

$

50,975

 

The Company is authorized to issue up to 10,000,000 shares of preferred stock, par value $0.0001 per share. On May 23, 2019, the Company entered into a Purchase Agreement (the “Purchase Agreement”) with certain institutional investors (collectively, the “Purchasers”) to issue and sell in a private placement 55,000 shares of Series A preferred stock, which was a newly created series of convertible redeemable preferred stock of the Company, for an aggregate purchase price of $1,000 per share, for total gross proceeds of $55,000.

At the initial closing on May 24, 2019 (“Closing Date”), the Purchasers purchased all the Series A preferred stock and 2,933,333 initial warrants exercisable for shares of Class A common stock. Subject to there being Series A preferred stock outstanding, the Company will issue an additional 4,399,992 warrants to the Purchasers in quarterly installments of 488,888 warrants beginning nine months after the Closing Date. Crestview III USWS, L.P. and Crestview III USWS TE, LLC, two of the Purchasers, are part of an affiliate group which, prior to the Closing Date, held an aggregate 29.80% ownership interest in the Company and is entitled to designate for nomination by the Company for election two directors to serve on the Company’s Board of Directors. During the year ended December 31, 2020, the Company issued 1,911,108 additional warrants to the Purchasers.

Holders of shares of Series A preferred stock are entitled to receive cumulative dividends, compounding and accruing quarterly in arrears, from the Closing Date until the second anniversary of the Closing Date, at an annual rate of 12.0%, and thereafter, 16% of the stated value of $1,000 per share, subject to increase in connection with the payment of dividends in kind. Dividends are payable, at the Company’s option, in cash from legally available funds or in kind by increasing the stated value of the outstanding Series A preferred stock by the amount per share of the dividend on February 24, May 24, August 24, and November 24 of each year. During the year ended December 31, 2020, the Company’s Board of Directors did 0t declare a dividend on the Series A preferred stock resulting in the dividends for these periods being paid-in-kind in accordance with the Series A preferred stock’s Certificate of Designations.


The Series A preferred stock is redeemable by the Company at any time for cash equal to the stated value per share on the date of redemption, except for a redemption occurring prior to the nine-month anniversary of the Closing Date, in which case the redemption price shall be $1,092.73 per share. If the Company notifies the holders that it has elected to redeem the Series A preferred stock, the holder may instead elect to convert such shares into Class A common stock. If the Company funds the redemption with proceeds of an equity offering within one year of the Closing Date, then any converting shares will convert at a ratio that is based on the higher of the price to the public in the offering or the ordinary conversion thereof. price of $6.67. Otherwise, such converting shares will convert by reference to the ordinary conversion price. In any event, the Series A preferred stock converting in response to a redemption notice will net settle for a combination of cash and Class A common stock.

Following the first anniversary of the Closing Date, each holder of Series A preferred stock may convert all or any portion of its shares of Series A preferred stock into Class A common stock based on the then-applicable liquidation preference at a conversion price of $6.67, subject to anti-dilution adjustments, at any time, but not more than once per quarter, so long as any conversion is for an underlying conversion value of Class A Common Stock of at least $1,000.

The Founder SharesCompany has the option to force a conversion of any then outstanding shares of Series A preferred stock following the third anniversary of the Closing Date, and contingent upon (i) the closing price of the Company’s Class A common stock being greater than 130% of the Conversion Price for 20 trading days during any 30-day consecutive trading day period, (ii) the average daily trading volume of the Class A common stock exceeding 250,000 for 20 trading days and (iii) the Company having an effective registration statement on file with the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) covering resales of the underlying Class A common stock to be received upon such conversion.

On the Closing Date, the Company estimated the fair value of the warrants at $12,786 using the Black-Scholes option pricing model using the following primary assumptions: contractual term of 6.5 years, volatility rate of 53.0%, risk-free interest rate of 2.2% and expected dividend rate of 0%. The fair value of $12,786 was allocated to the warrants, creating a corresponding preferred stock discount in the same amount.

Due to the reduction of allocated proceeds to Series A preferred stock, the effective conversion price was approximately $5.40 per share creating a beneficial conversion feature of $22,104 which further reduced the carrying value of the Series A preferred stock. Since the holders’ conversion option of the Series A preferred stock could only be exercisable after the first anniversary of the Closing Date, the discount resulting from the beneficial conversion feature was accreted over one year as deemed preferred dividends using the effective yield method, resulting in a corresponding increase in the carrying value of the Series A preferred stock over the same time period.

The Series A preferred stock had similar characteristics of an “Increasing Rate Security” as described by SEC Staff Accounting Bulletin Topic 5Q, Increasing Rate Preferred Stock. As a result, the discount on Series A preferred stock is considered an unstated dividend cost that is amortized over the period preceding commencement of the perpetual dividend using the effective interest method, by charging imputed dividend cost against retained earnings, or additional paid in capital in the absence of retained earnings, and increasing the carrying amount of the Series A preferred stock by a corresponding amount. The discount is therefore being amortized over two years using the effective yield method. The amortization in each period is the amount which, together with the stated dividend in the period, results in a constant rate of effective cost with regard to the carrying amount of the Series A preferred stock.

The Series A preferred stock was recorded as Mezzanine Equity, net of issuance cost, on the consolidated balance sheets because it has redemption features upon certain triggering events that are identicaloutside the Company’s control, such as change in control. The Company accounted for the warrants as a liability measured at fair value upon issuance, with subsequent changes in fair value reported in the Company’s consolidated statement of operations each reporting period.

During the year ended December 31, 2020, one of the Purchasers converted 5,000 shares of Series A preferred stock and accrued dividends into 876,448 shares of Class A common stock pursuant to the certificate of designations authorizing and establishing the rights, preferences, and privileges of the Series A preferred stock. Accordingly, the Company recorded a reduction of $4,852 in the carrying value of the Series A preferred stock.

On December 31, 2020, there were 50,000 shares of Series A preferred stock outstanding and convertible into 9,146,254 shares of Class A common stock, and dividends accrued and outstanding with respect to the Series A preferred stock were $11,264 and reflected in the carrying value of Series A preferred stock.


Series B Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock

The following table summarizes the Company’s Series B Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock, par value $0.0001 per share (“Series B preferred stock”) activities for the year ended December 31, 2020:

 

Shares

 

 

Amount

 

Series B preferred stock as of December 31, 2019

$

-

 

 

$

-

 

Proceeds from issuance of Series B preferred stock

 

21,000

 

 

 

21,000

 

Issuance of Series B preferred stock to senior secured term loan

   lenders

 

1,050

 

 

 

1,050

 

Issuance cost associated with Series B preferred stock

 

-

 

 

 

(1,413

)

Accrued Series B preferred stock dividends

 

-

 

 

 

2,049

 

Series B preferred stock as of December 31, 2020

 

22,050

 

 

$

22,686

 

On March 31, 2020, the Company entered into a purchase agreement with certain institutional investors (collectively, the “Series B Purchasers”), pursuant to which the Company agreed to issue and sell in a private placement 21,000 shares of Series B preferred stock, for an aggregate purchase price of $21,000. On April 1, 2020 (the “Series B Closing Date”), the Series B Purchasers purchased the Series B preferred stock. Two of the Series B Purchasers were affiliates of Crestview Partners, which held, prior to the issuance, an aggregate 36.67% ownership interest in the Company and is entitled to designate for nomination by the Company for election two directors to serve on the Company’s Board of Directors.

The Series B preferred stock ranks senior to the Class A common stock includedand Class B common stock and in parity with the Units soldSeries A preferred stock, with respect to distributions. The Series B preferred stock has only specified voting rights, including with respect to the issuance or creation of senior securities, amendments to the Company’s Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation that negatively impact the rights of the Series B preferred stock and the payment of dividends on, or repurchase or redemption of, Class A common stock.

Holders of the Series B Preferred Shares will receive distributions of 12.00% per annum on the then-applicable liquidation preference until May 24, 2021 and 16.00% per annum on the liquidation preference thereafter. Distributions are not required to be paid in cash and, if not paid in cash, will automatically accrue and be added to the Public Offering exceptliquidation preference.

The Company has the option, but no obligation, to redeem the Series B preferred stock for cash. If the Company notifies the holders that it has elected to redeem the Founder Shares automaticallySeries B preferred stock, a holder may instead elect to convert its shares of Series B preferred stock at the specified conversion price, which is initially $0.308 per share. The Series B preferred stock converted in response to a redemption notice will net settle for a combination of cash and Class A common stock.

Each holder of Series B preferred stock may convert all or any portion of its Series B preferred stock into Class A common stock based on the then-applicable liquidation preference, subject to anti-dilution adjustments, at any time, but not more than once per quarter, so long as any conversion is for at least $1,000 based on the liquidation preference on the date of the conversion notice.

Following the eighteen-month anniversary of the Series B Closing Date, the Company may cause the conversion of all or any portion of the Series B preferred stock into Class A common stock if (i) the closing price of the Class A common stock is greater than 130% of the conversion price for 20 days over any 30-day trading period; (ii) the average daily trading volume of the Class A common stock exceeded 250,000 for 20 days over any 30-day trading period; and (iii) the Company has an effective registration statement on file with the SEC covering resales of the underlying Class A common stock to be received upon such conversion.

The Series B preferred stock was recorded as Mezzanine Equity, net of issuance cost, on the consolidated balance sheets because it has redemption features upon certain triggering events that are outside the Company’s control, such as change in control.

On December 31, 2020, there were 22,050 shares of Series B preferred stock outstanding and convertible into 78,245,727 shares of Class A common stock, atand dividends accrued and outstanding with respect to the Series B preferred stock was $2,049 and reflected in the carrying value of Series B preferred stock.


In February 2021, 762 shares of Series B preferred stock were converted into 2,745,778 shares of Class A common stock.

NOTE 13 – STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY (As Restated)

Shares Authorized and Outstanding

Preferred Stock

The Company is authorized to issue 10,000,000 shares of preferred stock with a par value of $0.0001 per share with such designation, rights and preferences as may be determined from time to time by the Company’s Board of Directors. The Company adopted and filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware each of the Certificate of Designations for the Series A preferred stock and the Series B preferred stock as amendments to the Company’s Initial Business CombinationSecond Amended and areRestated Certificate of Incorporation (as amended, the “Charter”) each on May 24, 2019 and March 31, 2020, to authorize and establish the rights, preferences and privileges of the Series A preferred stock and Series B preferred stock, respectively. See “Note 12 – Mezzanine Equity” for the discussion of preferred stock issued and outstanding.

Class A Common Stock

The Company is authorized to issue 400,000,000 shares of Class A common stock with a par value of $0.0001 per share. On December 31, 2020 and December 31, 2019, there were 72,515,342 and 62,857,624 shares of Class A common stock issued and outstanding, respectively. At December 31, 2020, 1,000,000 outstanding shares of Class A common stock were subject to certain transfer restrictions, as described in more detail below.Holders ofcancellation on November 9, 2024, unless the Class F common stock and holdersclosing price per share of the Class A common stock will vote together as a single class on all matters submitted to a vote of the Company’s stockholders, except as required by law.

The Sponsor has agreed, subject to limited exceptions, not to transfer, assignequaled or sell any of its Founder Shares until the earlier of (i) one year after the completion of the Initial Business Combination; and (ii) the date on which the Company consummates a liquidation, merger, capital stock exchange, reorganization, or other similar transaction after the Initial Business Combination that results in all the Company’s public stockholders having the right to exchange their shares of common stock for cash, securities or other property. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the last sale price of the Company’s Public Shares equals or exceedsexceeded $12.00 per share (as adjusted for stock splits, stock dividends, reorganizations, recapitalizations and the like) for any 20 trading days within any 30 trading-day30-trading day period, commencingand 609,677 outstanding shares of Class A common stock were subject to the same cancellation provision, but at least 150 daysa closing price per share of $13.50.

On June 26, 2020, the Company entered into an Equity Distribution Agreement (the “ATM Agreement”) with Piper Sandler & Co. relating to the Company’s shares of Class A common stock. In accordance with the terms of the ATM Agreement, the Company may offer and sell over a period, up to $10,275 of our Class A common stock. The ATM Agreement relates to an “at-the-market” offering program. Under the ATM Agreement, the Company will pay Piper Sandler an aggregate commission of up to 3% of the gross sales price per share of Class A common stock sold under the ATM Agreement. The Company sold 792,258 shares of Class A common stock for total net proceeds of $400 under this ATM Agreement as of December 31, 2020. The Company paid $12 in commissions with respect to this sale. In January 2021, we sold an additional 8,340,608 shares of Class A common stock for a total net proceeds of $5,679, after the Initial Business Combination, the Founder Shares will be released from the lock up.payment of $176 in commissions.  

F-12

 

Class B Common Stock

Registration Rights

The holders of Founder Shares, Private Placement Warrants and Warrants that may be issued upon conversion of working capital loans (and anyCompany is authorized to issue 20,000,000 shares of Class B common stock issuable upon the exercisewith a par value of the Private Placement Warrants or Warrants issued upon conversion$0.0001 per share. The shares of the working capital loans)Class B common stock are entitled to registration rights pursuant to a registration rights agreement. Thesenon-economic; however, holders are entitled to make up to three demands, excluding short form registration demands, that the Company register such securitiesone vote per share. Each share of Class B common stock, together with one unit of USWS Holdings, is exchangeable for sale under the Securities Act. In addition, these holders will have “piggy back” registration rights to include their securities in other registration statements filed by the Company. However, the registration rights agreement provides that the Company will not permit any registration statement filed under the Securities Act to become effective until terminationone share of the applicable lock up period for the securities to be registered. The Company will bear the expenses incurred in connection with the filing of any such registration statements.

Related Party Transactions

Prior to the closing of the Public Offering, the Sponsor had made $275,000 in loans and advances to the Company. The loans and advances were non-interest bearing, unsecured and due on the earlier of June 30, 2017 or the closing of the Public Offering. The loans and advances of $275,000 were fully repaid upon the consummation of the Public Offering on March 15, 2017.

The Company has a due to affiliate balance of $19,200 as of December 31, 2017 for expenses paid by the Sponsor and its affiliate on behalf of the Company.

In addition, in order to finance transaction costs in connection with an Initial Business Combination, the Sponsor or an affiliate of the Sponsor, or certain officers and directors of the Company may, but are not obligated to, loan funds to the Company as may be required (“Working Capital Loans”). If an Initial Business Combination is completed, the Company would repay the Working Capital Loans out of the proceeds of the Trust Account released to the Company. In the event that an Initial Business Combination does not close, we may use a portion of proceeds held outside the Trust Account to repay the Working Capital Loans, but no proceeds held in the Trust Account would be used to repay the Working Capital Loans. Except for the foregoing, the terms of such Working Capital Loans, if any, have not been determined and no written agreements exist with respect to such loans. The Working Capital Loans would either be repaid upon consummation of an Initial Business Combination, without interest,Class A common stock or, at the lender’s discretion, up to $1.5 million of such Working Capital Loans may be convertible into warrants ofCompany’s election, the post business combination entity at a price of $0.50 per warrant. The warrants would be identicalcash equivalent to the private placement warrants.market value of one share of Class A common stock.

 

Note 5 — Investments and Cash Held in Trust Account

Upon the closing of the Public Offering and the Private Placement, $325,000,000 was placed in the Trust Account. At December 31, 2017, the Company’s Trust Account consisted of $542 of cash and $326,449,317 in investment securities, with investment securities consisting only of money market funds meeting certain conditions under Rule 2a-7 under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, which invest only in direct U.S. government obligations. Such investment securities are carried at cost, which approximates fair value. During the year ended December 31, 2017, interests earned from the Trust Account totaled $2,389,859,2020, 3,197,756 shares of which 940,000 was withdrawn from the Trust AccountClass B common stock were converted to pay the Company’s income and franchise taxes. an equivalent number of shares of Class A common stock.

As of December 31, 2017, $1,449,8592020 and 2019, there were 2,302,936 and 5,500,692 shares, respectively, of Class B common stock issued and outstanding.

Noncontrolling Interest

The Company’s noncontrolling ownership interest income was availablein consolidated subsidiaries is presented in the Trust Accountconsolidated balance sheet within stockholders’ equity (deficit) as a separate component and represents approximately 3% ownership of USWS Holdings as of December 31, 2020.


Long-Term Incentive Plan

Pursuant to the U.S. Well Services, Inc. 2018 Stock Incentive Plan (the “LTIP”), there were an aggregate 8,160,500 shares of Class A common stock initially made available for issuance under the LTIP. On November 5, 2020, pursuant to the Amended and Restated U.S. Well Services, Inc. 2018 Stock Incentive Plan (the “A&R LTIP”), the Company made grants of deferred stock units and performance incentive awards to certain key employees of the Company. The A&R LTIP, which was approved by the Board of Directors, upon the recommendation of the Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors on September 1, 2020, is expected to be included in the Company’s Proxy Statement for tax obligations.its 2021 Annual Meeting of Stockholders for approval by the Company’s stockholders. Shares issued under the LTIP and A&R LTIP are further discussed in “Note 15 - Share-Based Compensation”. There were 0 shares available for issuance under the LTIP as of December 31, 2020.

NOTE 14 – EARNINGS (LOSS) PER SHARE (As Restated)

 

F-13

Basic earnings (loss) per share is computed by dividing income (loss) available to common stockholders by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding during the period. Diluted earnings per share is computed in the same manner as basic earnings per share except that the denominator is increased to include the number of additional common shares that could have been outstanding assuming the exercise of stock options, exercise of warrants, conversion of Series A and Series B preferred stock, conversion of Class B common stock, vesting of restricted shares of Class A common stock, and issuance of Class A common stock associated with the deferred stock units and certain performance awards.

 

Note 6 — Fair Value MeasurementsBasic and diluted net income (loss) per share excludes the income (loss) attributable to and shares associated with the 1,609,677 Class A shares that are subject to cancellation on November 9, 2024 if certain market conditions have not been met. The Company included in the calculation accrued dividends on Series A and Series B preferred stock and related deemed and imputed dividends.

 

The following table presents information aboutsets forth the calculation of basic and diluted earnings (loss) per share for the periods indicated based on the weighted average number of shares of Class A common stock outstanding for the period:

 

 

Years Ended December 31,

 

 

 

2020

(As Restated)

 

 

2019

(As Restated)

 

Basic Net Income (Loss) Per Share

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Numerator:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net loss attributable to U.S. Well Services, Inc.

 

$

(229,340

)

 

$

(81,810

)

Net loss attributable to cancellable Class A shares

 

 

5,560

 

 

 

2,540

 

Basic net loss attributable to U.S. Well Services, Inc. shareholders

 

 

(223,780

)

 

 

(79,270

)

Dividends accrued on Series A preferred stock

 

 

(7,214

)

 

 

(4,050

)

Dividends accrued on Series B preferred stock

 

 

(2,049

)

 

 

-

 

Deemed and imputed dividends on Series A preferred stock

 

 

(13,022

)

 

 

(11,796

)

Deemed dividends on Series B preferred stock

 

 

(564

)

 

 

-

 

Basic net loss attributable to U.S. Well Services, Inc. common

   shareholders

 

$

(246,629

)

 

$

(95,116

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Denominator:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Weighted average shares outstanding

 

 

66,400,924

 

 

 

51,853,183

 

Cancellable Class A common stock

 

 

(1,609,677

)

 

 

(1,609,677

)

Basic and diluted weighted average shares outstanding

 

 

64,791,247

 

 

 

50,243,506

 

Basic and diluted net income (loss) per share

   attributable to Class A shareholders

 

$

(3.81

)

 

$

(1.89

)


A summary of securities excluded from the computation of diluted earnings per share is presented below for the applicable periods:

 

 

Years Ended December 31,

 

 

 

2020

 

 

2019

 

Diluted earnings per share:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Anti-dilutive stock options

 

 

877,266

 

 

 

1,068,162

 

Anti-dilutive warrants

 

 

14,428,150

 

 

 

15,680,651

 

Anti-dilutive restricted stock

 

 

1,449,287

 

 

 

2,723,637

 

Anti-dilutive deferred stock units

 

 

8,911,858

 

 

 

-

 

Anti-dilutive Pool B awards

 

 

10,142,494

 

 

 

-

 

Anti-dilutive Class B common stock convertible into Class A

   common stock

 

 

2,302,936

 

 

 

5,500,692

 

Anti-dilutive Series A preferred stock convertible into Class A

   common stock

 

 

9,058,176

 

 

 

8,853,028

 

Anti-dilutive Series B preferred stock convertible into Class A

   common stock

 

 

78,245,727

 

 

 

-

 

Potentially dilutive securities excluded as anti-dilutive

 

 

125,415,894

 

 

 

33,826,170

 

NOTE 15 – SHARE-BASED COMPENSATION

Share-based compensation expense consisted of the following:

 

 

Years Ended December 31,

 

 

 

 

2020

 

 

2019

 

 

Restricted stock

 

$

4,719

 

 

$

6,496

 

 

Unrestricted stock

 

 

-

 

 

 

418

 

 

Stock options

 

 

905

 

 

 

841

 

 

DSUs

 

 

984

 

 

 

-

 

 

Pool A awards

 

 

2,328

 

 

 

-

 

 

Pool B awards

 

 

1,120

 

 

 

-

 

 

Total

 

$

10,056

 

(1)

$

7,755

 

(2)

(1) $1,940 was presented as part of cost of services and $8,116 was presented as part of selling, general and

                        administrative expenses in the consolidated statement of operations.

(2) $2,513 was presented as part of cost of services and $5,242 was presented as part of selling, general and

                        administrative expenses in the consolidated statement of operations.

Restricted Stock

The following table summarizes restricted stock activity in 2020:

 

 

Number of

shares

 

 

Weighted-

average

grant-date

fair value

(per share data)

 

Non-vested restricted stock as of December 31, 2019

 

 

2,723,637

 

 

$

8.87

 

Granted

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

Vested

 

 

(690,237

)

 

 

8.87

 

Forfeited

 

 

(584,113

)

 

 

8.91

 

Non-vested restricted stock as of December 31, 2020

 

 

1,449,287

 

 

$

8.85

 


In 2019, the Company granted shares of restricted Class A common stock (“restricted stock”) totaling 2,218,183 to certain employees of the Company pursuant to the LTIP. Restricted stock is subject to restrictions on transfer and is generally subject to a risk of forfeiture if the award recipient is no longer an employee of the Company prior to the lapse of the restriction. The restricted stock granted in 2019 had a total fair value of $19,764 and vests over four years in equal installments each year on the anniversary of the grant date.

The fair value of the restricted stock granted in 2019 was determined using the closing price of the Company’s assets that are measuredClass A common stock on a recurring basis asthe grant date.

As of December 31, 20172020, the total unrecognized compensation cost related to restricted stock was $7,345 which is expected to be recognized over a weighted-average period of 2.15 years.

Unrestricted stock

In 2019, the Company granted 46,875 shares of fully vested and indicatesunrestricted Class A common stock (“unrestricted stock”) under the LTIP to certain board members in exchange for their services as a director of the Company, in accordance with the existing compensation plan of the Board of Directors. The fair value of the unrestricted stock was $8.91 per share, which was determined using the closing price of the Company’s Class A common stock on the grant date.

Stock options

The following table summarizes stock option activity in 2020:

 

 

Number of

shares

 

 

Weighted

average

exercise price

(per share

data)

 

 

Weighted

Average

Remaining

Contractual

Life (years)

 

Outstanding as of December 31, 2019

 

 

1,068,162

 

 

$

8.91

 

 

 

6.21

 

Granted

 

 

-

 

 

$

-

 

 

 

-

 

Exercised

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

Forfeited/Expired

 

 

(190,896

)

 

 

8.91

 

 

 

-

 

Outstanding as of December 31, 2020

 

 

877,266

 

 

$

8.91

 

 

 

5.21

 

Exercisable as of December 31, 2020

 

 

219,317

 

 

$

8.91

 

 

 

5.21

 

In 2019, the Company granted a total of 1,068,162 stock options under the LTIP to certain employees of the Company. The fair value of stock options on the date of grant was $3.95 per option, which was calculated using the Black-Scholes valuation model. These stock options were granted with seven-year terms and vest over four years in equal installments each year on the anniversary of the grant date. The expected term of the options granted was based on the safe harbor rule of the SEC Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 107 “Share-Based Payment” as the Company lacks historical exercise data to estimate the expected term of these options. The expected stock price volatility is calculated based on the Company’s peer group because the Company does not have sufficient historical data and will continue to use peer group volatility information until historical volatility of the Company is available to measure expected volatility for future grants. The exercise price for stock options granted equals the closing market price of the underlying stock on the date of grant. These options are time-based and are not based upon attainment of performance goals. The fair value of stock options on the grant date was $4,219 and recognized as compensation expense over the vesting period of four years.

As of December 31, 2020, the total unrecognized compensation cost related to stock options was $1,906 which is expected to be recognized over a weighted average period of 2.21 years.

Deferred Stock Units

In 2020, the Company granted 8,911,858 Deferred Stock Units (“DSUs”) to certain key employees of the Company pursuant to the A&R LTIP. Each DSU represents the right to receive 1 share of the Company’s Class A common stock. DSUs granted


in 2020 had total fair value of $2,954, which was determined using the closing price of Class A common stock on each grant date. DSUs vest over three years in equal installments each year on the anniversary of the vesting effective date, subject to the grantee’s continuous service through each vesting period.

As of December 31, 2020, the total unrecognized compensation cost related to DSUs was $1,969 which is expected to be recognized over a weighted average period of 2 years.

Pool A Performance Award

In 2020, the Company made grants of Pool A Performance Awards (“Pool A Award”) to certain key employees of the Company. Each Pool A Award represents the right to receive, at the Company’s election, a fixed monetary amount either in cash or a variable number of shares of the Company’s Class A common stock based on its closing share price on the date of settlement. The Pool A Award became fully vested as of January 1, 2021 but settlement will not occur until the fifth anniversary of the grant date.

The Company accounts for the Pool A Award under liability accounting as a result of the fixed monetary amount that could be settled either in cash or a variable number of shares of the Company’s Class A common stock. The Company considers the delayed settlement as a post-vesting restriction which would impact the determination of grant-date fair value of the award. The Pool A Award granted in 2020 had a total fair value of $2,328, which was estimated using a risk-adjusted discount rate, which reflects the weighted average cost of capital of similarly traded public companies.

As of December 31, 2020, we recorded Pool A Award liability of $2,328, presented as part of other long-term liabilities in the consolidated balance sheets. Subsequent changes in the fair value hierarchy of the valuation techniques thatliability from December 31, 2020 through the date of settlement will be recorded as additional compensation cost.

Pool B Performance Award

In 2020, the Company utilizedmade grants of Pool B Performance Awards (“Pool B Award”) to determine suchcertain key employees of the Company. Each Pool B Award represents the right to receive, at the Company’s election, either a cash payment calculated in accordance with the award agreement, or a fixed number of shares of the Company’s Class A common stock. The Pool B Award granted in 2020 had total fair value. In general, fair valuesvalue of $3,362, which was determined by Levelusing the closing price of Class A common stock on each grant date. The Pool B Award vests over three years in equal installments each year on the anniversary of the vesting effective date, subject to the grantee’s continuous services through each vesting period.

As of December 31, 2020, the total unrecognized compensation cost related to Pool B Award was $2,241, which is expected to be recognized over a weighted average period of 2 years.

NOTE 16 – EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLAN

On March 1, inputs utilize quoted prices (unadjusted) in active markets for identical assets or liabilities. Fair values determined by Level 2 inputs utilize data points that are observable, such as quoted prices, interest rates2013, the Company established the U.S. Well Services 401(k) Plan. The Company matched 100% of employee contributions up to 6% of the employee’s salary, subject to cliff vesting after two years of service. At the end of the first quarter of 2020, the Company suspended its match of employee contributions. Our matching contributions were $976 and yield curves. Fair values determined by Level 3 inputs are unobservable data points$3,843 for the asset or liability,years ended December 31, 2020 and includes situations where there is little, if any, market activity for2019, respectively, and included in cost of services and selling, general and administrative expenses in the asset or liability.statements of operations.


  

December 31,

2017

  Quoted
Prices
in Active
Markets
(Level 1)
  Significant
Other
Observable
Inputs
(Level 2)
  Significant
Other
Unobservable
Inputs
(Level 3)
 
Investments in money market fund held in Trust Account $326,449,317  $326,449,317  $-  $- 
Total $326,449,317  $326,449,317  $-  $- 

Note 7 — Income Tax

NOTE 17 – INCOME TAXES (As Restated)

The Company’s net deferred tax assets are as follows:

December 31, 2017
Deferred tax asset
Net operating loss carryforward$-
Startup/Organization Expenses150,539
Business combination expenses-
Total deferred tax assets150,539
Valuation Allowance(150,539)
Deferred tax asset (liability), net of allowance$-

 

 

December 31,

 

Deferred Tax Assets

 

2020

(As Restated)

 

 

2019

 

Net Operating Loss Carryforward

 

$

56,815

 

 

$

30,485

 

Startup/Organization Expenses

 

 

177

 

 

 

163

 

Investment in Partnership

 

 

70,244

 

 

 

19,489

 

Interest Expense

 

 

1,652

 

 

 

911

 

Attributes/Other

 

 

137

 

 

 

186

 

Total Deferred Tax Assets

 

 

129,025

 

 

 

51,234

 

Less Valuation Allowance

 

 

(129,025

)

 

 

(51,234

)

Total Deferred Tax Assets, net

 

$

-

 

 

$

-

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Deferred Tax Liabilities

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net Deferred Tax Assets

 

$

-

 

 

$

-

 

The income tax provision consists of the following:

 

 

Years ended December 31,

 

Current

 

2020

 

 

2019

 

Federal

 

$

(757

)

 

$

-

 

State

 

 

(67

)

 

 

(77

)

Total Current

 

 

(824

)

 

 

(77

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Deferred

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Federal

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

State

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

Total Deferred

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

Total

 

$

(824

)

 

$

(77

)

A reconciliation of the federal income tax rate to the Company’s effective tax rate at December 31, 2020 is as follows (As Restated):

  For the year ended
December 31, 2017
 
Federal    
Current $756,969 
Deferred  (149,489)
State and Local    
Current  - 
Deferred  - 
Change in valuation allowance  149,489 
Income tax provision $756,969 

 

F-14

Pre-tax book loss

 

$

241,212

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Federal Provision (Benefit)

 

 

(50,656

)

 

 

-21.00

%

Noncontrolling Interest

 

 

(14,259

)

 

 

-5.91

%

Permanent Differences

 

 

501

 

 

 

0.21

%

State Income Taxes, net of Federal Benefit

 

 

(53

)

 

 

-0.02

%

NOL Carryback, effect of rate change

 

 

(289

)

 

 

-0.12

%

Return to Provision, Other

 

 

1,846

 

 

 

0.76

%

Valuation Allowance

 

 

62,086

 

 

 

25.74

%

Total Provision (Benefit)

 

$

(824

)

 

 

-0.34

%

As of December 31, 2017,2020, the Company had nototal U.S. federal and state net operating loss carryovers (“NOLs”("NOL") carryforwards of $240,463 and state NOLs of $277,305 available to offset future taxable income. In accordance with Section 382$28,387 of the Internal Revenue Code, deductibility of the Company’sfederal NOLs may be subjectwould begin to an annual limitationexpire in the event of a change in control as defined under the regulations.

At2036 if unused. Federal NOLs generated after December 31, 2017 do not expire and the Company hadstate rules vary by state. After consideration of all the information available, management has established a valuation allowance against the deferred tax assets of $150,539. the Company's tax loss carryforwards to the extent it is not more likely than not they will be realized. As of December 31, 2020, the valuation allowance totaled $129,025.


In assessing the realization of the deferred tax assets, management considers whether it is more likely than not that some portion of all of the deferred tax assets will not be realized. The ultimate realization of deferred tax assets is dependent upon the generation of future taxable income during the periods in which temporary differences representing net future deductible amounts become deductible.  Management considers the scheduled reversalpositive and negative evidence with respect to sources of taxable income for purposes of determining the realization of deferred tax liabilities, projected future taxable income and tax planning strategies in making this assessment. After consideration of allassets.  In accordance with Section 382 of the information available, management believes that significant uncertainty exists with respect to future realizationInternal Revenue Code, deductibility of the deferred tax assets and has therefore establishedCompany’s NOLs may be subject to an annual limitation in the event of a full valuation allowance. For the year ended December 31, 2017, the change in control as defined under the valuation allocation was $149,489. The deferred tax assets at December 31, 2016 and the provision for income taxes for the period March 10, 2016 (inception) through December 31, 2016 were not material.

On December 22, 2017, the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act was signed into legislation. As part of the legislation, the U.S. corporate income tax rate was reduced to 21%. The Company has a full valuation allowance against its deferred tax assets and therefore no deferred tax expense has been recorded as a result of the reduced tax rate.

A reconciliation of the federal income tax rate to the Company’s effective tax rate for the year ended December 31, 2017 is as follows:

Statutory federal income tax rate34.0%
State taxes, net of federal tax benefit0.0%
Deferred tax rate change6.1%
Change in valuation allowance9.9%
Income tax provision50.0%

regulations.

The Company files income tax returns in the U.S. federal jurisdiction and various state and local jurisdictions and is subject to examination by the varioustaxing authorities.

We follow guidance issued by the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) in accounting for uncertainty in income taxes. This guidance clarifies the accounting for income taxes by prescribing the minimum recognition threshold an income tax position is required to meet before being recognized in the consolidated financial statements and applies to all income tax positions. Each income tax position is assessed using a two-step process. A determination is first made as to whether it is more likely than not that the income tax position will be sustained, based upon technical merits, upon examination by the taxing authorities. The Company considers DelawareIf the income tax position is expected to meet the more likely than not criteria, the benefit recorded in the consolidated financial statements equals the largest amount that is greater than 50% likely to be a significantrealized upon its ultimate settlement.

We have considered our exposure under the standard at both the federal and state tax jurisdiction.levels.  We did 0t record any liabilities for uncertain tax positions as of December 31, 2020 or December 31, 2019. We record income tax-related interest and penalties, if any, as a component of income tax expense. We did 0t incur any material interest or penalties on income taxes.

 

Note 8 — Deferred Underwriting CommissionsNOTE 18 – COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

Litigation

Liabilities for loss contingencies arising from claims, assessments, litigation, fines, and penalties, and other sources are recorded when it is probable that a liability has been incurred and the amount can be reasonably estimated. Legal costs incurred in connection with loss contingencies are expensed as incurred.

 

The UnderwriterCompany was paidnamed a cash underwriting fee of $6,000,000 or two percent (2.0%)defendant in a case filed on January 14, 2019 in the Superior Court of the gross proceedsState of Delaware styled Smart Sand, Inc. v. U.S. Well Services LLC, C.A. 19C-01-144 PRW. Smart Sand alleges that the Company breached a multi-year contract under which Smart Sand supplied frac sand to the Company. Smart Sand claims damages of approximately $54 million. The Company denies that it breached the contract, has alleged that Smart Sand breached the contract first, and has asserted counterclaims for the misuse of the Public Offering, excluding any amounts raised pursuantCompany’s confidential information. The Company also asserts that the contract contains unenforceable penalty provisions. The case was tried to the overallotment option. Court during December 2020 and when trial concluded, the Court requested post-trial briefing. No prediction can be made as to the outcome of the case at this time nor can the Company reasonably estimate the potential losses or range of losses resulting from this litigation.

In addition to the Underwritercase noted above, the Company is entitledinvolved in various pending or potential legal actions in the ordinary course of business. Management is unable to an aggregate deferred underwriting commissionpredict the ultimate outcome of $10,250,000 consisting of (i) three percent (3.0%)these actions because of the gross proceedsinherent uncertainty of litigation. However, management believes that the most probable, ultimate resolution of the Public Offering, excluding any amounts raised pursuantremaining matters will not have a material adverse effect on our consolidated financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

Sand Purchase Agreements

The Company entered into agreements for the supply of proppant for use in its hydraulic fracturing operations. Under the terms of these agreements, the Company is subject to the overallotment option, and (ii) five percent (5.0%) of the gross proceeds of the Units sold in the Public Offering pursuant to the overallotment option. The deferred underwriting commissions will become payable to the Underwriter from the amounts held in the Trust Account solelyminimum purchase quantities on a monthly, quarterly, or annual basis at fixed prices or may pay penalties in the event thatof any shortfall. As of December 31, 2020, we estimated and accrued for a shortfall in quantities. This accrual is presented as part of accrued liabilities on the Company completes the Initial Business Combination, subject to the terms of the underwriting agreement.

Note 9 — Liquidityconsolidated balance sheets.

 

As of December 31, 2017,2020, the Company had a cash balance of $570,258,Company’s contracted volumes in dollars was $16,002. The Company’s minimum commitments was $13,393, which excludes interest income of approximately $1.4 million fromrepresents the Company's investments in the Trust Account which is available to the Company for tax obligations.

F-15

The Company intends to use substantially all of the funds held in the Trust Account, including anyaggregate amounts representing interest earned on the Trust Account (less taxes payable and deferred underwriting commissions) to complete its Initial Business Combination. To the extent necessary, the Sponsor or an affiliate of the Sponsor, or certain officers and directors of the Company may, but are notthat we would be obligated to loan funds topay if we procured no additional proppant under the Company as may be required, up to $1.5 million. Such loans may be convertible into warrants of the post business combination entity at a price of $.50 per warrant. The warrants would be identical to the private placement warrants. (See Note 4)contracts after December 31, 2020.


 

Based on the foregoing, management believes that the Company will have sufficient working capital to meet the Company's needs for the next twelve months. Over this time period, the Company will be using these funds for paying existing accounts payable, identifying and evaluating prospective acquisition candidates, performing business due diligence on prospective target businesses, traveling to and from the offices, plants or similar locations of prospective target businesses, reviewing corporate documents and material agreements of prospective target businesses, selecting the target business to acquire and structuring, negotiating and consummating the business combination.

Note 10 — Stockholders’ Equity

Preferred Stock — The Company is authorized to issue 1,000,000 shares of preferred stock with a par value of $0.0001 per share with such designation, rights and preferences as may be determined from time to time by the Company’s Board of Directors. At December 31, 2017 and 2016, there were no shares of preferred stock issued or outstanding.

Common Stock — The Company is authorized to issue 90,000,000 shares of Class A common stock with a par value of $0.0001 per share and 10,000,000 shares of Class F common stock with a par value of $0.0001 per share. If the Company enters into an Initial Business Combination, it may (depending on the terms of such a business combination) be required to increase the number of shares of Class A common stock which the Company is authorized to issue at the same time as the Company’s stockholders vote on the business combination to the extent the Company seeks stockholder approval in connection with the Initial Business Combination. Holders of the Company’s common stock are entitled to one vote for each common share. At December 31, 2016, there were no shares of Class A common stock issued and outstanding and 8,625,000 shares of Class F common stock were issued and outstanding. As a result of the Underwriter’s election toexercise its over-allotment option to purchase 2,500,000 Units on March 15, 2017 and waiver of the remainder of its over-allotment option, 625,000 shares ofClass F common stockwere no longer subject to forfeiture and 500,000 ofClass F common stockwere forfeited.At December 31, 2017, there were 32,500,000 shares of Class A common stock (of which 31,170,308 were classified outside of permanent equity) and 8,125,000 shares of Class F common stock were issued and outstanding. The Class F common stock are identical to the Class A common stock included in the Units sold in the Public Offering except that the Class F common stock automatically convert into shares of Class A Common Stock at the time of the Initial Business Combination.

Warrants —Warrants will become exercisable on the later of (a) 30 days after the completion of a Business Combination or (b) 12 months from the closing of the Initial Public Offering; provided in each case that the Company has an effective registration statement under the Securities Act covering the issuance of the shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of the warrants and a current prospectus relating to them is available. The Company has agreed that as soon as practicable, but in no event later than 15 business days after the closing of an Initial Business Combination, the Company will use its best efforts to file with the SEC and within 60 business days after the closing of an Initial Business Combination, have an effective registration statement covering the issuance of the shares of Class A common stock issuable upon exercise of the warrants and to maintain a current prospectus relating to those shares of Class A common stock until the warrants expire or are redeemed. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the Company’s Class A common stock is at the time of any exercise of a warrant not listed on a national securities exchange such that it satisfies the definition of a “covered security” under the Securities Act, the

F-16

Company, at its option, may require the warrant holders who exercise their warrants to do so on a “cashless basis” in accordance with Section 3(a)(9) of the Securities Act and, in the event the Company so elects, the Company will not be required to file or maintain in effect a registration statement. The warrants will expire five years after the completion of an Initial Business Combination or earlier upon redemption or liquidation.Operating Lease Agreements

 

The Company may redeemhas various operating leases for facilities with terms ranging from 24 to 76 months.

Rent expense was $2,359 and $2,646 for the outstandingyears ended December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively, of which $1,655 and $2,130, respectively, are recorded as part of cost of services and $704, and $516, respectively, are recorded as part of selling, general and administrative expenses in the consolidated statements of operations.

The following is a schedule of future minimum payments on non-cancellable operating leases as of December 31, 2020:

2021

 

$

1,114

 

2022

 

 

828

 

2023

 

 

308

 

2024

 

 

258

 

2025

 

 

67

 

Thereafter

 

 

-

 

Total future minimum rentals

 

$

2,575

 

On April 1, 2020, the Company entered into an agreement to extend the lease on one of its facilities. The extended term of the lease is for a period of 36 months commencing on April 1, 2020, with rent throughout the term totaling $0.7 million.

Self-insurance

The Company establishes a self-insured plan for employees’ healthcare benefits except for losses more than varying threshold amounts. The Company charges to expense all actual claims made during each reporting period, as well as an estimate of claims incurred, but not yet reported. The amount of estimated claims incurred, but not reported as of December 31, 2020 and 2019 was $189 and $588, respectively, and was reported as accrued expenses in the consolidated balance sheets. We believe that the liabilities we have recorded are appropriate based on the known facts and circumstances and do not expect further losses materially more than the amounts already accrued for existing claims.

NOTE 19 – RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

On May 24, 2019, Crestview Partners purchased 20,000 shares of Series A preferred stock for a total payment of $20,000. Along with the Series A preferred stock, Crestview received 1,066,666 initial warrants (exceptwith the right to receive additional warrants. During the year ended December 31, 2020, Crestview received 711,112 additional warrants.

On April 1, 2020, Crestview Partners purchased 11,500 shares of Series B preferred stock for a total payment of $11,500. The TCW Group, Inc. purchased 6,500 shares of Series B preferred stock for a total payment of $6,500 and David Matlin, a member of the Company’s Board of Directors, purchased 1,878 shares of Series B preferred stock for a total payment of $1,878.



Item 9. Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure.

None.

Item 9A. Controls and Procedures.

Overview

As previously disclosed, on May 11, 2021, the Audit Committee of our Board of Directors, after considering the recommendation of and consultation with management and Company’s independent registered public accounting firm, concluded that the Company’s previously issued audited consolidated financial statements included in the Company’s previously filed Annual Reports on Form 10-K and Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q for the Affected Periods should be restated and accordingly, should no longer be relied upon.  Please see “Explanatory Note” and Note 2 to the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements included in Part II, Item 8 of this Amendment for additional information.

Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures

Our disclosure controls and procedures are designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed in the reports we file or submit under the Exchange Act is recorded, processed, summarized, and reported within the time periods specified in the SEC’s rules and forms and that such information is accumulated and communicated to management, including the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure.

In connection with this Amendment, under the supervision and with the participation of our management, including the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, we conducted an evaluation of the effectiveness of our disclosure controls and procedures (as such term is defined in Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e) under the Exchange Act) as of December 31, 2020. Based on this evaluation, our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer concluded that our disclosure controls and procedures were not effective as of December 31, 2020, due solely to the material weakness in our internal control over financial reporting with respect to the Private Placement Warrants): (i)classification of the Company’s warrants as components of equity instead of as liabilities. In light of this material weakness, we performed additional analysis as deemed necessary to ensure that our financial statements were prepared in wholeaccordance with GAAP. Accordingly, notwithstanding the material weakness discussed above, management believes that the financial statements included in this Amendment present fairly in all material respects our financial position, results of operations and cash flows as of the dates and for the periods presented in accordance with GAAP.

We do not in part; (ii) at a priceexpect that our disclosure controls and procedures will prevent all errors and all instances of $0.01 per warrant; (iii) upon a minimumfraud. Disclosure controls and procedures, no matter how well conceived and operated, can provide only reasonable, not absolute, assurance that the objectives of 30 days’ prior written noticethe disclosure controls and procedures are met. Further, the design of redemption, which we refer to asdisclosure controls and procedures must reflect the 30-day redemption period; and (iv) if, and only if, the last reported sale price of our Class A common stock equals or exceeds $24.00 per share (as adjusted for stock splits, stock dividends, reorganizations, recapitalizationsfact that there are resource constraints, and the like) forbenefits must be considered relative to their costs. Because of the inherent limitations in all disclosure controls and procedures, no evaluation of disclosure controls and procedures can provide absolute assurance that we have detected all our control deficiencies and instances of fraud, if any. The design of disclosure controls and procedures also is based partly on certain assumptions about the likelihood of future events, and there can be no assurance that any 20 trading days within a 30-trading day period ending on the third trading day prior to the date on which the Company send the notice of redemption to the warrants holders.design will succeed in achieving its stated goals under all potential future conditions.

 

IfManagement’s Annual Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting

The Company’s management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting. Internal control over financial reporting is defined in Rule 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f) under the Company callsSecurities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, as a process designed by, or under the warrants for redemption, management will have the option to require all holders that wish to exercise the warrants to do so on a “cashless basis”. The exercise price and number of shares of common stock issuable upon exercisesupervision of, the warrants may be adjusted in certain circumstances including inCompany’s principal executive and principal financial officers and effected by the eventCompany’s board of a stock dividend, or recapitalization, reorganization, merger or consolidation. However,directors, management and other personnel to provide reasonable assurance regarding the warrants will not be adjusted for issuancereliability of common stock at a price below its exercise price. Additionally, in no event will the Company be required to net cash settle the warrants. If the Company is unable to complete an Initial Business Combination within the Combination Periodfinancial reporting and the Company liquidates the funds heldpreparation of financial statements for external purposes in the Trust Account, holders of warrants will not receive any of such fundsaccordance with respect to their warrants, nor will they receive any distribution from the Company’s assets held outside of the Trust Account with the respect to such warrants. Accordingly, the warrants may expire worthless.generally accepted accounting principles and includes policies and procedures that address:

 

F-17

The maintenance of records that accurately, fairly and in reasonable detail reflect transactions involving, and dispositions of, company assets;

 

Reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as needed to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles and that receipts and expenditures are made only in accordance with management authorization; and


Reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use or disposition of company assets.

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risks that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate. Management assessed the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2020. In making this assessment, management used the criteria set forth by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO) in Internal Control-Integrated Framework. In connection with this Amendment and based on our assessments, management concluded that the Company’s control over financial reporting was not effective as of December 31, 2020.

This Amendment does not include, and we were not required to include, an attestation report of our independent registered public accounting firm on the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting pursuant to Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 for as long as we remain an “emerging growth company” as defined in the JOBS Act.

Remediation Plan for Material Weakness in Internal Control over Financial Reporting and Status

Management has implemented remediation steps to address the material weakness and to improve our internal control over financial reporting. Specifically, we expanded and improved our review process for complex securities and related accounting standards. We plan to further improve this process by enhancing access to accounting literature, research materials and documents and increased communication among our personnel and third-party professionals with whom we consult regarding complex accounting applications and consideration of additional staff with the requisite experience and training to supplement existing accounting professionals.

Changes in Internal Control over Financial Reporting

During the fiscal quarter ended December 31, 2020, there has been no change in our internal control over financial reporting that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting, as the circumstances that led to the restatement of our financial statements described in this Amendment had not yet been identified.

Item 9B. Other Information.

None.


PART III

Item 10. Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance

We have adopted a Code of Business Conduct and Ethics (the “Code”), which is applicable to our principal executive officer and other senior financial officers, who include our principal financial officer, principal accounting officer or controller, and persons performing similar functions. The Code may be found on our website at www.uswellservices.com under “Investor Relations – Corporate Governance – Governance Overview”. To the extent required by SEC rules, we intend to disclose any amendments to this Code and any waiver of a provision of the Code for the benefit of our principal executive officer, principal financial officer, principal accounting officer or controller, or persons performing similar functions, on our website within four (4) business days following any such amendment of waiver, or within any other period that may be required under SEC rules from time to time.

The other information required by this item is incorporated in this Annual Report on Form 10-K by reference to our definitive proxy statement or an amendment to this Annual Report on Form 10-K to be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission not later than 120 days after the end of the fiscal year ended December 31, 2020.

Item 11. Executive Compensation

The information required by this item is incorporated in this Annual Report on Form 10-K by reference to our definitive proxy statement or an amendment to this Annual Report on Form 10-K to be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission not later than 120 days after the end of the fiscal year ended December 31, 2020.

Item 12. Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters

Equity Compensation Plan Information

The information required by this item is incorporated in this Annual Report on Form 10-K by reference to our definitive proxy statement or an amendment to this Annual Report on Form 10-K to be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission not later than 120 days after the end of the fiscal year ended December 31, 2020.

The information required by this item is incorporated in this Annual Report on Form 10-K by reference to our definitive proxy statement or an amendment to this Annual Report on Form 10-K to be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission not later than 120 days after the end of the fiscal year ended December 31, 2020.

Item 14. Principal Accountant Fees and Services

The information required by this item is incorporated in this Annual Report on Form 10-K by reference to our definitive proxy statement or an amendment to this Annual Report on Form 10-K to be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission not later than 120 days after the end of the fiscal year ended December 31, 2020.



PART IV

Item 15. Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules.

Financial Statements

Our Consolidated Financial Statements and accompanying footnotes are included under “Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data” of this Annual Report.

Financial Statements Schedules

All other schedules have been omitted because they are either not applicable, not required or the information called for therein appears in the consolidated financial statements or notes thereto or will be filed within the required timeframe.

Exhibits

Exhibit No.

Description

2.1

Merger and Contribution Agreement, dated as of July 13, 2018, by and among Matlin & Partners Acquisition Corporation, MPAC Merger Sub LLC, USWS Holdings LLC, certain blocker companies named therein and, solely for purposes described therein, the seller representatives named therein (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.1 of the Current Report on Form 8-K (File No. 001-38025), filed with the SEC on July 16, 2018).

2.2

Amendment No. 1, dated as of August 9, 2018, to Merger and Contribution Agreement, dated as of July 13, 2018, by and among Matlin & Partners Acquisition Corporation, MPAC Merger Sub LLC, USWS Holdings LLC, certain blocker companies named therein and, solely for purposes described therein, the seller representatives named therein (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.1.1 of the Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q (File No. 001-38025), filed with the SEC on October 26, 2018).

2.3

Amendment No. 2, dated as of November 2, 2018, to Merger and Contribution Agreement, dated as of July 13, 2018, by and among Matlin & Partners Acquisition Corporation, MPAC Merger Sub LLC, USWS Holdings LLC, certain blocker companies named therein and, solely for purposes described therein, the seller representatives named therein (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.1 of the Current Report on Form 8-K (File No. 001-38025), filed with the SEC on November 5, 2018).

3.1

Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of U.S. Well Services, Inc (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 of the Current Report on Form 8-K (File No. 001-38025), filed with the SEC on November 16, 2018).

3.2

Certificate of Designations dated May 24, 2019 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to the Current Report on Form 8-K (File No. 001-38025), filed with the SEC on May 24, 2019.

3.3

Certificate of Designations dated March 31, 2020 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to the Current Report on Form 8-K (File No. 001-38025), filed with the SEC on April 2, 2020.

3.4

Amended and Restated Bylaws (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.4 of the Registration Statement on Form S-1 (File No. 333-216076), filed with the SEC on February 15, 2017).

4.1

Amended and Restated Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of November 9, 2018, by and among U.S. Well Services, Inc., Matlin & Partners Acquisition Sponsor LLC, the Blocker Stockholders, certain Non-Blocker USWS Members, Crestview, the Lenders, Piper and Joel Broussard (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 of the Current Report on Form 8-K (File No. 001-38025), filed with the SEC on November 16, 2018).

4.2

Warrant Agreement, dated March 9, 2017, by and between Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Company and Matlin & Partners Acquisition Corporation (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 of the Current Report on Form 8-K (File No. 001-38025), filed with the SEC on March 15, 2017).

4.3

Specimen Class A Common Stock Certificate (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.2 of the Registration Statement on Form S-1 (File No. 333-216076), filed with the SEC on February 15, 2017).

4.4

Registration Rights Agreement, dated May 24, 2019, by and among U.S. Well Services, Inc. and the Purchasers party thereto (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 of the Current Report on Form 8-K (File No. 0001-38025), filed with the SEC on May 24, 2019).

4.5

Warrant Agreement, dated May 24, 2019, by and between U.S. Well Services, Inc. and Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Company (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 of the Current Report on Form 8-K (File No. 001-38025), filed with the SEC on May 24, 2019).

4.6

Registration Rights Agreement, dated March 31, 2020, by and among U.S. Well Services, Inc. and the Purchasers party thereto (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 of the Current Report on Form 8-K (File No. 0001-38025), filed with the SEC on April 2, 2020).


4.7***

Description of Registrant’s Securities.

10.1

Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Agreement of USWS Holdings LLC, dated as of November 9, 2018 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of the Current Report on Form 8-K (File No. 001-38025), filed with the SEC on November 16, 2018).

10.2

Amendment No. 1 to Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Agreement of USWS Holdings LLC, dated May 24, 2019 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 of the Current Report on Form 8-K (File No. 001-38025), filed with the SEC on November 16, 2018).

10.3

Amendment No. 2 to Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Agreement of USWS Holdings LLC, dated April 1, 2020 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 of the Current Report on Form 8-K (File No. 001-38025), filed with the SEC on April 2, 2020).

10.4

Sponsor Agreement, dated as of July 13, 2018, by and among Matlin & Partners Acquisition Corporation, USWS Holdings LLC, Matlin & Partners Acquisition Sponsor LLC and, solely for purposes described therein, Cantor Fitzgerald & Co. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of the Current Report on Form 8-K (File No. 001-38025), filed with the SEC on July 16, 2018).

10.5

Amendment No. 1, dated November 2, 2018, to Sponsor Agreement, dated as of July 13, 2018, by and among Matlin & Partners Acquisition Corporation, USWS Holdings LLC, Matlin & Partners Acquisition Sponsor LLC and, solely for purposes described therein, Cantor Fitzgerald & Co. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of the Current Report on Form 8-K (File No. 001-38025), filed with the SEC on November 5, 2018).

10.6

Amendment No. 2, dated November 9, 2018, to Sponsor Agreement, dated as of July 13, 2018, by and among Matlin & Partners Acquisition Corporation, USWS Holdings LLC, Matlin & Partners Acquisition Sponsor LLC and, solely for purposes described therein, Cantor Fitzgerald & Co (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 of the Current Report on Form 8-K (File No. 001-38025), filed with the SEC on November 16, 2018).

10.7#

Form of Indemnity Agreement (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.5 of the Current Report on Form 8-K (File No. 001-38025), filed with the SEC on November 16, 2018).

10.8#

Employment Agreement, dated as of July 13, 2018, by and between U.S. Well Services, Inc. and Joel Broussard (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.6 of the Current Report on Form 8-K (File No. 001-38025), filed with the SEC on November 16, 2018).

10.9#

Employment Agreement, dated as of July 13, 2018, by and between U.S. Well Services, Inc. and Matt Bernard (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.7 of the Current Report on Form 8-K (File No. 001-38025), filed with the SEC on November 16, 2018).

10.10#

Employment Agreement, dated as of July 13, 2018, by and between U.S. Well Services, Inc. and Kyle O’Neill (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.9 of the Current Report on Form 8-K (File No. 001-38025), filed with the SEC on November 16, 2018).

10.11#

U.S. Well Services, Inc. Long Term Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.10 of the Current Report on Form 8-K (File No. 001-38025), filed with the SEC on November 16, 2018).

10.12#

Form of Restricted Stock Award Agreement under the U.S. Well Services, Inc. 2018 Long Term Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.11 of the Current Report on Form 8-K (File No. 001-38025), filed with the SEC on November 16, 2018).

10.13

Third Amendment to Amended and Restated Senior Secured Credit Agreement, dated as of December 14, 2018, by and among U.S. Well Services, LLC, as borrower, USWS Holdings, LLC, as guarantor, U.S. Well Services, Inc., as guarantor, the lenders from time to time party thereto, and U.S. Bank National Association, as administrative agent (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of the Current Report on Form 8-K (File No. 001-38025), filed with the SEC on December 17, 2018).

10.14

Second Lien Credit Agreement, dated as of December 14, 2018, by and among U.S. Well Services, LLC, as borrower, USWS Holdings, LLC, as guarantor, U.S. Well Services, Inc., as guarantor, the lenders from time to time party thereto, and Piper Jaffray Finance, LLC, as administrative agent (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 of the Current Report on Form 8-K (File No. 001-38025), filed with the SEC on December 17, 2018).

10.15

Senior Secured Term Loan Credit Agreement, dated as of May 7, 2019, among U.S. Well Services, LLC, as borrower, U.S. Well Services, Inc. and all the other subsidiaries of U.S. Well Services, Inc., as guarantors, CLMG Corp., as administrative and collateral agent, and certain other financial institutions (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of the Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q (File No. 001-38025), filed with the SEC on May 9, 2019).

10.16

ABL Credit Agreement, dated as of May 7, 2019, among U.S. Well Services, LLC, as borrower, U.S. Well Services, Inc. and all the other subsidiaries of U.S. Well Services, Inc., as guarantors, the lenders from time to time party thereto, and Bank of America, N.A., as administrative agent (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 of the Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q (File No. 001-38025), filed with the SEC on May 9, 2019).


10.17

Intercreditor Agreement, dated as of May 7, 2019, among the Borrower, CLMG Corp. and Bank of America, N.A. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 of the Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q (File No. 001-38025), filed with the SEC on May 9, 2019.

10.18

Purchase Agreement, dated May 23, 2019, by and among U.S. Well Services, Inc. and the Purchasers party thereto (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of the Current Report on Form 8-K (File No. 001-38025), filed with the SEC on May 24, 2019.

10.19

First Technical Supplemental Amendment to the Senior Secured Term Loan Credit Agreement, dated June 14, 2019, by and among U.S. Well Services, LLC, as borrower, U.S. Well Services, Inc. and all the other subsidiaries of U.S. Well Services, Inc. as guarantors, CLMG Corp., as administrative and collateral agent, and certain other financial institutions (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.7 of the Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q (File No. 001-38025), filed with the SEC on August 7, 2019.

10.20

Second Amendment to the Senior Secured Term Loan Credit Agreement dated April 1, 2020, by and among U.S. Well Services, LLC, as borrower, U.S. Well Services, Inc. and all the other subsidiaries of U.S. Well Services, Inc. as guarantors, CLMG Corp., as administrative and collateral agent, and certain other financial institutions (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 of the Current Report on Form 8-K (File No. 001-38025), filed with the SEC on April 2, 2020.

10.21

First Amendment to ABL Credit Agreement dated as of April 1, 2020, among U.S. Well Services, LLC, U.S. Well Services, Inc. and all the other subsidiaries of U.S. Well Services, Inc., as guarantors, the lenders from time to time party thereto, and Bank of America, N.A., as administrative agent (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 of the Current Report on Form 8-K (File No. 001-38025), filed with the SEC on April 2, 2020).

10.24

Purchase Agreement, dated March 31, 2020, by and among U.S. Well Services, Inc. and the Purchasers party thereto (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of the Current Report on Form 8-K (File No. 001-38025), filed with the SEC on April 2, 2020.

10.25

Equity Distribution Agreement, dated June 26, 2020, between U.S. Well Services, Inc. and Piper Sandler & Co. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 1.1 of the Current Report on Form 8-K (File No. 001-38025), filed with the SEC on June 29, 2020.

10.26

Promissory Note, dated effective as of July 24, 2020, by and between U.S. Well Services, LLC and Bank of America, N.A. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of the Current Report on Form 8-K (File No. 001-38025), filed with the SEC on July 30, 2020.

10.27

Second Amendment to ABL Credit Agreement dated as of August 17, 2020, among U.S. Well Services, LLC, U.S. Well Services, Inc. and all the other subsidiaries of U.S. Well Services, Inc., as guarantors, the lenders from time to time party thereto, and Bank of America, N.A., as administrative agent (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of the Current Report on Form 8-K (File No. 001-38025), filed with the SEC on August 30, 2020).

10.28

Third Amendment to the Senior Secured Term Loan Credit Agreement, dated July 30, 2020, by and among U.S. Well Services, LLC, as borrower, U.S. Well Services, Inc. and all the other subsidiaries of U.S. Well Services, Inc. as guarantors, CLMG Corp., as administrative and collateral agent, and certain other financial institutions (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 of the Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q (File No. 001-38025), filed with the SEC on November 6, 2020.

10.29#

Form of Deferred Stock Unit Award under the U.S. Well Services, Inc. 2018 Long Term Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 of the Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q (File No. 001-38025), filed with the SEC on November 6, 2020.

10.30#

Form of Performance Award (Pool A) under the U.S. Well Services, Inc. 2018 Long Term Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.5 of the Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q (File No. 001-38025), filed with the SEC on November 6, 2020.

10.31#

Form of Performance Award (Pool B) under the U.S. Well Services, Inc. 2018 Long Term Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.6 of the Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q (File No. 001-38025), filed with the SEC on November 6, 2020.

10.32#

U.S. Well Services, Inc. Amended and Restated 2018 Long Term Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.7 of the Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q (File No. 001-38025), filed with the SEC on November 6, 2020.

10.33#

Business Loan Agreement dated as of November 12, 2020, among U.S. Well Services, LLC, U.S. Well Services, Inc. and USWS Holdings, LLC, as borrowers, and Greater Nevada Credit Union, as lender (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of the Current Report on Form 8-K (File No. 001-38025), filed with the SEC on November 19, 2020).

10.34#

Form of Promissory Note dated as of November 12, 2020, among U.S. Well Services, LLC, U.S. Well Services, Inc. and USWS Holdings, LLC, as borrowers, and made payable to Greater Nevada Credit Union, as lender (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 of the Current Report on Form 8-K (File No. 001-38025), filed with the SEC on November 19, 2020).


10.35#

Fourth Amendment to the Senior Secured Term Loan Credit Agreement, dated November 12, 2020, by and among U.S. Well Services, LLC, as borrower, U.S. Well Services, Inc. and all the other subsidiaries of U.S. Well Services, Inc. as guarantors, CLMG Corp., as administrative and collateral agent, and certain other financial institutions (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 of the Current Report on Form 8-K (File No. 001-38025), filed with the SEC on November 19, 2020.

10.36#

Third Amendment to ABL Credit Agreement dated as of November 12, 2020, among U.S. Well Services, LLC, U.S. Well Services, Inc. and all the other subsidiaries of U.S. Well Services, Inc., as guarantors, the lenders from time to time party thereto, and Bank of America, N.A., as administrative agent (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 of the Current Report on Form 8-K (File No. 001-38025), filed with the SEC on November 19, 2020).

21.1***

Subsidiaries of the Registrant.

23.1*

Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm.

31.1*

Certification of Chief Executive Officer pursuant to Rule 13(a)-14 and 15(d)-14 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.

31.2*

Certification of Chief Financial Officer pursuant to Rule 13(a)-14 and 15(d)-14 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.

32.1**

Certification of Chief Executive Officer pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350.

32.2**

Certification of Chief Financial Officer pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350.

101.INS

Inline XBRL Instance Document – the instance document does not appear in the Interactive Data File because its XBRL tags are embedded within the Inline XBRL document

101.SCH

Inline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema Document

101.PRE

Inline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation Linkbase Document

101.CAL

Inline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation Linkbase Document

101.DEF

Inline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Definition Linkbase Document

101.LAB

Inline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Label Linkbase Document

104*

Cover Page Interactive Data File (formatted as Inline XBRL and contained in Exhibit 101)

# Management contract or compensatory plan or arrangement.

* Filed herewith.

** Furnished herewith.

*** Previously filed with the Original Form 10-K.

Item 16. 10-K Summary

None.



 

SIGNATURES

In accordance withPursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.authorized, on May 17, 2021.

 

MATLIN & PARTNERS ACQUISITION CORPORATION

U.S. WELL SERVICES, INC.

Dated: March 28, 2018

By:

/s/ David J. Matlin

Name: David J. Matlin

Title: Chief Executive Officer

(Principal Executive Officer)  

Dated: March 28, 2018  /s/ Rui Gao

/s/ Kyle O’Neill

Name:

Name: Rui GaoKyle O’Neill

Title:

Chief Financial Officer

(Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)

 

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this Reportreport has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

 

Name

Signature

Position

Title

Date

/s/ David J. MatlinJoel Broussard

Joel Broussard

Chairman of the Board and

President, Chief Executive Officer

March 28, 2018
David J. Matlin and Director

(Principal Executive Officer)

May 17, 2021

/s/ Rui GaoKyle O’Neill

Kyle O’Neill

Chief Financial Officer (Principal Financial Officer)

March 28, 2018

May 17, 2021

Rui Gao

/s/ Jasper Antolin

Jasper Antolin

(

Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)Officer

May 17, 2021

/s/ Peter H. SchoelsDirectorMarch 28, 2018
Peter H. Schoels
/s/ Kenneth L. CampbellDirectorMarch 28, 2018
Kenneth L. Campbell

/s/ David L. TreadwellMatlin

David Matlin

Director

March 28, 2018

May 17, 2021

/s/ David L. Treadwell

David Treadwell

Director

May 17, 2021

/s/ Adam Klein

Adam Klein

Director

May 17, 2021

/s/ Daniel W. DienstEddie Watson

Eddie Watson

Director

March 28, 2018

May 17, 2021

Daniel W. Dienst

/s/ Ryan Carroll

Ryan Carroll

Director

May 17, 2021

/s/ Richard Burnett

Richard Burnett

Director

May 17, 2021

/s/ Steve Habachy

Steve Habachy

Director

May 17, 2021

 

94